DUKE
UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2015
https://archive.org/details/earlyscienceinox09gunt
EARLY SCIENCE IN OXFORD
IX
EARLY SCIENCE
IN OXFORD
BY
R. T. GUNTHER
VOL. IX
DE CORDE BY RICHARD LOWER
London 1669
WITH INTRODUCTION AND TRANSLATION
BY
K. J. FRANKLIN
OXFORD
PRINTED FOR THE SUBSCRIBERS
1932
PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, OXFORD
BY JOHN JOHNSON, PRINTER TO THE UNIVERSITY
o °\
EDITORIAL NOTE
THE association of Dr. Richard Lower with Robert
Hooke, both members of Christ Church in Oxford,
and the early recognition of the great merit of his
work by the latter genius, has been noticed so
recently in the last volumes of Early Science in
Oxford, that it is appropriate that the work of Hooke
should be followed by that of Lower.
That Lower's epoch-making Treatise on the Heart
should be so little known at first hand, even to
physiologists, is due to the fact that no English
translation has hitherto been printed. All historians
of science will now be grateful to Dr. Franklin for
having repaired this omission as a labour of love.
He has also provided the copy of the London 1669
edition, once in the possession of a Josua Edisbury,
from which the facsimile of the text has been made.
The plates have been copied and slightly reduced
from the copy belonging to the Royal Society of
Medicine.
THE OLD ASHMOLEAN,
OXFORD. R. T. GUNTHER.
April 1932.
391959
A facsimile edition of
TRACTATUS
CORDE
ITEM
De Motu & Colore
SANGUINIS
ET
Cbyli in mm Tranfitu
BY
Richard Lower, M.D.
LONDON: MDCLXIX
Prefaced by
AN INTRODUCTION AND TRANSLATION
BY
K. J. FRANKLIN, D.M.
TUTOR AND LECTURER IN PHYSIOLOGY OF ORIEL COLLEGE,
AND UNIVERSITY DEMONSTRATOR OF PHARMACOLOGY, OXFORD
3^1959
TO
E. A. F.
PREFACE
NO apology is really necessary for making Lower's
De Corde more accessible by translation, but it
will not be out of place if I explain briefly why
I acceded to Professor J. F. Fulton's suggestion that
I should do so. Medical history is not merely a
fascinating hobby for one's leisure hours, or a means
of keeping alive the memory of those who have done
great things in the past; it is, also, essentially the
right prelude to research in the present, and should
accompany any such research. My own chief interest
is the venous system and my more general one the
circulation, and I think the problems which arise can,
and should, be approached from the historical side,
as well as through research in embryology, anatomy,
physiology, pharmacology, and the like. The older
medical books, however, are too rare and too expen-
sive for many of us to have them on our shelves, and
the language in which they are written makes them
useless to most people. There is, therefore, a need of
facsimile editions and translations. I have already
made one such of De venarum ostiolis, 1603, of
Hieronymus Fabricius of Aquapendente (in press:
Charles C. Thomas, Springfield, 111.), William Harvey's
De motu cordis is available, and the next important
work on the circulation, which needs similar treat-
ment, is Richard Lower's De Corde , London, 1669.
This translation I have therefore undertaken in my
x PREFACE
leisure time over a period of several months, and, if
the result is not so perfect as I could wish, I trust that
its defects will be ascribed, to some extent at least,
to pressure of other work.
I have had generous assistance in my task from
Professor J. F. Fulton, who lent me all his material
and a copy of the rare French translation of De Corde,
from Professor G. N. Clark, who supplied me with
several new references, from Mr. H. E. Powell,
Librarian of the Royal Society of Medicine, from
Mr. T. Gambier-Parry and Mr. Strickland Gibson of
the Bodleian Library, from Mr. W. J. Bishop,
Assistant Librarian of the Royal College of Physicians,
Mr. Le Fanu, Librarian of the Royal College of Sur-
geons of England, the authorities of the National
Portrait Gallery, and last, but not by any means least,
from the Rev. A. V. Schuster, Rector of St. Tudy,
Cornwall, and Mrs. Schuster, and Major-General
T. S. Baldock and his sister, the present occupants
of Tremeer. I am most grateful to Dr. R. T. Gunther
for undertaking the publication of the book, and to
the Library Committee of the Royal Society of
Medicine for the loan of their copy of De Corde, from
which this translation has been made. This copy is
unique, as far as my investigations go (see i8), in not
having a cancel page (Sig. A 6) in the Preface. The
facsimile follows the Royal Society of Medicine copy
in respect of this page. The size of the pages in the
original is 9^ inches by 4^ inches ; the margin in the
facsimile is of necessity larger.
The frontispiece is the only known portrait of
Richard Lower, and is taken from the first edition of
PREFACE xi
Dr. Lowers, and several other Eminent Physicians
Receipts . . ., London, 1700. It seems, from Clark's
Life and Times of Ant. Wood, that copies of this book
were being distributed in Wood's lifetime, but he
died in 1695 and this 1700 edition is the earliest one
known. William Huddesford in 1772 (31, i. 298)
noted that 'His name has been impudently affixed to
many nostrums sold in the shops. The print of him
is suspected to be a counterfeit.' I have discussed
elsewhere other statements as to the authenticity of
the portrait (18). It was, however, in the Receipts not
long after Lower's death, and is, as stated above, the
only one in existence, so it has been reproduced as the
frontispiece. Its size in the original is 4! inches by
3 \ inches. It was copied, but poorly, in the 4th German
edition of the Receipts, Leipzig, 1710; whether in
other editions or not I cannot say, for this, in the
possession of the Royal Society of Medicine, is the
only one I have seen.
The signature is reproduced from A Letter of Dr.
Lower, prescribing for a nobleman (6). There is
another signature in the Tanner MS. (3), and I have
stated elsewhere (18) where additional ones may be
found.
De Corde was translated into French, with the
omission of the preface ; and the translation was first
published at Paris, in 1679, under the title, Traite du
cceur, du mouvement et de la couleur du sang, et du
passage du chyle dans le sang. The translation is on
the whole a good one, although certain difficulties
are evaded. This work is, I believe, even more rare
than the original 1669 edition. The Royal College of
xii PREFACE
Physicians has a manuscript English translation of
De Corde, which was made by N. Peters in 1739, and
which I have seen but have not used in any way.
The translator was very probably Nic. Peters,
Surgeon, who lived at Topsham, and published a
paper in Phil. Trans., 1744, xliii. 151. The translation
is entitled, A treatise of the heart, of ye motion and
colour of ye blood, and of ye passage of ye chyle, by Rd.
Lower, M.D. 1669. It is in an excellent hand, and
has finely drawn copies of the seven plates at the end.
Apart from these translations, only one other exists
of even part of De Corde, namely, that of the chapter
on Transfusion, which was published in the Annals
of Medical History, 1928, x. 213-25. This contains
some errors and omissions.
The rest of this preface will be concerned with
biographical and bibliographical notices, then will
follow the translation, with marginal numbers corre-
sponding with the pagination of the original text, and
finally will come the facsimile and the plates. As the
translation will show the pagination of the original,
it needs no other numbering, and none such, there-
fore, has been given to it.
In the biographical notice are included certain
details about contemporary events in the lay and in
the scientific worlds, and also notes about certain
figures, such as Harvey, Thomas Willis, John Mayow,
and others, with whom Lower had personal or
scientific contact. The material, however, is insuffi-
cient to make the narrative run in a connected
fashion throughout the account, and I must apologize
in advance for its disjointedness. Free quotation has
PREFACE xiii
been made here and there from original sources, part-
ly to add picturesqueness and to make the story more
human, partly also to publish material which would
not readily be accessible to the ordinary reader.
An evaluation of Lower's work, and of his position
as an original contributor to anatomy, physiology,
and medicine, is a task which needs much further
study, and I have not therefore attempted it here,
though I hope it may be possible for me to do so at
some future date.1
1 Franklin, K. J., The Work of Richard Lower (1631-1691), Proc
Roy. Soc. Med., 1931, xxv, 113-118.
TREMEER, THE BIRTHPLACE OF RICHARD
LOWER, AS IT IS TO-DAY
Photographed by Mrs. A . V. Schuster, with the kind
permission of the present tenants
ST. TUDY CHURCH, CORNWALL, IN WHICH LOWER
WAS BAPTIZED AND BURIED
BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE
RICHARD LOWER was born of a very good family
> at Tremeer, near Bodmin, in Cornwall in 1631.
Tremeer apparently came to the Lower family as the
marriage portion of Mary Nicholls, Richard's grand-
mother, to whom was related Anthony Nicholls (1611-
1659), a member of the Long Parliament. Mary
Nicholls married Edward Lower, who was really of
St. Winnow' s Parish. Their son, Humphry, inherited
Tremeer, and married Margery, nee Billing of Hengar
(the biggest house in the district), and widow of
Samuel Trelawney. Margery Lower died on 27 August
1686, and there are monuments both to her and to
Anthony Nicholls in St. Tudy Church. Humphry and
Margery had three sons, Edward, who inherited
Tremeer and bequeathed it to his daughter, Richard,
and Thomas. Edward was buried at St. Tudy on
13 February 1690/ 1, ten days after Richard. Thomas
became a physician in London, and later was im-
prisoned with George Fox in Worcester Gaol on
account of his Quaker beliefs. Tremeer was also the
birthplace of Sir William Lower, the dramatic writer,
who was a kinsman of Richard Lower.
Richard was baptized at St. Tudy on 29 January
1631/2. In 1636 Thomas Willis, whose assistant he
afterwards became and with whose fortunes he was to
be so intimately associated, was entered at Christ
xvi BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE
Church, being then fifteen years of age. Three years
later Willis proceeded B.A. About 1640 Francis
Potter (j, iii. 1156) entertained the notion of curing
diseases by transfusion of blood out of one man into
another, thereby anticipating Lower, as he himself
was, apparently, anticipated by Libavius. In 1642
Willis became M.A. and about that time bore arms
for the King. He then devoted himself to the study
of medicine (23). In May 1643 John Mayow was born
in the parish of St. Dunstan-in- the- West. In 1645
Thomas Millington, to whom Lower dedicated his
De Corde in 1669, was elected to Trinity College,
Cambridge, from Westminster, where Lower also
received his early education. In this same year
William Harvey was, by the King's mandate, elected
Warden of Merton College, but he left the University,
in July 1646, on the surrender of Oxford to the
Parliament, and returned to London. On 8 Decem-
ber 1646 Willis became B.M., and 'entering on
the practice of his profession, he regularly attended
the weekly market at Abingdon; he took a house
opposite Merton College, and at once appropriated
one of the rooms to the performance of divine service/
In January 1649 Charles I was tried and executed.
This same year Lower was admitted a student of
Christ Church from Westminster (j, opp. iv. 297), and
he matriculated on 27 February 1650/ 1. On 17 Febru-
ary two years later he became B.A., and in June 1655
M.A. In 1656 Christopher Wren, assisted by Boyle
and Wilkins, made the first successful intravenous
injections, of opium and other drugs, into dogs. In
1657 Millington took his M.A. degree at Cambridge
BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE xvii
and removed to Oxford. William Harvey died on
3 June of this year. In 1658 John Mayow entered as
commoner at Wadham College, being then fifteen
years of age, and the next year was admitted Scholar.
In 1659, also> Millington became M.D. and Fellow of
All Souls, Willis published his Diatribae duae Medico-
philosophicae, quarum . . . agit . . . altera de Febribus,
&c, and Peter Sthael was brought to Oxford by
Robert Boyle to give public teaching in chemistry,
'and by him settled in the same house wherein he
lived, viz. in that house (owned then by an apothecary)
next on the west side of University Coll. somtimes
knowne by the name of Deep hall' (31, i. 290). Peter
Sthael's later pupils included Christopher Wren and
Lower. The next year saw the end of the Long Parlia-
ment and of the Commonwealth, and the return of
Charles II as King; shortly after the Restoration,
Willis was appointed Sedleian Professor of Natural
Philosophy in place of Dr. Joshua Cross, and on
30 October was created Doctor of Medicine. John
Mayow was elected a Fellow of All Souls in this, his
second, year at Oxford, at the age of 17 ; he studied
law and incidentally medicine. September 1661 shows
the first of a series of entries in Wood's Life and Times,
which give a picture of the friendship between Lower
and Wood, whose physician Lower was for some years.
Sir William Lower died at the beginning of 1662 and
by his will, proved on 7 May, 'defeated his kindred of
Tremere of his estate', which caused Richard Lower
to describe him to Wood as 'an ill poet and a worse
man'. In the same year Charles II bestowed the
charter on the Royal Society, and Boyle enunciated
b "
xviii BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE
his 'Law' in a separate tract, appended to the second
edition of The Spring and Weight of the Air (iq, 6).
Peter Sthael had moved from Deep Hall to the house
of Tylliard, an apothecary, when his class increased,
and stayed there until the end of 1662, but early next
year 'removed his school or elaboratory to a draper's
house called John Bo well, afterwards mayor of the
Citie of Oxon, situat and being in the parish of
Allsaints, commonly called Allhallowes. He built his
elaboratory in an old hall or refectory in the backside
(for the house it self had been an antient hostle),
wherein A. W. and his fellowes were instruct ed\
Lower being of their number. 'In the yeare following
Mr. Sthael was called away to London and became
operator to the Royal Society/ In January 1663/4,
Lower told Wood, 'as he was a cutting up a calf's
head on a Sunday morning, about 8 of the clock in
his study, his dore stood so much open as that he
might thrust his fist throug: and hearing a russelling
in his chamber, looked through that open space of his
doore and saw the appearance of a beautifull yong
man with long flaxen haire to his middle and a silke
studying gowne on : and going to his study doore and
oping it aske(d) "Who is there, Sir John 7" (meaning
Sir John Hales who was his opposite neighbour) : and
going out into his chamber and seeing noe body,
looked in his other study and none there neither.
Then he went to his chamber doore, and that was shut
and lached and could not be opened and shut without
noise. And opeing the doore Sir J(ohn) H(ales) came
out of his owne, who (i.e. R. L.) asked him whether
he was in his chamber who (i.e. J. H.) answ(er)ed
BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE xix
faithfully that he was not. Wherupon he took this
to be an appearance/
'This put mee in mind of Mr. J. C.,1 who when he
lay awake in his chamber at L(incoln) C(ollege) and
his violl standing in a corner, something played over
his strings, etc/
In April 1664 Lower, while travelling with Dr.
Willis to visit patients, made a discovery of the
medicinal water at East Throp, commonly called
Astrop, near Kings Sutton in Northamptonshire, 'the
doctor being then, as usually, asleep or in a sleepy
condition on horseback. Afterwards, our author
Lower imparting his discovery to the doctor, they in
their return, or when they went that way again, made
experiments of it, and thereupon understanding the
virtue thereof, the doctor commended the drinking
of it to his patients. Soon after the water was con-
tracted into a well, and upon the said commendations,
'twas yearly, as to this time it is, frequented by all
sorts of people/ This discovery may have suggested
the analogy on pp. 71-2 of De Corde. 1664 is the date
of publication of Dr. Willis's Cerebri Anatome Nervo-
rumque descriptio et usus, and in the preface the author
makes handsome acknowledgement of Lower' s contri-
bution to the work. From other sources also we learn
how much it owed to Lower's anatomical skill. Wood,
for instance, says that Lower practised 'under Dr.
Tho. Willis, whom he helped, or rather instructed in
some parts of Anatomy, especially when he was
meditating his book De cerebro' ; while Henry Stubbe,
an old schoolfellow of Lower, wrote ' I think my self
1 John Curteyne, no doubt.
b2
xx BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE
obliged to add one thing more where I speak as if
Dr. Willis had had little to do in the discoveries of
Dr. Lower about Anatomy: that although that great
Physician had not leisure to attend the Anatomical
Inquiries, yet did he propose new matter for improving
the discoveries, and put Dr. Lower upon continual
investigation, thereby to see if Nature and his
Suppositions did accord: and although that many
things did occur beyond his apprehension, yet was the
grand occasion of that work, and in much the Author '
(28, 178). In this year, too, Clarke and Henshaw, on
pigeons, and Lower, on dogs, made preliminary
experiments on transfusion from vein to vein, J. D.
Major made the first successful intravenous injections
in man (16, 3), Mayow became B.C.L., and Dr. Willis,
in December, Hon. Fellow of the College of Physicians.
In 1665, the year of the Great Plague,1 Lower pub-
lished his Diatribae T. Willisii de Febribus Vindicatio
and crossed swords for the first time with the Irish
doctor, O'Meara. On June 6 there was a chancellor's
letter to accumulate — he ' being very well qualified for
it, having given extraordinary testimony of his ability
in that faculty', and on 28 June he became B. and
D. Med. In Wood's Life and Times there are the
following entries, 'July 18, T., Dr. Lower and I was
at Gasington at . . 'Aug. 8, T., I was at Gasington
to speake with Mrs. H. in relation to Dr. Lower his
buisness, but she denied her selfe.', '29, T., at the
Castle when we parted with Dr. Lower/ What the
business was, I do not know, but it is referred to again
1 The Plague began in the winter 1664-5, became more serious in
spring, and reached its full virulence in summer 1665.
BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE xxi
in letters from Lower to Wood and from Wood to
Lower in the next year (3). In 1666, towards the end
of February, Lower transfused dogs at Oxford (De
Corde, 174), and Boyle wrote to him on June 26,
asking him to communicate details to the Royal
Society. This Lower did on July 6 (De Corde, 177,
180), and the account was published by the Society
in their Philosophical Transactions in December 1666
(De Corde, 176). In the earlier part of this year
Dr. Willis, on the invitation of Dr. Sheldon, Arch-
bishop of Canterbury, removed to London, and took
up his abode in St. Martin's Lane. The reputation he
had acquired at Oxford preceded him to town, and at
once introduced him to an extensive and lucrative
practice: 'in a very short time', says Wood, 'he
became so noted and so infinitely resorted to for his
practice, that never any physician before went before
him, or got more money yearly than he/ Lower
followed him later in the year, and settled at first in
Hat ton Garden. In September1 he was at Tremeer,
as is shown by his letter to Antony Wood (3) : —
4 Sept. 66.
Deare freind
I have recd but one Ire. from you since I came away & yt was
concerning Mr. H. but take no more notice of it, for I never intend
to trouble my selfe any more in such matters : I hope to see you
agn at Michaelmas or thereabout, in ye meane time remember
mee to Honest J. C. etc. & if you have any newes worth yr sending
twill bee very welcome, but nothing more then to heare yt you
are well: I am sorrie J. C. is leaving Oxford, but if hee intend noe
1 The Great Fire of London began on 2 Sept. 1666, and lasted for
five days.
xxii BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE
farther then London this winter, I hope I may have an oppor-
tunity to take my lea[ve] before hee travell
I am yr most
[Trejmeere in Affectionate frd & serv*
[Cojrnewall. R. Lower
Wood replied (ibid) : —
Dr
I have reed yrs dated 4 sept, for wch many thanks. I had sent
oftner to y° but ye told me in yr former letter ye should be with
us about ye latter end or middle of aug: wch stayed my hand,
I am very glad of yr resolution against those matters y° spoke off,
I hope y° will continue in it & not play ye foole any further
in them to yr loss of money & time. I suppose by this time y°
have had soe great experience in them y* I need not tell or advise
y° against them any further. Wee all here upon watch & ward
day & night expecting y2 same doome y* ye Londoners have
lately reed. & none can passe unless they bring sufficient testi-
monyes from whence they come ; severall people have bin taken
upon suspicion y* come from London, & others againe y* set
houses on fire at Wolvercot, & Brightwell by Wallington, ye plot
as is generally reported was layd & acted by 8 papists french but
how true I know not, time will discover all. by michaelmas, y6
time wn you say youl come to us, y° will find the scollers much
changed in their habits for wee having a new vicecanc. (viz.
Dr. Fell) all old laws & statutes are & will be revived & put in
force nothing I have else to writ but
yrs now & ever
A. W.
if we could know y*3 day of yr coming to us
wee would take a walk & meet y°.
Sept. 15. 66.
On 17 November 1666, Lower married Elizabeth,
daughter of John Billing of Hengar, and widow of
John Trelawney of Coldrinnick. By this marriage
Hengar, parcel of the manor of Penrose-Burdon, ap-
BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE
XXlll
parently came into the Lower family. After Lower' s
death it passed to his eldest daughter, Loveday [?],
who married, first the elder son of Sir William Morice,
secretary of state, and secondly Major-General
Trelawney. Hengar afterwards passed to Lower's
second daughter, Philippe [ ?], who also married twice,
and also had as second husband a Major-General,
named Wheeler. Hengar was in Lyson's time the
occasional residence of Philippe's daughter-in-law by
her first marriage.
On 15 June 1667, Jean Denis made the first suc-
cessful transfusion into man at Paris ; on 17 October
Lower was elected Fellow of the Royal Society ; and
on 23 November he and Edmond King, before that
Society, made the first successful human transfusion
in England. Arthur Coga, variously described as a
'harmless lunatic' and an 'eccentric scholar', was the
subject, and was given nine or ten ounces of blood
from the artery of a sheep. 'The man, after the
operation, as well as in it,' is said to have 'found
himself very well', but Stubbe (28, 179) has the
following rather contradictory statement from the
patient : —
To the Royal Society the Virtuosi, and all the Honourable Members
our Creature (for he was his own man till your Experiment
transform'd him into another species) amongst those many
alterations he finds in his condition, which he thinks himself
oblig'd to represent them, finds a decay in his purse as well as his
body, and to recruit his spirits is forc'd to forfeit his nerves, for
so is money as well in peace as warre. Tis very miserable, that
of it, the Humble Address of
Agnus Coga.
xxiv BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE
the want of natural heat should rob him of his artificial too : But
such is his case ; to repair his own mines, (yours, because made by
you) he pawns his cloaths, and dearly purchases your sheeps blood
with the loss of his own wooll. In this sheep-wrack't vessel of his,
like that of Argos, he addresses himself to you for the Golden
Fleece. For he thinks it requisite to your Honours, as perfect
Metaplasts, to transform him without as well as within. If you
oblige him in this, he hath more blood still at your service, pro-
vided it may be his own, that it may be the nobler sacrifice.
The meanest of your Flock,
Agnus Coga.
Mayow's Tractatus de Respiratione appeared in
1668, and possibly also Lower's De Corde (31), despite
the date 1669 on the title-page. In 1670 Mayow
became D.C.L., and was also allowed to practise
physic, though he had not the medical degree of the
University (20, 8) ; in his Tractatus Quinque of 1674
he is described as Ll.D. and Medicus. Sthael returned
to Oxford for a year in 1670 and then went back to
the Royal Society. On 22 December 1671, Lower was
a candidate of the Royal College of Physicians. In
1672 he published Dissertatio de Origine Catarrhi et de
V enaesectione as a separate work ; it had been attached
to the 3rd edition of De Corde, Amst., 1671. In this
year Thomas Willis also published De Animd Bruto-
rum . . . Exercitationes duae ... In 1673 Lower's
younger brother, Thomas, was arrested with George
Fox, the Quaker, at Armscott, Worcestershire, and
was carried to Worcester Gaol, where he remained
for more than a year. Through Lower's interest, a
letter was obtained which would have secured his
brother's release, but, as it did not mention Fox, both
of the prisoners continued in restraint. In 1675
BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE xxv
Mayow left Oxford for Bath, Sthael died [?], and
Lower, on 29 July, became Fellow of the Royal
College of Physicians. On the 11 November Dr. Willis
died at his house in St. Martin's Lane, and was later
buried in Westminster Abbey. Lower, who had lived
successively in Hatton Garden, Salisbury Court near
Fleet Street, and Bow Street, now moved to his final
London residence in King Street, near Co vent Garden;
'where being much resorted to for his successful
practice, especially after the death of Dr. Willis . . .
he was esteemed the most noted physician in West-
minster and London, and no man's name was more
cried up at court than his' (1, iv. 297). Dr. Tenison,1
Archbishop of Canterbury, was often heard by Wood
to say ' that Dr. Lower was his special friend, and had
the protestant interest very much at heart, and was
for that reason a great lover of news and used to show
that humour in every visit he made. He went very
often to Nell Gwynne,2 and would pick out of her all
the intrigues of the court of King Charles II. He was
heartily against a popish successor, and against the
proceedings of the court of King James II, that the
King himself was used often to complain of him and
say, he did him more mischief than a troop of horse '
(j, iv. 299). But this is anticipating. On the outbreak
of the Titus Oates plot in 1678 '(about which time
he left the royal society, and thereupon their experi-
ments did in some manner decay)', Lower 'closed
1 Dr. Tenison was Rector of St. Martin-in-the-Fields for eleven
years from 8 Oct. 1680. He studied physic for a year or two at
Cambridge after taking his B.A. in 1657. (Diet. Nat. Biog.)
2 Nell Gwynne (1 650-1 687) was mistress to Charles II from 1668.
(Diet. Nat. Biog. article Charles II.)
xxvi BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE
with the Whiggs, supposing that party would carry
all before them : But being mistaken, he lost thereby
much of his practice at and near the court, and so
consequently his credit. At that time a certain
physician named Tho. Short a R.C. struck in, and
carried all before him there, and got riches as he
pleased ; but he dying in the latter end of Sept. 1685,
most of his practice devolved on Dr. Joh. Radcliffe'
(1653-1714). Mayow was elected a Fellow of the
Royal Society on 30 November 1678, but died the
next year, when still a young man, 'in an apothecaries
house bearing the sign of the Anker in York Street,
Covent Garden, London, having a little before been
married not altogether to his content/ In 1681
Lower discredited Dugdale by his evidence at
College's trial (9 and 20): he is described (9, 297) as
being ' then the most celebrated physician in London
In 1683 took place the opening of the Ashmolean
Museum at Oxford, perhaps the oldest museum in
Europe; and Lower's father died in this year.
Charles II died in 1685, and Evelyn wrote ten years
later, 'Had much discourse ' with Lord Normanby
' concerning Charles the Second being poisoned. Also
concerning the Quinquina, which the physicians
would not give the King at the time when, in a
dangerous ague, it was the only thing that could cure
him (out of envy because it had been brought into
Vogue by Mr. Tudor, an apothecary) . . . Being asked
why they would not prescribe it Dr. Lower said it
would spoil their practice or some such expression/
On the accession of James II Lower was deprived of
his court appointment, and fell into disrepute (20).
BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE xxvii
References to Lower about 1687, and in 1688, occur
in 25, i. 26, and in 26, 33-5. In the latter year
occurred the Glorious Protestant Revolution, William
of Orange landed at Torbay on 5 November, and
James II fled. In 1689 followed the Declaration of
Rights, and the accession of William III and Mary
as joint sovereigns.
Lower died at five o'clock on the morning of
Saturday, 17 January 1690/1 (26, 97), in his house in
King Street (1, iv. 298). A few days before, 'his
chamber chimnie beinge on her he got out of his bed,
called for water, and a sheete to clap [on] the chimnie,
and stayed so long about it that he caught cold, which
put him into a feauour' (4, 364). On the 15th he was
at the point of death, and his physicians had given
him over (31, hi. 351). Wood D. 26, no. 14, is a leaf,
'Gualteri Charleton Scripta jam in lucem emissa'.
It has this note ( ?by Aubrey), 'Jan. 15 ', corrected by
Wood to 17, 'Dr. Lower died in Convent Garden, the
bell now rings out for him. Dr. Charlton remembers
him to you and tore this for you out of his book of
anatomical lectures' (ibid.). Wood refers to him as
'the learned doctor', and 'the famous Dr.', and
Luttrell as 'the famous physician'. His body was
conveyed to St. Tudy (where some years before he
had purchased an estate), and was buried in a vault
under part of the south side of the church there (1, iv.
298). An entry, very faint, in St. Tudy's parish
register reads, 'Dr. Richard Lower was buried 3 of
Feb. 1690. No affidavit brought.' By his will
Lower 'gave (as it was then said) 1000/. to S.
Bartholomew's hospital in London, 500/. to the
xxviii BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE
French protestant refugees, 500/. to the Irish
protestant refugees, 50/. to the poor of the parish
of S. Paul in Cov. Garden, 40I. to the poor of two
parishes in Cornwall where he had land etc.' (j, iv.
298-9). There are in existence two epitaphs on
Lower, but they give very conflictng views. The
first (2) reads: —
An
ELEGY
ON THE
Death of that Learned and Famous PHYSICIAN
Dr. RICHARD LOWER
Unhappy Age ! That must at last resign
A Soul so great, and so Adorn'd as thine:
Adorn'd with all that former Times could shew ;
All that the Ancients taught, or Moderns knew.
When the learn'd WILLIS dy'd, he did impart
His utmost Skill to thy capacious Heart.
Full well he knew, there was no other Shrine
So fit to keep his Treasure in, as thine.
So the Old Seer did to his Son dispense, "]
A double Portion of Prophet ick Sense, V
When in his fiery Chair he mounted hence. J
WILLIS Expiring, joy'd in Thee, to find
He'd such a Legacy for Human kind.
A Legacy more valuable far,
Than both the Indies and their Riches are.
They cannot to our Days one Minute give ;
But thousands by thy powerful Art still live.
And live thou wilt in them, till Time shall be
Quite swallow'd up in vast Eternity.
How many Millions did thy Art restore ?
Just to the Rich, and Tender to the Poor:
In Consults serious, in Debating sound ;
Free in Advice, in Judgment most profound.
Thy Friendship Courted equal with thy Art,
Unenvy'd Greatness, and diffusive Heart ;
BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE xxix
None ever did with more Success embrace
The Peoples Wishes, and the Prince's Grace.
Oh had kind Heaven, e'er thou from hence wer't hurl'd,
Been pleas'd to lend Thee longer to the World!
What lasting Monuments had'st thou design'd,
Both to relieve and to support Mankind,
When our wise King thy Worth and Parts had try'd,
And found Thee fit for Armies to provide ?
Then gave Thee leave his Bounties to dispense,
Best for thy Countries Honour, and thy Prince.
And Reader, now would'st thou his Equal know,
Go follow him, for there's none left below ;
Go, follow to that Blessed Place Above,
Where all your Admiration will be LOVE.
LONDON; Printed for E. REYNER. 1691.
The second (7) is briefer: —
upon Dr. Lowers death being A man of a morose disposition.
By Dr. Baynard:
Had not good nature o're ye ill prevail'd
Death in attempting Dr. Lower had fail'd
who might have lived with us many a yeare
prepared (in his owne pickle) vinigar.
But when ye Alkali had kill'd ye soure
His blood being sweetened off went dr. Lower.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE
Lower wrote : —
1. Diatribae Thomae Willisii, M.D. et Prof. Oxon. De Febribus
Vindicatio, adversus Edm. de Meara Ormondiensem Hibern.
M.D., Lond., 1665.
Another edition was published at Amsterdam in 1666.
2. Tractatus de Corde. Item de Motu et Colore Sanguinis et Chyli
in eum Transitu, Lond., 1669. 1
An Elzevir edition was published at Amsterdam in 1669. 2
Editio tertia, cut accessit dissertatio de origine catarrhi, Amst.,
1671.
[The 'dissertatio' was published separately in 1672.]
Editio quarta . . . aucta, etc. Lond., 1680.
Editio quinta . . . auctior . . . c figuris aeneis, Lugd. Bat., 1708.
Editio sexta, 1728?
3. An Appendix of The Heart, and its Use: With the Circulation
of the Blood, and the Parts of which the Sanguinary Mass is
made, &c, published posthumously in John Browne's
Myographia Nova, 1697.
The following should also be referred to : —
4. Fabricius (W.) von Hilden. Cista . . militaris . . . Also, a
description of Dr. Lower's Lancet for the more safe bleeding, &c,
1674.
1 The Royal Society of Medicine copy has the following inscription :
Hie liber est mens
Testis est Dens
Si quis me quaerit
Hie nomen erit
Wm Stevens.
The British Museum copy has Walter Charleton's autograph, and his
dating, 1668.
2 A copy in the possession of Dr. R. T. Gunther is inscribed Mic.
Theobald, i66q.
xxxii BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE
5. Dr. Lowers, and several other Eminent Physicians Receipts: con-
taining the Best and Safest Method for Curing most Diseases
in Humane Bodies. Very useful for all sorts of People, especially
those who live remote from Physicians, ed. by J. W., Lond.,
1700.
2nd edition, Lond., 1701.
3rd edition, Lond., 1704.
4th edition, Lond., 1716.
6. Haber = Beschreibung zu alter hand Kranckheiten Gebrechen und
Schwachkeiten des menschlichen Leibes als ein Universal-
Medicin dienlich, in 4th edition of the German translation
of the Receipts, Leipzig, 1710.
REFERENCES
1. Bodleian Library. Athenae Oxonienses, 3rd ed., annotated by
Philip Bliss, iii. 545, 1051, 1156, iv. 297.
2. Bodleian Library. Godw. Pamph. 2226. An Elegy on the
Death of that Learned and Famous Physician Dr. Richard
Lower. Lond., 1691, fol.
3. Bodleian Library. Tanner MS. xlv. f. 103. Letter of R. Lower
toA.W.4 Sept., 1666. Letter of A.W. to R. Lower. 15 Sept.,
1666.
4. Bramston. Autobiography of Sir John Bramston, K.B.
(Printed for the Camden Society), 1845, 335, 364, 381, 401,
412.
5. British Museum. Lower's De Corde, Lond., 1669, annotated
by Dr. Walter Charleton (1619-1707), and dated by him
1668.
6. British Museum. Add. MS. 15858, f . 62. A Letter of Dr. Lower,
prescribing for a nobleman. Probable date between 1675
and 1691.1
7. British Museum. Sloane MS. 1731 A, f. 151. Verses to William
III by ' Dr. Lower'. Writing is of latter part of 17th century.1
8. British Museum. Stowe MS. 305, f. 216. Epitaph on Richard
Lower. The hand is early 18th century and, a considerable
number of poems in the same script being dated 1703, that
or not long after may be the date.1
9. Burnet's History of my own Time, ed. by O. Airy, Oxf., 1900,
ii. 295-7.
10. Diet. Nat. Biog. Article, Walter Charleton (1619-1707).
11. Ibid. Article, Edmund Meara or O'Meara ( 1680).
12. Ibid. Article, Sir Thomas Millington (1628-1704).
1 Robin Flower, Dept. of Manuscripts, British Museum, is my
authority.
xxxiv REFERENCES
13. Ibid. Article, Richard Lower (1631-1691).
14. Ibid. Article, Thomas Lower (1633-1720).
15. Ibid. Article, Sir William Lower (i6oo?-i662).
16. Doan, Charles A. Physiological Reviews, 1927, vii. 1-84.
Contains the history of transfusion, to which add note on
Potter in (1, hi. 1156).
17. Foster, J. Alumni Oxonienses, 1 500-1 j 14, 1891, 943^.
18. Franklin, K. J. Some notes on Richard Lower (i63i-i6gi),
and on his De Corde, London, 1669. Ann. Med. Hist.,
1931, n.s. hi. 599-602.
19. Fulton, J. F. Selected Readings in the History of Physiology,
1930, 6.
20. Gotch, F. Two Oxford Physiologists. Richard Lower 1631 to
i6gi. John Mayow 1643 to 1679. Clarendon Press, 1908.
21. Leathes, J. B. The Birth of Chemical Biology, Harveian
Oration, 1930.
22. Luttrell, N. A Brief Historical Relation of State Affairs from
September i6y8 to April IJ14, i. 136-7, ii. 160-1.
23. Munk, W. The Roll of the Royal College of Physicians of
London, vol. i, 1878, 338-42, 379-82, &c.
24. Ordnance Survey Office, Southampton. Map of xvii Century
England.
25. The Petty Papers, ed. by the Marquess of Lansdowne, 1927, i.
26, ii. 155.
26. The Portledge Papers, being extracts from the letters of Richard
Lapthorne, Gent., of Hatton Garden, London, to Richard
Coffin Esq. of Portledge, Bideford, Devon from December 10th
168 j — August yth 169 j, ed. by R. J. Kerr and I. C. Duncan,
1928, 33-35, 97-
27. MS. Letters from the Rev. A. V. Schuster, Rector of St. Tudy,
Cornwall, to Drs. J. F. Fulton and K. J. Franklin.1
1 I have sent a duplicate of the relevant portions to Mr. Strickland
Gibson, for inclusion in Bliss's annotated copy of A thenae Oxonienses
in the Bodleian Library.
REFERENCES xxxv
28. Stubbe, H. Legends no histories . . . together with the 'Plus
Ultra* of Mr, Jos. Glanvill reduced to a non-plus, &c. Lond.,
1670.
29. Uffenbach. Oxford in ijio, from the Travels of Zacharias
Conrad von Uffenbach, ed. by W. H. Quarrell and W. J. C.
Quarrell, Oxf., 1928, 19-24, &c.
30. Walmsley, T. Quain's Elements of Anatomy, nth ed., vol. iv,
Pt. Ill, 1929. The Heart, passim.
31. Wood's Life and Times, ed. by A. Clark (Oxf. Hist. Soc. XIX),
i. 290, 410, 428, 472, 473, ii. 2, 4, 5, 12, 13, 30, 42, 43, 44,
172, iii. 351, &c.
32. D'Arcy Power. Trans. Med. Soc. Lond., xl. 15, 16, 18;
xliii. 273, 276, 277.
33. Thayer, W. S. Osier, and other Papers, 1932, 159.
34. Aubrey's Brief Lives, ii. 166.
35. North, R. The Lives of the Norths (Bohn's Standard Library),
ii- 329> 33i, 336.
36. Memoirs of the Verney Family during the Seventeenth Century,
2nd ed., 1904, ii. 446.
A TREATISE ON
THE
HEART
ON THE
Movement & Colour
OF
THE BLOOD
AND ON THE
Passage of the Chyle into the Blood
BY
Richard Lower, M.D.
L O N DO N
Printed by John Redmayne for James
Alhstry at the Sign of the Rose and
Crown in the Street commonly called
T)uck-lane. MDCLXIX
To the most distinguished
Thomas ZMillington
M.T>.
Ome will be surprised — you yourself per-
haps among them, honoured Sir — that I am
making a further contribution to the litera-
ture on the heart and on the blood, after the ap-
parently exhaustive treatises so many famous men
have already produced on this subject. Harvey, for
[ii] instance, in so far as it concerned his magnificent
discovery of the circulation, described the structure of
the heart and the movement of the blood in a way
that left practically nothing to be added or desired by
his successors. But, just as in the Ptolemaic hypothesis
of the heavens smaller epicycles are allotted to the
planets when the enormous revolutions of the worlds
have been dealt with, and these epicycles are indis-
pensable for the explanation of observed facts, so in
the system of the human body, as also in that of other
[iii] animals, there are points not mentioned in
Harvey's circulation which need consideration. These
points are, I grant you, of minor importance, but they
do definitely help in the rational study of a number
of symptoms. Harvey himself, indeed, seems to
promise further contributions, had age and time
allowed, where in his Book on the Circulation of
the Blood, Chapter 9, he says : — ' But how much is
b 2
[DEDICATION]
expelled in each by the separate beats, when more
and when less, and why, I shall perhaps reveal later
in more detail as a result of many observations. ' Most
[iv] unfortunately, however, he did not fulfil his
promise and we were disappointed in our hope. So,
as no one has yet undertaken to supplement his work,
either by a complete account of the structure and
movement of the heart itself, or by an accurate estima-
tion of the velocity and quantity of the circulating
blood, or by a clear picture of the difference in colour
[v] of venous and arterial blood — has not, at all events,
satisfactorily explained them — I have myself tried to
fulfil the promises of that excellent man, and to bring
them nearer to completion than they have hitherto
been. I have attempted to descend into the very
depths of the heart, to examine and reveal the fount
of life itself. In doing this, I have not hoped or
planned to give a complete account of the heart, nor
an exposition of all its various states and conditions.
Rather I have attempted a somewhat fuller and
wider consideration and explanation of the above-
mentioned structure and movement of the heart:
I have similarly treated its various anomalies, and
[vi] their causes and symptoms, so far as I have been
able to follow them by observation, and so far as such
seemed to make for advance in medicine. If, however,
this account is in any way imperfect, or gives too
meagre a description, in view of the functional impor-
tance of the organ, I shall perhaps later produce a
fuller account, when I have collected more observa-
tions on this subject.
Meanwhile, it is a shame and a disgrace that, while
[DEDICATION]
some in this age of ours engage in work so beneficial
to mankind and so likely to produce a healthier
[vii] knowledge of Nature, others are not lacking,
whose ill-will towards all, or envy of particular per-
sons, is such that they place every obstacle they
can in the way of so worthy a project, although
for ignorance they cannot do more. Among these
an Irishman, Meara, takes first prize for sheer per-
[viii] versity and stupidity. Himself unskilled, he is
pained that others know anything, as is clearly seen
in his writings, lately published under the pseudonym
of Conlo Cassinius. But I pass over these personal
passages because, if I had to contend with him in this
matter, I should not have to go into the ring so much
as into the cess-pit, and a victory in those regions
would not compensate me for the filth I picked up in
gaining it. On the other hand, the erroneous views
[ix] he holds, especially about the function of the
heart, the movement of the blood, the nature of the
chyle and its passage into the blood (on these subjects
he has written with so little skill that he might have
been deep in sleep for the last forty years, and still
be imperfectly aroused from it), should not, in the
interest of others, be passed over in like silence.
I have therefore written four consecutive chapters in
this Treatise on these matters. All these I have
written clearly, less with the idea of further exposing
his ignorance — obvious, indeed, long before this —
[x] than with that of promoting general scholarship
and profit.
While engaged on these matters, I have inter-
spersed here and there not a few original observations
[DEDICATION]
on the Structure of Muscles, which I have found far
different from what has hitherto been accepted; on
the outflow of Serum from the brain, now discovered for
the first time ; on the Colour of arterial blood, and on
various symptoms. Finally, I have added a whole
chapter on Transfusion for two reasons : first, that the
[xi] subject is a kindred one, and, secondly, so that
the credit for the discovery of this celebrated experi-
ment may be given to the Author, to whom it is
rightly due.
Your generous nature will, I hope, excuse anything
in these chapters which fails to pass the test of your
critical judgement, and you will not, I trust, disdain to
accept this token and testimony of my feeling towards
you — a testimony whose lasting powers among others
I cannot forecast, but one which I surely owe you.
Yours most affectionately,
Richard Lower.
r^x> if^u r^, r^u r^, r^, r^. r^j_, r^> rV^ r^. r^_. <"V, A,
'"V V "V V V V rV V "V *V "V rV V "V ,"^_> rC5 'tnj
The Anatomy of the Heart
CHAPTER I
The Position Structure of the Heart
T is of very great importance for a true knowledge
of the nature and qualities of the blood to have
investigated not only its circular movement, but
also to know and to compare its movements, its
amounts, its elements, its various changes and their causes, as
well as to estimate the quantity of the same fluid thrown out
[p. 2] in individual beats. I have, therefore, thought it worth
while to give a clear and concise account of the whole matter
(which has been omitted hitherto by most authors, and
desired, rather than explained, by others, including even
Harvey himself), so far as I shall be able to achieve this
object by conjecture and by experiment.
But as the movement of the Blood depends on the move-
ment of the Heart, and in the absence of the latter can
neither be understood nor exist, I must preface my account
of it by some remarks on the Position and Structure of the
heart. When these have been duly considered and collated,
it will be easier to grasp how carefully both its Fabric and
Position are adapted for movement, and how fittingly every-
thing is arranged for the distribution of the blood to the
organs of the body as a whole.
Thus in Man, and in almost all Carnivorous animals, the
THE POSITION AND
seat of the heart has been placed, not in the centre of the
body, but in its upper part, so that it might thereby more
easily send the necessary share of blood up to the head. For
the output and distribution of blood is entirely dependent on
[p. 3] the systole of the heart, and the fluid is by its nature
not so readily propelled to parts above as to vessels on the
same level, or downwards to vessels below; hence it would
either be necessary, were the Position of the heart farther
from the head, for that organ itself to be more strongly built
to give a more powerful drive to the expelled blood, or else
the head would often become unsteady through lack of blood.
In those animals, however, which have a rather long neck, the
better to equip them in their search for food, the position of the
Heart is equidistant from the head and other parts ; and this
causes them no inconvenience, because they seek their food for
the most part with their head hanging down , and to that extent
the blood, while it has farther to go than in other animals to get
to the head, yet travels thither along a more horizontal course,
and more often, indeed, than not, along a downward one.
The part next the heart (about which I must preface a few
remarks) is its membranous capsule, called the Pericardium,
because it completely envelops the Heart itself (as the shell
of a nut does the kernel) . It is a strong and robust Membrane
common and continuous everywhere with the Pleura, except
where it is pierced by vessels ; it has, in addition, the same
[p. 4] shape and practically the same size as the Heart itself.
For this organ it constitutes so necessary a support, that it is
never found lacking in the smaller birds, serpents, frogs, and
in all other animals, even the most minute, which I have
hitherto been able to dissect. Its function is best conjectured
from the fluid which it contains ; for, besides the fact that the
heart parenchyma, being protected by the pouch in question,
is not affected by empyema, does not adhere to the lungs,
and is less exposed to the ills of adjacent organs; there is
always to be found in the clear space between the heart and
the membrane some Serum, or watery fluid. By its means
the external surface of the heart is constantly moistened,
whereas, but for this action, it might shrivel and dry up
through its continuous motion and heat, and so be rendered
unfit for movement.
The origin of this fluid and its most probable source have
STRUCTURE OF THE HEART
not, however, been correctly stated hitherto. Several authors
assert that the serous humours are raised into a cloud by the
heat of the heart, and are kept in by the thickness of this
membrane. They condense to form the fluid we are dis-
cussing, and this is, in consequence, according to the diversity
of temperament, greater in amount in warm-blooded people,
[p. 5] and less, on the other hand, in cold-blooded. But if we
are to agree that such is the origin and cause of this fluid,
there remains to be explained why, in particular, it does not
often accumulate here in larger amount ; for, as the humours
must be raised into a cloud by the continuous heat of the
heart and be kept inside by this membrane and turned into
water, what is there to prevent its accumulating in unduly
great amount, so that this capsule shall be unable to hold it ?
Further, since it will be continuously on the increase, unless
it has at the same time some outlet, it may either be corrupted
by excessive stagnation, or at least the heart itself may be
overwhelmed by its over-production.
In seeking elsewhere, therefore, for the source of this fluid,
we must notice that Nature uses much the same mechanisms
and instruments in the various organs of the body, where the
same or similar type of work or of functions exists ; and, just
as she sets lachrymal glands to collect fluid to anoint and
moisten the eyes (and in its absence they would become dry
[p. 6] and unfit for movement), so likewise has she placed
various glands round the base of the heart. From these
fluid trickles out inside the capsule, and, shaken hither and
thither in the clear space we have already described,
bathes the entire surface of the heart, and thereby renders
its movement more ready and more easy of accomplishment.
Further, that this fluid is not entirely excretory in nature,
or watery like the dropping dew, but rather part of the
nutrient Serum oozing from the blood, is shown by the fact
that it sets into a white jelly when heated only a very little
at the fire, exactly as the serum swimming in the blood after
venesection does, or the lymph secreted from glands. Such
consistency is not acquired by sweat or by urine after any
amount of boiling ; they are either evaporated completely, or
leave a sandy residue. One thing only must be noted, in pass-
ing, in this connexion, namely, that only that pericardial fluid
is suitable for this experiment, which is found in a healthy
THE POSITION AND
animal suffering a violent death: the blood of such an
[p. 7] animal contains nutrient serum. In animals dying of
disease, or worn out by long-continued lack of appetite and
ability to eat, the blood is completely devoid of chylous juice,
and the result is as different as are the circumstances. But in
healthier animals the fact is so clear that you find a large
amount of mostly solid jelly in the opened pericardium of a
slaughtered Bull. It only needs the heat of the organ to fail for it
to set to that consistency: the effect is due to spontaneous action
or to cold, and may be paralleled by the sudden setting into
a jelly of a decoction of Hartshorn, when exposed to cold air.
Enough, however, has been said of the Fluid contained
within the capsule : with regard to the membrane itself, there
still remains the question, What is the final and efficient
cause why the human pericardium is always attached to the
diaphragm, when the same structure in the quadruped is
free, and separated by a clear space from the diaphragm?
As regards the final cause, the reason for the difference does
not seem to lie in the fact that the human diaphragm has not
to expand like that of other animals, for the similar functional
necessity for respiration in man and other species makes such
[p. 8] expansion necessary. Man, however, walks and stands
upright, and the abdominal viscera therefore descend more
easily through their own weight ; hence there is less need in
man for a strong diaphragmatic systole to help inspiration.
Further, in expiration it is equally necessary for the same
diaphragm to relax and to lessen its tension, so it had to be
properly joined to the capsule of the heart in Man, lest, while
he walked erect, it should be so depressed by the weight of the
liver and other attached viscera, that the lung could neither
collapse sufficiently nor expiration be properly effected. In
quadrupeds the abdominal viscera rest on the diaphragm
itself, and drive it up into the thoracic cavity by their weight,
so in them a similar junction of pericardium and diaphragm
would not have helped expiration, and would have been
directly disadvantageous in inspiration, by interfering with
the proper contraction of the diaphragm.
The Pericardium is, therefore, left free in lower animals so
that it should not obstruct the systole of the diaphragm ; in
Man, on the other hand, it is attached to the diaphragm to
help its diastole during expiration.
STRUCTURE OF THE HEART
[p. 9] If, however, one asks what is the efficient cause of
such a connexion in the human thorax, I would reply, as a
suggestion only, that it is as follows. The Infant, shut up in
its Mother's womb in the last months of pregnancy, lies for
the most part with its head downwards (fitting the organ
better so) ; thus the abdominal viscera rest all their weight
on the diaphragm, which is as yet inactive and unoccupied
with any movement, and so move it nearer the heart ; they
detain it in contact with this organ until it gradually adheres,
and is finally so firmly attached as to be unable to free itself
or to resume its old position.
From this same settling down of the lower viscera into the
thoracic region of the foetus comes not only, I think, this
adherence of the pericardium to the diaphragm, but it is also,
I suspect, the reason for the greater deflection of the apex of
the heart in the human being as compared with the rest of
the animal kingdom. The diaphragm is applied to the whole
side of the human heart and not to the apex only; this
[p. 10] could scarcely have happened but for the downward
pressure of the mass and weight of the viscera. If you ask
me, however, why the apex of the human heart inclines to the
left, I imagine it is because the trunk of the Vena cava, by
passing through the diaphragm and travelling up along the
right side of the heart, prevents this organ falling in that
direction. On the other hand, a space lies free and unob-
structed in the left half of the thoracic cavity, and so the
apex of the heart is always deflected to the left by the mass
of the superincumbent viscera, and comes to lie so close to
this same left side (especially when the lung is collapsing
during expiration, and the heart is turned to the left) that
we can quite easily feel its vibrations with the hand.
Now that these points have been dealt with, it is necessary
to show the supports on which the Heart itself rests, the
stays with which it is fastened, and further how all these help,
or at least are favourable to, its movement.
There are indeed many helping hands, so to speak,
stretched out to assist the heart, but the chief support and
[p. 11] stay of its parenchyma are the blood-vessels, which
are like so many roots for its attachment. Also, since the
base of the heart was designed to receive the blood into
openings and wide apertures and to press it out again, it was
THE POSITION AND
absolutely necessary for it to be rendered specially fit and
suitable for that office. But the peculiarly firm foundation that
the blood-vessels provide for the performance of the heart's
movements will be described at greater length later on, when
I speak of the heart's movement.
The next remaining subject will therefore have to be dis-
cussed, namely, the parts of the heart. Among these, the
nerves and blood-vessels which pass across its external sur-
face are the first to meet one's eye, and should therefore be
dealt with before the other parts.
It used to be a question of dispute whether the blood-
vessels take their origin from the heart, or rather terminate
in it. But since the Illustrious Harvey has shown that the
first threads and beginnings of life are housed in a small
scar-like mass, and that from the movement and pulsation
of that very small sphere the arteries are moulded like so
many pipes and channels for the carriage of the blood, there
is no reason for us to delay long on that point. As regards
[p. 12] the veins, however, the case is different. These vessels
have come into being solely and exclusively to return the
blood from the organs of the body, and hence they should
undoubtedly be considered to arise everywhere in the peri-
pheral regions of the body, and equally so to have their
termination in the heart, into which they empty. No one will
say that rivers arise from the sea into which they empty, but
from their springs and rivulets. There are, however, other
vessels which both arise from, and terminate in, the heart ;
for, while the Heart parenchyma provides heat and nourish-
ment for the whole body, it also looks after itself in the same
respects. It is warmed not only by the blood seething within
its ventricles, and sated not only by the nutrient juice pre-
pared within the ventricles, but in addition the chyle, which
cannot adhere to the walls of the heart without danger to
life (as will appear later) is distributed through the vessels
together with the blood to the whole of the parenchyma.
It there carries out the nutrition of the heart, and, as it is
continuously used up, so an ever fresh supply of food-material
comes to replace it.
It is true that the vessels which carry blood to the heart
parenchyma are but two in number ; they each divide, how-
ever, into two trunks soon after they are given off. The
STRUCTURE OF THE HEART
[p. 13] orifices of the vessels open off the aorta near its begin-
ning, just outside the semilunar valves; they are called
coronary vessels, because the trunks do not go off at once to
the parenchyma, but first describe a circular course to ensure
a better general distribution, and encircle and surround the
base of the heart. From such an origin they are able to go off
respectively to opposite regions of the heart, yet around the
extremities they come together again, and here and there
communicate by anastomoses. As a result fluid injected into
one of them spreads at one and the same time through both.
There is everywhere an equally great need of vital heat and
nourishment, so deficiency of these is very fully guarded
against by such anastomosis.
Moreover, just as there are two arteries carrying blood to
supply the heart with food and heat, so are there two veins,
also called coronary from their roundabout course, which
serve to bring the blood back again. And, lest any one doubt
later whether the capillary veins open into each other by
anastomoses, let him look at the apex of the heart in a
[p. 14] calf or any newly-born animal, in which these vessels
are wider, and with the point of a small knife move and push
the blood forward from this vein into that. He will then
clearly see the fluid blood run from a vein on this side into
a vein on the other side, and vice versa. I am sure that the
same thing happens in the vessels of the bladder, intestines,
stomach, and brain, so I have no doubt that capillary vessels
(of the same kind) open freely into one another throughout
all the organs of the body.
On the subject of the Nerves which are embedded in the
heart earlier Authors, who were ignorant of the movement of
the heart and the blood, were mostly silent, and not un-
naturally. Next after them come those who recognize, it is
true, a circulation, but believe it to proceed so slowly and in
so tortoise-like a fashion that they say the blood is poured out
drop by drop, and only leaves the heart when it bubbles over ;
little concerned, therefore, whether or not the heart's move-
ment helps the circulation of the blood, they attach little or
no importance to the muscular structure of the heart, and to
the numerous nerves. If, however, one considers the tendi-
[p. 15] nous and fibrous material of which the heart is made,
and how it is interwoven everywhere with so many nerves,
THE POSITION AND
one must also conclude that all this endowment was not
made without purpose, but that it was constructed and set
up to fulfil the same function as do the remaining muscles.
It receives many nerve-fibres and offshoots from the nerves
of the eighth pair, all of which give off various branches to
each auricle, as they pass along between the pulmonary
artery and the aorta, and are then distributed widely to the
heart -substance. These nerves are more clearly seen in the
heart of a calf or of some new-born animal, where they are
visible over the whole of the external surface of the organ.
What service they perform for the heart will be related later.
Meanwhile it will not be out of place to turn one's attention
to the different ways, in which the spirits flow through the
nerves into the heart, according to the diversity in shape of
animals. For the brain has no power or property of move-
ment, to enable it to drive out the animal spirits (as the
Heart drives out its blood), and the nerve fluid and spirits
therein enclosed drop downwards only, owing to their nature,
like water from its Retort; hence it comes about that the
[p. 16] head, or the spinal cord, is placed above the rest of the
body in every kind of animal, or else is able, at the will of
the animal, to be lifted up to such a position. And, while
one must admit that the inflow of blood into the brain drives
the spirits out through the apertures and pores of that organ,
as in the rest of the body, and that they are forced into the
nerves and spinal cord in a. continuous stream by this vis a
tergo, yet, since this nerve fluid will be more difficult to drive
and push upwards than downwards, the brain, or at least the
spinal cord, is placed at a higher level than the rest of the
animal, to allow the animal fluid to flow down with more
ease into all the underlying organs. It was the difference in
origin of the nerves from the spinal cord in Man and in
quadrupeds which first led me to this interpretation. In
Man, who has been fashioned with head and spine upright,
all the nerves leave obliquely and are carried obliquely down-
wards ; but in Brutes, the spinal cord of which is placed at
a higher level than the body as a whole, all the nerves leave
the cord in a vertical direction, and are also carried vertically
downwards from it, once they have passed outside the verte-
[p. 17] brae. In addition, while nerve-branches are inserted
into the human Heart from the nerves of the eighth pair only,
STRUCTURE OF THE HEART
in the majority of the Brutes it is far otherwise ; for, apart
from the branches distributed from the nerve of the eighth
pair, the parenchyma of the heart also receives very many
nerve-offshoots from the intercostal nerve, as it crosses
directly over the Heart. By these means the animal spirits
flow into the Heart more easily to assist its movement, as one
will see at once on first glance in calves, horses, and larger
Animals. Clearly nature made this as an extra provision
for Brutes, in case their heads, which are bent down in looking
on the ground, should impart the animal spirits with insuffi-
cient ease or in insufficient amount to the rest of the body.
The Vessels of the Heart thus explained, we come at last
to the Parenchyma or, rather, to the Muscular Substance of
the organ. This, it is to be noted, is more carefully fashioned
than all other Muscles of the Body. For its work is more
necessary and continuous than that of all other muscles, and
hence it was particularly appropriate that it should also far
surpass them in the elegance of its structure. Yet, though it
[p. 1 8] is obviously designed for a nobler purpose than are
ordinary muscles, and surpasses them by reason of a certain
special texture it possesses, it has this in common with them,
that its fabric and movement are based on exactly the same
kind of fibres and mechanical devices, even if these are differ-
ently arranged. To make this clearer, straight muscles must
be compared with oblique muscles : but it is certain that any
muscle you like in the whole body, whose fibres and whose move-
ment are straight, is not provided with a single belly only (as
Anatomists have stated hitherto — they admit only two double-
bellied Muscles in the neck) , nor with a head and a tail ; it is
equally certain that the fibres are not carried directly from
one tendon to another (as they are usually pictured: see
Plate 3, Fig. i) . But all have two bellies and their fleshy fibres
are carried from a different origin to different and opposite
terminations. This is shown in Plate 3, Fig. 2. In this figure
aa are the Tendons on the two sides,
bb are the two bellies of the double Muscle, with their fibres
terminating respectively at opposite ends of the muscle.
[p. 19] cc are the outer aspects of the two tendons into which all
the fibres are inserted.
This is the structure of all the Muscles throughout the body,
THE POSITION AND
whether in the upper or lower parts of the leg, the arm, or the
neck of Man; further, the Muscles of the abdomen, the
Maxillary muscles, the Temporal muscles, the Diaphragm,
and the external and internal Intercostals, so called (of which
each and all are twin bellies of one Muscle), are fashioned in
the same regular manner. In order not to confine my
examples to one single figure of a simple two-bellied muscle,
I may perhaps put forward one or two diagrams of a more
complex Muscle, such as is revealed in the different views of
the dog's lumbar Muscle in Plate 3, Figs. 3, 4, and 5. Fig. 3
shows the part of that Muscle which lies nearest the abdomen,
with its perfectly parallel fibres ending in a long tendon at the
end of their downward course. In this figure
a is the fleshy part of the muscle near the kidneys.
b is the lower part of the muscle where the tendon is inserted
into the leg bone.
[p. 20] cc are fibres going to end directly in one or the other
tendon.
The fourth Figure shows the lateral aspect of the same lumbar
Muscle as it lies on the spinal vertebrae. This aspect is made
up of a number of separate Muscles, and the tendon of each
one of them is inserted into a separate vertebra. In this
figure
a is the inner part of the muscle going away down to the
tendon.
bbbbb are the small muscles on the opposite aspect. Their
tendons
ccccc are inserted in each case into the nearest vertebra, and
point upwards.
The structural arrangements of the two aspects of the
muscle are shown simultaneously in Figure 5, so that one
may see at a glance that it is one and the same Muscle, but
with its fibres going in opposite directions.
In Figure 6 of the same Plate is depicted a certain Muscle
which I call Plumaris on account of its shape. It occurs at
[p. 21] the extremity of the Leg of the sheep, has its origin in
the femur, and ends in a long tendon, which is inserted into
the animal's tibia. While most other muscles give a picture
closely resembling a feathered quill, this particular one is
composed of a double feather ; and, fashioned as it is on the
STRUCTURE OF THE HEART
pattern of a two-bellied muscle, it is also, apparently, de-
signed for a corresponding movement. But the most complex
of all muscles is that called the Deltoid ; it has several bellies ;
these, by alternately facing in opposite directions, show
clearly that, although nature is often apt to vary her manner
of forming Muscles in different parts of the body, yet she
always aims at the methodical arrangement of the two-bellied
Muscle. This is clearly seen in Plate 4, Fig. 1. In this figure
aaa is the upper tendinous portion of the Deltoid Muscle,
which is inserted into the scapula and the clavicle.
bbbb is the lower tendinous portion inserted into the middle
of the arm.
ccc are the bellies of the muscle which point upwards,
ddddd are the bellies which point downwards,
[p. 22] The reason why the so-called two-bellied Muscles in
the neck join in common central tendons, contrary to what
one may see in all other Muscles of the body, lies, I imagine,
in the following fact. They pass up over the jugular vein on
each side of the neck, and hence, by compressing it, would
interfere greatly with the descent of the blood from the brain,
had it not been arranged that they should thin out at this
point and be united by tendons. This is clearly seen in Plate 4,
Fig. 2. In this figure
aa is the jugular vein.
bb is the two-bellied muscle.
cc are the two tendons.
d is the point of junction of the tendons from each of the
two bellies.
I could have pictured several other straight Muscles without
displeasure to the eye, but, as the texture of all is on a similar
plan, the next thing which remains is for me to show the
points of similarity between the Muscle, whose fibres and
movements are obliquely circular, and the straight muscle.
[p. 23] According to Geometry's laws, the straight line is
the guide to the oblique. Similarly, the common standard of
the Structure of the straight Muscle is the best approach to the
study of this circular Fabric of the Heart. For, just as the
straight muscle is composed of a double series of fibres point-
ing towards different and opposite ends of the Muscle, and
these, on contraction, draw their respective tendons nearer
THE POSITION AND
to one another, so exactly does it happen in the making of the
Heart's Fabric and in the carrying-out of its movement. It
is formed for the most part of a double set of fibres which go
off from a common origin to opposite portions of the Heart.
Nothing is clearer than this, whether we consider the termina-
tion of the Heart's fibres, or their course and sequence.
In a Heart, which has been well boiled and has had its
auricles and larger vessels removed, there is seen a fairly
strong tendon which passes right round and encircles the edge
of the heart about its openings. In certain animals a part of
this tendon at the top of the septum is ossified and hard,
[p. 24] The fleshy fibres which enfold and make the external
surface of the Heart pass upwards and to the right everywhere
to be inserted into this tendon. The inner fleshy fibres, on the
other hand, which lie next to the ventricular cavities, are
inserted into the same tendon in exactly the opposite direc-
tion, as can be seen in Plate 2, Fig. 1. In this figure
a is the opening through which the Right ventricle receives
blood from the vena cava,
b is the opening through which it expels it into the lung,
c is the opening through which the left ventricle receives the
blood as it returns from the lung,
d is the opening through which it ejects the inflow of blood
into the aorta,
eeee is the tendon set all round the openings of the Heart,
fffff are fibres returning on all sides from their passage
round the outside of the Heart, and brought to an end in
its tendon.
ggggg are inner fibres ending in the same tendon in a direction
exactly opposite to that taken by the external ones.
Now that it is clear that the Heart's fibres end in two
[p. 25] different ways, it is next necessary to show that they
also encircle the whole circumference of each ventricle in a
similar sequence, with the exception of a few rather delicate
fibres, which are carried straight up over the external surface
of the right ventricle to terminate in the base of the heart,
as they are pictured doing in Plate 2, Fig. 2. In this figure
a is the base of the Heart,
b is the apex.
ccc are straight fibres pointing up towards the base.
STRUCTURE OF THE HEART
All the other fibres common to each ventricle pursue an
order and sequence which is double only, but diametrically
opposite in its two parts. The fibres immediately underneath
these straight external fibres in the right ventricle pass up
obliquely to the right to terminate in the base of the Heart,
and by their spiral course recall quite well Helix or the snail.
As is to be seen in Plate 2, Fig. j. In this figure
a is the base of the Heart,
b is the apex.
c are the fibres which enfold the left ventricle.
[p. 26] d are the fibres which enfold the Right ventricle,
e is the groove separating the two ventricles, which is
hollowed out to receive the vessels of the Heart.
Under these external fibres are placed others directly opposite
to their predecessors. Whereas the outer ones are carried
across from the left side of the Heart to terminate in its
base, these others pass in exactly the opposite direction.
They arise all round the right side of the Heart, from there
are carried obliquely across to the left side, and, encircling
both ventricles of the Heart, pass up to the base of the left
side, forming a second, inverted, Helix. As is clear in Plate 2,
Fig. 4. In this figure
a is the base of the Heart,
b is the apex,
c is the right side,
d is the left side.
e are the fibres of the right ventricle,
f are the fibres of the left ventricle.
The orderly sequence and infolding of all these fibres will
[p. 27] easily be grasped by any one who tries dissecting the
Heart of an ox or of a sheep. Those in the first layer can easily
be seen at first glance when the cuticle of the Heart has scarce-
ly yet been removed, while the others, which are more deeply
hidden, only come into sight when the first are taken away.
In following them out, moreover, there is no need of any
great caution, for their courses and convolutions are so
obvious and distinct that they appear to be formed by a line
of thread. Yet, although one may certainly liken them at
first glance to rather thick threads wound into balls, they
c 2
THE POSITION AND
are not interwoven in the same way or, further, on the same
plan as such balls; for, if one may pursue the metaphor,
they do not encircle the Heart in a continuous thread, or
in regular series of loops, and cannot, therefore, be unwound,
like balls of thread, in a continuous sequence. For, though
one might think, after separating off the external membrane
of the heart, that, as far as one can judge from ocular in-
spection, all the fibres reach in one continuous course from
the base of the apex of the Heart, yet, if one tries to measure
out their courses from one end or the other, one will readily
perceive that a very few fibres travel about half at least of that
[p. 28] distance, but, having gone a little way from the afore-
said tendon, they soon twist under the preceding fibres, and
are at once lost to view. Indeed, with regard to the external
fibres, one has to confess that they do not all reach from the
base to the apex; certain of them are shorter than the others,
and, as soon as they have passed half way across the Heart,
curve in at once like a bent bow and are inserted obliquely
into the tendon of the other side and ventricle. The way in
which they bend in and mutually support one another by
the inter digit at ions of the fleshy fibres, is evident in Plate 2,
Fig. 5. In this figure
a is the tendon round the opening of the right ventricle.
b is the tendon round the opening of the left ventricle.
c are fibres stretching from one tendon to the other with
intermediary fibres passing hither and thither for mutual
support.
[p. 29] d is the place where, having enfolded the right
ventricle, they curve to end obliquely in the tendon of the
left ventricle.
Now that we have seen clearly the course of the fibres
common to both ventricles, it remains for us to dissect off
the right ventricle, and to give equal consideration to the
arrangement of the fibre-course in the left ventricle. As both
sets, indeed, perform the same function, their structural
scheme and form is similar; in other words, it is composed
of a double set of fibres ending in opposite tendons. The
external fibres pass upwards and to the right over the whole
circumference of the left ventricle, and curve spirally up-
wards to end in the base of the Heart, as shown in Fig. 6.
STRUCTURE OF THE HEART
In this figure the left ventricle is pictured lying on its side,
to demonstrate the way in which the fibres converge at the
apex of the Heart. In it
a is the base of the ventricle,
b is the apex.
ccc are fibres ascending obliquely upwards and to the right
towards the base of the heart,
d is the side next the right ventricle,
e is the left side.
[p. 30] But in this ventricle also the whole of the fibres do
not reach from the base to the apex, and, only after a number
have been removed, can the others be separated that far ; for
several are deflected from the general course and path in
the middle of their passage across the Heart, and disappear
under the next preceding fibres to ascend obliquely to the
tendon of the opposite side, and so describe by their passage
a shorter circle. As was seen above in Fig. 5.
The inner fibres, on the other hand, all ascend obliquely
upwards and to the left, in exactly the opposite direction to
the outer fibres, to reach the base of the heart. They are
inserted into the tendon at the base and form the inner wall
of the ventricle.
The longer fibres of the opposite set run together to the
apex of the Heart, and pass round it to form a whorl, in
such a way, however, that the space which is left in the centre
becomes the thinnest part of the Heart. The fashion of this
whorl, and the meeting in it, at the apex of the Heart, of
the fibres of the outer wall of the left ventricle with those
[p. 31] of the inner wall, are quite well shown in Fig. 7. In
this figure
a is the tendon of the right side,
b is the tendon of the left side,
c are some fibres of the outer wall.
d are fibres of the inner wall, together with the whorl formed
by fibres of both sets near the apex.
From this it is obvious enough that the fibres of the outer
and inner walls have contrary courses and also perform
antagonistic movements, but that they do this in such a way
that, while they cause the walls of the heart to shorten in
THE POSITION AND
opposite directions, they make both walls contract into a
closer and more confined space. This will be shown more
clearly later.
One point remains for me to mention, namely, that not
all the fibres end at once in the tendon placed round the
openings of the Heart ; some of them protrude from the two
sides of the left ventricle to end in the so-called fleshy
columns. These columns, however, give off various tendons
[p. 32] to the so-called mitral membranes, and these mem-
branes are joined to the tendon at the base of the Heart. As
regards the Heart's movement, therefore, the result is the
same by whichever route they reach the base of the Heart.
Up to now we have seen the diverse way in which the fleshy
fibres surround the sides and walls of the Heart. It remains
only for us to explain how skilfully they are arranged round
the apex of the Heart. This arrangement is more easily and
neatly pictured than described, and it will therefore suffice
to remark that, as the movement of the Heart and of the
blood is circular, so also all the fibres and motor mechanisms
of both here form more or less of a circle with its centre.
This is shown by the apex of a boiled and dissected ox-Heart
in Plate 2, Fig. 8. In this figure
aaaaa are outer fibres running in a spiral course to the
apex as to the centre of a circle.
And, while the inner fibres of the ventricle proceed in an
opposite direction to the outer ones, if the inner part of the
[p. 33] apex next to the ventricular cavity is considered, it
will be seen that its fibres also form a sort of circle in the
reverse direction to that formed by the outer fibres.
Finally, greater vibratory effort is necessary to drive the
blood to the most distant organs of the body than to drive
it only to the lungs, which are near by and spacious ; hence it
is to be noted that the left ventricle is stronger than the
right, its fibres being individually thicker and more powerful
than those in the other ventricle.
Up to now I have described the external structure of the
Heart. It is only fitting that I should here say something
about the auricles, for they are not less skilfully devised than
is the Heart itself, even if they are smaller in size. The func-
tion and structural plan of both is the same. Each is a muscle
STRUCTURE OF THE HEART
and they are built up of a double arrangement of fibres. Nay
more, as their movement precedes that of the Heart, they
receive nerves from the branches of the eighth pair before
these nerves reach the Heart itself. Their fibres are inserted
into opposite tendons, for the tendon at the base of the Heart
is common to the auricles also, and they rest on it as on a
[p. 34] couch. The right auricle, however, on the opposite
side, where it faces the vena cava, is strengthened by a
harder, truly tendinous band. The fibres end, some in one,
some in the other of these tendons, as is clearly seen in the
everted and opened-out right auricle of the Human Heart in
Plate 5, Fig. 2. In this figure
aaa is the base of the auricle where it joins the tendon of
the Heart.
bbb is the tendinous band which separates it from the vena
cava.
ccc are fleshy fibres passing hither and thither to the two
tendons, and forming with their small intermediary fibres
a feather-like pattern.
d is the large coronary vein.
ee are some smaller veins designed to return the blood from
the Heart,
f is the upper part of the auricle.
I shall speak of their function below. Meanwhile, it should
be noted that the comparative relations of the right and left
auricles are not the same as occur in the case of the ventricles,
[p. 35] The latter move simultaneously and with ever-equal
paces ; also, for a proper and regular lung circulation, more
blood must not be poured out by the right ventricle than
could be dispatched through the left ; hence it was necessary
that they should have practically the same capacity. For,
with the exception of an extremely small portion of the blood
(which is removed by the lymphatic vessels in the lung and
serves to nourish and to moisten the lung) both chambers of
the Heart hold and impart an equal quantity of this fluid.
Seeing that the features and conditions of the two ventricles
are so regular and uniform in every respect, why is it that the
auricles have no similar correspondence at all ? I can only
conceive that it is for the following reason. The auricles were
apparently created and made to expel the blood into the
THE POSITION AND
ventricles, but the inflow of blood from the vena cava into
the right ventricle proceeds slowly, and a larger and more
capacious auricle is therefore needed on the right side, to
receive within itself and to throw into the ventricle an amount
of blood approximately sufficient to fill the cavity of the
[p. 36] latter. On the other hand, owing to the collapse and
subsidence of the lung in expiration, the blood is expelled and
driven out at once in large amount from the pulmonary vein.
Hence the only requisite is, apparently, that a more forcible
movement shall be imparted to the blood as it flows past into
the left ventricle, and that its passage shall be somewhat
assisted. Thus there is no need of the help of so large an
auricle on this side.
Now that we have in this way explained the external
surface and texture of the Heart, the next thing that remains
is for us to see the mechanism of its general internal structure.
To facilitate the movement of the Heart, its external surface
is smooth and even ; for the same reason its inner walls are
uneven in the extreme, and are irregular in their texture.
Throughout its interior the Heart is hollowed out into various
spaces and furrows, and is interlaced with fleshy fibres going
in all directions. But this does not happen to an equal extent
in the hearts of all animals, nor are the fibres similarly
arranged or of the same size in the hearts of all animals in
which they are present. Indeed, as the most illustrious Harvey
noticed, they vary very much according to the kind of animal,
[p. 37] and according to the size and strength of animals
within a single species. In the larger animals, whose blood
requires to be carried further afield and to be propelled with
greater force, the ventricles of the Heart are strengthened
internally by fleshy fibres and by small muscles, as it were,
which stretch out hither and thither on many sides, and are
variously divided into little trenches. The larger the Animals,
the greater and fewer are these fleshy fibres, but in turn the
deeper is the impress of the trenches. In the human Heart
the fibres are smaller, but are arranged in a complex and
inconstant order; they are also more numerous than in the
hearts of all other animals I have hitherto been able to
see. Their order and arrangement are shown in Plate 5,
Fig. 1, in which the internal cavity of the left ventricle is
opened out. In this figure
STRUCTURE OF THE HEART
aa is the pulmonary vein opened out just before its entry
into the Heart,
b is the left auricle of the Heart.
c is the foramen ovale, through which the blood flows in
from the vena cava just in front of the opening of the
left ventricle.
[p. 38] dd are the two mitral membranes.
ee are fleshy columns swelling up from both sides of the
ventricle.
f is the base of the heart, where the blood flows into the
ventricle from the pulmonary vein.
g is the place under the mitral membranes where it is dis-
charged into the aorta.
h is the apex of the Heart.
iiii are fleshy fibres inwoven here and there throughout the
whole of the inner surface of the ventricle.
Further, while the ventricles of the Heart in the larger
Brutes are distinguished from the human by their larger
internal fibres, the auricles, certainly in the horse and ox, are
distinguished by wider fibres stretching here and there like
fingers for varying distances. When these contract, the sides
of the auricles close together to expel the blood. There
should be no doubt in any one's mind that the other fibres
in the ventricles help the movement of the Heart and the
contraction of its sides.
While these fleshy fibres do indeed assist greatly in the
[p. 39] contraction of the walls of the Heart, those fissures or
grooves in the hearts of the larger animals are of the greatest
service in ensuring that this contraction shall be tighter, and
that the inner parts of the ventricles shall approach each other
more closely, for a smooth and even internal surface would
not permit this same action. For this reason such spaces or
clefts occur chiefly in the left ventricle, inasmuch as they
are necessary and useful to this ventricle only. The paren-
chyma of the left ventricle is composed chiefly of obliquely
circular fibres, and they contract down on all sides towards
the centre; such a closing down into so confined a space
could not have occurred had these furrows and depressions
not been hollowed out to fit the part for such movement.
The wall of the right ventricle, on the other hand, is much
THE POSITION AND
thinner and is attached to the side of the left ventricle like
some appendage ; it contracts also through half a circle only ;
consequently it did not need deep pitting of its parenchyma
to the same degree as did the left ventricle. But it might
become unduly distended, either by the inrush of a torrent
of blood against its thin walls, or by too great a quantity of
[p. 40] blood collecting within it through heart -failure. This
might go so far as to deprive the fibres of power to contract
back to their normal (in the left ventricle such a misfortune is
not to be dreaded at all on account of the strength and thick-
ness of the ventricular wall). The better, therefore, to provide
against such mishaps in the right ventricle, a certain round
fleshy Muscle of reasonable strength stretches across the
middle of the ventricle from the septum of the Heart to the
opposite side. Such can be seen in the Heart of the sheep,
ox, and other animals. In the Human Heart two or three
such fleshy fibres are commonly found ; these, if they do not
help to draw the walls together, assist at all events in no
small measure in preventing undue dilatation.
Now that we have described the inner surface of the Heart,
we must next say a word about the papillae and fleshy
columns, and about the valves situated at the various
openings of the Heart, both where it receives blood from the
veins, and also where it expels the same into the Arteries.
The papillae in the right ventricle are certain round,
[p. 41] elongated, fleshy projections, which reach upwards
from its sides and from their tips give off tendinous fibres to
join the membranes called, from their shape, Tricuspid.
These membranes rise from the edge of the ventricle, and
completely encircle the entrance into it. Thus, when the
apex of the Heart is drawn nearer the base in each Systole,
the papillae also move upwards and slacken their fibres to
very loose reins ; the membranes to which they are attached
follow suit, and, hanging loose, are driven upwards like
bellying sails by the expulsion of blood at each Systole of
the Heart. In consequence of this they close the opening
of the Heart so exactly that not even the smallest drop can
flow back into the auricle, but is expelled into the lungs,
where no such hindrance bars its way. But, while the apex
is drawn nearer the base at each Systole of the Heart, and
the papillae slacken their fibres, in diastole the apex goes
STRUCTURE OF THE HEART
back again and draws down with it the papillae and their
fibres. Hence the membranes are likewise withdrawn, and
uncover at once the entrance into the heart, opening the
doors, as it were, to the inflow of blood from the auricle.
[p. 42] It is sufficiently well established that the above does
so happen, and that the valves do react and function thus
at every systole and diastole of the Heart. It is not so easy,
on the other hand, to grasp the method of their action and
the manner of its performance, except from a study of the
position and structure of the papillae to which they are
attached. For, even if it is an undisputed fact that the
tricuspid membranes belly out, sail-like, under the backrush
of blood in Systole, until they completely close the entrance
into the ventricle; it is, nevertheless, very well worth our
while to see how and by what conformation of the parts
in question this is effected. The method of it all, and the
mechanical device which is used, depend on three facts.
These are
1. That the papillae project and bulge out rather far
on the inside surface.
2. That they are situated in different parts of it, and
not all in one place.
3. That the papillae are situated on the side opposite
to the membranes, to which they are attached.
This situation and structure of the papillae doubtless
[p. 43] ensures that the membranes shall always be separated
by some interval from the sides of the ventricle, and that
they shall thus easily be raised by the first thrust of the blood
which is driven upwards at each Systole. For, when the
fibres of the papillae are relaxed, the membranes hang
slackly across in the middle of the ventricle, and so it is
inevitable that they should be pushed up by the blood
flowing back into these pockets, as sails are blown out by the
wind, and that they should unfurl just as far as the relaxation
of their attachments permits. These attachments nature has
allowed to move far enough for the membranes to stretch
out on all sides and completely to close the entrance into
the ventricle.
If, however, these membranes rose straight from the same
sides of the ventricles, the membranes would lie too near the
THE POSITION AND
inner wall of the Heart and would be unable either to receive
the blood behind them, or to be raised from the ventricle-
wall; they would therefore let the blood go out again by
its route of entry.
Any one will better understand the function and purpose
of the papillae if he considers carefully the fleshy columns,
which swell up on the sides of the left ventricle and are
[p. 44] designed for exactly the same function. They are not
made for movement, nor do they cause a contraction of their
attached membranes (which would be more likely to keep
open the entrance into the Heart) ; but they are placed there,
and project to this extent from the rest of the inner surface
of the ventricle, solely that they may keep the membranes
sufficiently far away from the sides of the ventricle for them
to be driven back by the blood flowing up from below, and
completely to close that opening of the Heart, to which they
are attached. This raising of the membranes from below,
and the consequent closure of the opening, can be easily
imitated and clearly seen by any one, who introduces a tube
through the opening or the apex of the Heart and injects
water through it, provided the auricle and pulmonary vein
at the base of the Heart are first dissected off. Precisely the
same thing will occur if the Heart is almost filled with water
and pressure is applied at the apex.
Not all the membranes in the right ventricle receive their
fibres directly from the papillae : but by their means they are
equally able to check the back-flow of blood. The membranes
are everywhere contiguous, and hence it must happen that
directly those, whose fibres are inserted into papillae are
[p. 45] lifted by the blood, the others which are joined to
them are simultaneously raised, and fully distended by the
upward flow of blood. That this shall more readily happen,
one must believe that the blood thrown into the chambers
of the Heart at each diastole penetrates back between
those membranes and the walls of the ventricle, and that the
membranes themselves rise upwards and puff out more as
the ventricular cavity becomes fuller. This can be demon-
strated by pouring water into the ventricle until it is full,
or by injecting it through a tube placed in the opening.
What helps a great deal towards this is that the fibres, which
stretch from the fleshy columns and papillae, allow free
STRUCTURE OF THE HEART
passage along their interspaces to the blood flowing in behind
those membranes. For, apart from the possibility of their
sifting and mixing the blood, they seem to be specially
designed for the following function, namely, to keep the
stretching of the membranes within due bounds, and to allow
freer ingress to the blood, so that it may penetrate more
readily into the deepest windings and recesses of the ventri-
cles, and so these fibres may help to quicken the dilatation of
[p. 46] the Heart and the raising of the membranes. For the
blood which is thrown into the Heart and received among
the fibres soon fills the ventricle, and simultaneously, by its
raising of the membranes, prevents its own escape through
them. Hence, when the Heart contracts, it must of necessity
expel the blood through the open channel into the aorta.
Further, the left ventricle, designed as it was for heavier
work and greater effort than the right ventricle, had neces-
sarily to excel it far in the strength and thickness of its wall.
Hence its fleshy columns, fibres, and membranes far surpass
in size and denseness the similar mechanisms in the right
ventricle. The Systole of the left ventricle is a much more
powerful contraction than that of the right ventricle, and
so needed stronger instruments of this sort to withstand the
pressure and to direct the blood into the aorta. To prevent
regurgitation of the blood back into the chambers of the
heart after it has rushed out through the arteries, three
membranes, called from their shape semilunar, are placed
[p. 47] at each exit from the Heart, the first set where the
blood leaves for the lung, the second where it enters the
aorta. These membranes unfold whenever the blood is forced
back, and fit so tightly together that they close completely
the arterial channel. This is clearly seen if the arterial trunk
is divided close to its origin, and water or spirit is poured
into it. Plate 4, Fig. 3 shows the membranes relaxed to allow
the outflow of blood. In this figure
aa is part of the left ventricle opened up.
bbb are the three semilunar valves collapsing to allow egress
to the blood,
c is the trunk of the aorta opened up.
dd are the two coronary arteries leaving the trunk of the
aorta just beyond the semilunar valves.
THE POSITION AND
eee is the root of the aorta at its junction with the tendon
of the Heart.
ff are the mitral membranes divided and turned back to
either side to allow a sight of the semilunar valves.
The situation of the valves shows clearly how they facilitate
[p. 48] the passage of the expelled blood. The extent to
which they help to check any backflow of the same will appear
equally well from Plate 4, Fig. 4. In this figure
aaa is the trunk of the aorta cut off at its root,
bbb are the three semilunar valves closing on each other,
and blocking the passage against any back-rush of blood,
cc are the two coronary arteries.
Now that we have examined the usual arrangement of
every part and corner of the Heart's abode, it will also be
pertinent to see the means adopted to provide a pathway
to and from the Heart itself.
Just before the threshold of the right auricle, that is to
say, where the ascending vena cava joins the descending and
prepares to discharge into the auricle of the Heart, a certain
small swelling is formed by underlying fatty tissue. This
swelling is well worth attention. Its interposition at this
point causes the blood, which falls down the descending
vein, to be diverted into the auricle, when it would otherwise
[p. 49] have continued on down into the ascending vein, and
would have caused great hindrance and slowing to the blood-
flow up through that vein into the Heart. The danger from
this was greater in the upright position and form, and hence
the swelling in the vena cava of man was made larger and
much more prominent, so that, if you put a finger into either
of the two trunks, you will only with difficulty reach the
other. As is shown in Plate 1, Fig. 1. In this figure
a is the trunk of the vena cava descending on the right side,
b is the trunk of the vena cava ascending on the right,
c is the swelling interposed right between the two veins,
d is the opening of the auricle,
e is the foramen ovale.
f is the Heart lying over to the left in its natural position,
g is the coronary vein.
STRUCTURE OF THE HEART
On the other hand, in quadrupeds, such as the Sheep,
Dog, Horse, and Ox, the passage of the blood from either
end of the body is more level and horizontal, and, owing to
[p. 50] the mass and weight of the dependent Heart, the
trunks of the venae cavae slope down a little from above
to the Heart; one may assume, therefore, that so large a
barrier was not needed in their case, though it is not com-
pletely absent. As is seen in Plate 1, Fig. 2. In this figure
a is the trunk of the ascending vena cava.
b is the trunk of the descending vena cava.
c is the swelling separating the two veins.
d is the right auricle.
e is the foramen ovale.
f is the opening of the Heart.
g is the coronary vein.
h is the Heart itself hanging down from its vessels, but
supported underneath in this position by the lungs.
Further, in order that the blood shall not seethe and swell
in this meeting-place while the auricular contraction denies
it free ingress, the whole circumference of the vena cava is
muscular at this point in the larger Animals, both Man and
Brutes; the object of this is twofold, to keep the vein trunk
within due limits of extension, and to drive the blood it
contains into the auricle without intermission and with more
[p. 51] force than were otherwise possible. That the auricle
may seize this blood more firmly and drive it into the ventricle
of the Heart, its internal fibres stretch right out from the
root of the auricle, where it joins the base of the Heart,
towards the vena cava, and seizing within themselves the
blood collected therein, grasp it, so to speak, in their fingers,
and soon, in their turn, pass it on to the Heart. These fibres,
indeed, in the auricle of one of the larger Animals, such as
the Horse or Ox, are as large as monkey's fingers, and doubt-
less have the same function.
While the above-mentioned swelling at the threshold of
the right ventricle, where the ascending vena cava meets
the descending vena cava, prevents blood flowing down the
latter vein and pressing down on that which is coming up
the former vein ; equal ingenuity has been employed outside
the opening of the left ventricle, to prevent the blood, which
THE POSITION AND
is ejected with such force, from being unequally distributed
to the various organs. For this opening of the Heart faces
directly upwards, and hence, if the channel, which receives
[p. 52] directly the first shock of the blood, led it likewise to
the cranial region, too much blood would inevitably be sent
to the brain; it would also of necessity gradually increase
owing to the force of vibration, with the result that the lower
parts of the body would be cheated of their appetite and food.
To avoid such a disaster, the divine Artificer constructed
the trunk of the aorta (next the Heart) with such skill in
Animals, whose Hearts move rather forcibly, that the blood
does not run straight into the axillary and cervical arteries,
but first turns through part of a circle. Midway between
the ventricle and these arteries, the aorta (to a varying degree
in different animals) is strongly arched. Consequently it is
the curved angle which bears the shock and the full force
of the ejected blood, and directs the greatest part of the
rushing stream into the descending trunk of the aorta. But
for this too much of it would be distributed to the higher
branches of the aorta; these it would distend unduly, and
would soon by its impetus put an end to the head. All this
is fully shown in Plate 1, Fig. 4. In this figure
[p. 53] a is the root of the Human aorta.
b is its descending trunk.
c is the angle where it curves on itself.
d is the right axillary artery.
e is the right cervical artery.
f is the left cervical.
g is the left axillary.
h are the two coronary arteries.
In the Figure, the curving of the aorta at [c] deflects a
very large part of the rushing stream of blood ejected from
the Heart into the descending trunk, but, to prevent it all
from going in that direction, the intervening axillary and
cervical arteries are so made that they must receive their
requisite share of the blood as it flows past. The right side
of any one of these arteries is much higher than the left,
and hence some part of the fluid in the larger trunk must be
intercepted by them. This will be more readily grasped
from Plate 1, Fig. 5. In this figure
STRUCTURE OF THE HEART
aaa is the right-hand and higher part of each successive
artery.
b is the angle of the aorta curving on itself.
[p. 54] ccc are the lower sides of the arteries which inter-
cept the blood as it flows past, and against which the
blood dashes.
d is the descending channel of the aorta.
If these arteries, on the other hand, left the aorta perpendi-
cularly, practically the whole of the blood would pass by
their orifices without any diminution, as Plate 1, Fig. 6 shows.
This figure, though it represents a condition which never
actually exists, is put side by side with Fig. 5 to allow a better
understanding of the arrangement therein depicted.
Before we pass from the subject of the Heart-muscle, one
further point claims our attention. In the Foetus still
enclosed in the womb respiration cannot take place, and there
is therefore no need for the whole of the blood to pass through
the lungs. An alternative channel has in consequence wisely
been provided for the greater part of it. In the as yet unborn
foetus, just below the swelling we have recently described,
a foramen (called the foramen Ovale) opens into the neigh-
bouring pulmonary vein just before the entrance into the
left ventricle. Through this foramen the greater part of the
[p. 55] blood returning in the vena cava passes, from just
in front of the entry into the right ventricle, across into the
pulmonary vein, and is sent down into the left ventricle
together with the rest of the blood returning from the
nutrition of the lung. To prevent its return by the same route,
a membrane is attached all round the edge of the foramen,
except at its lowest part, and, overlapping, sail-wise, the
lowest part of the orifice, hangs down loosely in the pul-
monary vein. Hence it yields readily to the blood-flow from
the vena cava, and throws open the door. On the other hand,
if strong pressure is exerted on the blood to flow back from
the pulmonary vein into the vena cava, the membrane is
closely applied to the pulmonary vein at the first approach
of the blood, and so effectively prevents any inflow. In just
such a way the duct of the ureter, passing through the double
coat of the bladder, allows the urine a free and unrestricted
inflow, but absolutely prevents any backflow. And, since
D
THE POSITION AND
there is no need for all the remaining blood, which flows into
the right ventricle of the Heart and is ejected by it into the
pulmonary artery, to make the circuit of the lungs, an
[p. 56] arterial channel opens in addition between the pul-
monary artery and the aorta proper. Hence the blood
expelled from the right ventricle is in large measure passed
on through this channel into the aorta, and is dispersed
throughout the body with the rest of the blood. But, when
the foetus is born and begins to breathe, this foramen and
channel have no longer any function, and narrow little by
little from day to day, until the foramen at length closes
completely, and the channel slowly turns into a ligament,
through which nothing can any longer pass. The shape of
this foramen and membrane is shown in Plate 2, Fig. 3.
In this figure
aaaa is the edge of the foramen ovale, to which the mem-
brane is attached.
bb is the same membrane, hanging down below the cir-
cumference of the foramen.
c is the blood flowing along in the vena cava.
d is where it flows into the pulmonary vein.
eee is where it drives back the membrane, and rushes on
through an open door.
[p. 57] I have now given a description of the Heart. It
remains for me to detail the various differences it shows in
animals of diverse kind, birds, fish, serpents, frogs, and other
still smaller creatures, and to give reasons for these differ-
ences. But the compass of them is so great that weariness,
rather than profit, would attend their enumeration. It will
suffice if I make mention here of their more important
characteristics, and of those which help most to elucidate
the Heart's story in the more perfect animals. Thus in
Birds, such as the dove, hen, chicken, goose, and others, the
Heart is built up of a complex of fibres, which correspond
exactly with those found in larger animals and which are,
relatively, equally as large. For, though the outer side of
the transverse septum nearest to the right ventricle shows
a smooth, even surface, the inner part, comprising what is
left of this side, is entirely fibrous. Both ventricles, too, are
provided with semilunar valves at their respective openings
STRUCTURE OF THE HEART
into the lung and into the aorta. At the orifice or entry into
the right ventricle there is a complete absence of tricuspid
[p. 58] valves, but in their place, just above the entry from
the auricle into the ventricle, there hangs down a fleshy
valve, exactly semilunar in shape ; this valve always opens
towards the apex, and receives eagerly and greedily the blood
which flows up from below at each contraction ; the more it
is filled out, the closer it lies against the ventricular orifice,
and prevents there any outflow of the rest of the blood.
Though the right ventricle, moreover, is flat and smooth on
one side, the left is fibrous all over in every kind of Bird,
however small ; it is also provided with fleshy columns rising
clear of the other fibres, and with mitral valves so skilfully
made that no blood is allowed to pass back to the lungs. If
the apex of the Heart is cut off and water is injected into the
ventricle through a tube, a very pleasant demonstration
results. The membranes in question soon swell up under the
pressure, and, approximating very closely to one another,
completely shut off this opening into the Heart, so that,
however strongly and forcibly the water is injected, none is
[p. 59] allowed to pass, and it all goes out through the aorta.
This organ, it is clear, is as perfectly formed in these
smaller animals as it is in the larger for the distribution of
the blood to the rest of the body. It is equally beyond doubt
that it is never entirely absent even in the smallest of all
Nature's creatures ; they may not rejoice in a heart with two
chambers, but can at least boast a heart with one. As,
however, its structure cannot be seen sufficiently well with
the naked eye, I will not speak further of it.
d 2
CHAPTER II
The Movement of the Heart
IN the previous Chapter, we dealt at sufficient length with
the Position and Structure of the Heart. In it we realized
the extreme perfection of the Heart's fabric, formed with
diverse means and with a skill beyond all comprehension
[p. 60] of the spirit of man. We must now show next what,
and of what kind, are the movement and function of this
wonderful mechanism.
This noble structure, the Heart, received the name of
muscle from Hippocrates and the earlier physicians because
of its intricacy of fibres: that its movement was equally
Muscular, the very illustrious Harvey rightly observed from
his dissection of Living Animals. It seemed to him to become
tense all over, and to contract throughout its whole fibrous
structure, to rise up, and get smaller and harder at each move-
ment, so it was natural for him to say that its action was one
which it shared with the remaining muscles. This, indeed,
we see him state formally in Chapter 2, 'de Motu Cordis'.
When the muscles are in active motion, they become stronger,
are tensed, become hard where before they were soft, rise up and
get thicker, and in similar fashion does the heart. After Harvey,
then, has so carefully and painstakingly observed the move-
ment of the Heart, and has taught that it vibrates extremely
strongly and forcibly, one may perhaps be surprised at the
fact that the distinguished Descartes, Hooghelande, and
other famous men (because they did not pay close enough
attention either to the strength of the Heart's structure and
[p. 61] its great efforts at every Systole, or to the rapidity
of the blood's movement) have been in doubt if the Heart
causes its own movement, or if it is not rather put into
motion by the blood. They observed that various fluids
prepared by chemical methods, and mixed together, inter-
acted violently and frothed up to such an extent as to break
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
their containing vessels, unless freely exposed to the air.
Scarcely deigning to change the name, they have given the
same story about the blood. Moreover, that this view may
more readily find acceptance, they have taught that there
lodges in the left ventricle of the Heart in particular a nitro-
sulphureous ferment : that the blood is full of heterogeneous
particles very ready to ferment, and that, as soon as it
reaches this active material, it instantly becomes lighter and
swells up. Seeking more room in consequence, it is forced
to escape into the aorta more by its own action than by that
of the Heart.
But it will be easy to show that no such ebullition is pro-
voked within the blood, and that no such ferment is present
[p. 62] in the Heart ; for, although great effervescence and
interaction result from the mixture of bodies of totally
different saline nature, and a great deal escapes, the blood
fluid is quite different in character and is too inert to
effervesce so violently and suddenly in the Heart or in its
vessels. We know how innocuous this fluid is, how gentle the
spirit which usually imbues it, how smooth and peaceful
its return along the veins to the Heart ; and, when an opening
is made for it and it is caught in suitable receptacles, how
quickly it clots like milk, without any sign of effervescence
or upset.
Those, moreover, who claim the existence of such a ferment
in the Heart, should have shown the source from which it is
continuously replenished. For, if they say that the coronary
arteries distributed throughout the Heart pour a certain
juice into its ventricles, they should notice that the inner
membrane of the ventricle is so impervious that it allows
[p. 63] nothing to penetrate into its cavity ; as is clear if one
forcibly injects the arteries with some dye. If, on the other
hand, they state that this ferment is derived and replaced
from the particles of blood hidden in the hollows and cracks
of the ventricles, it is certain that these furrows and hollows
were made for the closer contraction of the ventricle, as stated
above ; and that they close and adhere so tightly that none
are any longer visible, nor do they leave any place or space
for hiding the remnants of blood.
Indeed, ebullition of blood within the Heart, if it exists, is
so far from helping at all in its movement, that it appears to
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
be directly opposed and antagonistic to such movement ; for
Diastole does not occur as a result of the expansion of the
ventricular walls by the increase of blood, but partly through
the weight and amount of the same which is injected by the
auricles, and partly through the movement of restitution.
Thus the Heart's diastole alternates continually with its and
the Auricle's Systole. That ebullition is not of use in the
execution of the Heart's Systole is shown by the following
[p. 64] fact, namely, that its movement is one of expansion,
and would therefore serve rather to draw apart the walls of
the heart than to bring them together.
Further, what ebullition is so regular, or has phases of
swelling of such equal duration, or is powerful enough to be
able to eject fluid with such force from the Heart to the most
distant organs of the body (and much further if it is provided
with egress) ? If the blood moves through its own power,
why does the Heart need to be so fibrous and so well supplied
with Nerves ? It could be formed of much simpler ventricles
with flat inner surfaces, if it had been made solely to receive
blood, and not to expel it.
Moreover, if we consider the amount of blood sent into
the ventricles of the Heart at any diastole, we shall find no
place in the Heart suitable, or large enough, for ebullition
such as described. For the blood does not fall down from the
auricles drop by drop, as Descartes and others have imagined,
but is sent out by the auricles in such amount as to fill the
whole internal cavity of the Heart; further, the Ventricle
expels at any Systole the whole of the blood it has received
during the previous diastole, as will be seen more clearly
[p. 65] later. In addition, I do not clearly see, and I imagine
no reasonable argument can be put forward, why the fer-
ment is said to be lodged chiefly in the left ventricle and the
ebullition rising therein to be attended by so much more
effervescence ; why it is not equally so in the right ventricle,
since the action of each ventricle is the same, and they are
distinguished only by the thickness and strength of their
fibres for the reason given above ; finally, why it is not chiefly
found in the auricles, for they are the first to move, and pro-
vide incessantly not only the first impulses for the Heart's
motion, but the spark which sets off the whole.
Besides this, the blood stays too short a time in the Heart
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
for the production of such ebullition. It passes through the
ventricles faster than the winking of an eye, and gunpowder,
on being lighted, does not burst into flame any more quickly.
In addition, blood expelled from an artery is not light or
foamy in any way, if it is received into a vessel placed near by,
but is of a venous consistency and weight, and like venous
blood in all except its colour.
[p. 66] Finally, the movement of the Heart is shown to be
independent of any ebullition of blood by the fact that a
Heart taken from a living animal and entirely emptied of
blood does not cease to move, even if it is cut into small
pieces. It is a matter of common knowledge that the Hearts
of fairly young animals, long after they have been cut out
of the thorax, pick up their pulsations at once, and continue
them for a long time, if they are gently stimulated with a
small pin. Eels' Hearts, similarly stimulated with a needle
several hours after they have been taken out, are seen to
pulsate once more, since their spirits are entrapped and en-
tangled in the rather viscous matter and are unable to escape
so quickly.
But, to decide experimentally whether or not any ebullition
of blood helped the blood's movement at all, it occurred to
me to see if the Heart would continue its movement un-
diminished, after I had drawn off the blood, and had replaced
it intravenously by an equal quantity of other fluids, less
liable to become lighter or to froth up. With this object in
mind I drew off through the jugular vein of a Dog almost
half of its total blood volume, injecting instead through
[p. 67] the crural vein an equal amount of beer mixed with
a little wine. This procedure I repeated several times in
succession until, instead of blood, the fluid coming from the
vein was merely a solution with less colour than the washings
of meat, or than claret several times diluted. The Heart-
beat, meanwhile, became only slowly more feeble, so that
practically the whole of the blood was replaced by beer
before life was replaced by death.
It is easier, however, to produce an experiment than to
produce conviction, and I may therefore, perhaps, be allowed
to add this one story, which was told me by a doctor of
impeccable veracity. A youth of sixteen was troubled (for
some unstated reason) by a large flux of blood, which lasted
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
without cessation for two days, and no treatment or skill
availed to check it. Friends and neighbours tried to restore
him to fitness with broths: these he desired so much and
consumed so greedily that the flux became progressively
greater, and at last things came to such a stage that he had
lost practically all his blood, and such as did still flow out
[p. 68] was watery and pale, and had neither the character
nor the appearance of blood ; it was more like the broth he
had so often swallowed than blood. For two days this
watery flux lasted without change, the Heart meanwhile
going on beating as usual ; then the flux at length came to an
end, the Youth slowly convalesced, and thereafter developed
into a strong, well set-up man.
Before, however, the door is finally closed on this subject,
one must note that two observations of Harvey can be, and
usually are, brought forward at this point by the opposition.
These are, that the Blood has motion both before the Heart
is formed, and also after it is dead, which easily shows that
its movement is independent of the Heart. But the answers
to these objections will be obvious.
I. Although it must be admitted that that little vital
drop lodged in the little scar is stimulated by the brooding-
warmth and expands, we shall, nevertheless, have to attribute
the credit for this to the membrane which encloses it, for
this membrane both checks and restrains it. When that
productive fluid enclosed within the scar is warmed for a
[p. 69] long time by the external heat, the spirits concealed
within it expand in various directions. Some strike the
enclosing membrane, and are entrapped ; others distend the
membrane to make room for their expansion. The membrane
is unable to provide sufficient room to free itself from such
tension, and contracts down on itself. As a result the fluid
is put under pressure, and, seeking an outlet, makes a way
for itself and forges out a channel. In such manner the very
first beginnings of our life and threads of our body appear
to arise. In addition, muscular movement depends entirely
on contraction, and so we must consider the origin of this
movement as beginning from the Systole of that vesicle,
rather than from the ebullition or expansion of the spirits
in that little drop of fluid. For the vesicle was in existence
before the actual blood, and when, later, the fluid changes to
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
blood and becomes activated, the vesicle is simultaneously
seen to begin its movements. Pulsating from the very
beginning, it is not only the receptacle for the fluid so
[p. 70] converted into blood, but also its propulsive mechan-
ism. By its effort and assistance the blood proceeds beyond
the bounds of the little scar, and hammers out arteries to
provide room for itself, and veins to bring back nourish-
ment.
2. As regards the blood-waves in the vena cava after the
death of the auricle, I think they occur through no intrinsic
movement of the blood, but by local contractions of the
vessels, caused by the passage of spirits in all directions down
the nerves, and analogous to the long-continued tremulous
movement of muscles after death, when the spirits are
wandering at random within them. So much for this ferment
pictured by some authors within the ventricle, particularly
the left ventricle, of the Heart, a ferment which causes
ebullition of the inflowing blood. We must now consider
the next theory, put forward by other writers, who state that
the Heart contains a sort of vestal Fire, which so heats the
inflowing blood that it must immediately pass on out into
the arteries. It is almost as if they think that every inflow
of blood is warmed by the fire of the Heart and straightway
[p. 71] rushes out, as though the ventricles were alight and
glowing with heat, and the blood ready to burst into flames
at the first touch of fire, like gunpowder. How far this is
from reality we shall quickly consider.
Apart from the fact that it is hard to imagine that the
Blood becomes so rarefied that, on falling into the ventricles
of the Heart at each diastole, it is broken up at once into its
constituent particles, and shoots into the vessels, like lighted
gunpowder (a property given to no fluid), there is also the
fact that the Heart -rate is immediately increased by food
and by moderately large draughts of fluid, while the chyle,
which passes with the rest of the blood through the ventricles
of the Heart, is as yet imperfect and therefore less liable to
rarefaction.
I am so far from believing the movement of the blood to
be dependent on any heating of it within the Heart, that I
do not think it owes any of its heat to this organ. Although
the Heart should, rightly enough, be acknowledged as the
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
source of heat (and heat is carried from it to all parts of the
body), it will not perhaps be any truer to say that heat is
produced only in this organ, or that the blood is warmed only
[p. 72] by it, than that the waters of hot springs receive their
heat from the bath into which they discharge, and not from
the intrinsic fire of the parts which they bathe and wash
against in their passage in the bowels of the earth. For there
is nothing in the Heart which is sufficient to produce so
much heat. It is certain, in any case, that the Heart does
not produce its own heat, but needs to be warmed just as
it is nourished entirely by the blood flowing into it from the
arteries. It is improbable, as Velthusius says, that there exists
in the Heart a heat of sufficient intensity for this organ to produce
by its activity and by its own heat so sudden and so powerful
an ebullition of the blood which enters it: and the structure of
the Heart is not so strong and lasting as to bear for so many
years a heat of this strength. If we insert the fingers into the
Heart of an animal during a vivisection experiment, we do not
feel a heat of this intensity, and the pericardial fat could not
solidify, as it does, under such circumstances.
The great heat of the blood must therefore be attributed
to the Heart no more than to the vessels and viscera as a
whole, and especially to those which are enclosed within the
[p. 73] thorax and the abdomen. For, while the blood is
cooled in the extremities, where it is exposed, practically
without covering, to the external air during its passage, it
is equally certain that it warms up as soon as it enters the
enclosed cavities of the thorax and the abdomen. It is thus
that fat, well-covered men, whose blood-vessels lie more
deeply and are buried in flesh, are better able to withstand
cold than thin men, although the Hearts of such excessively
fat men are not so active and strong as are those of men,
who are more slender and thinner.
The blood is, therefore, entirely responsible both for the
heat of the Heart itself, and for the activity and life of our
bodies, which its heat produces. Nevertheless we admit that,
though nature has not given the Heart greater heat than other
Muscles, yet, in so far as it is ceaselessly and continuously
in movement in so confined a place, it is endowed with more
constant and active a heat than the other members of the
body. Hence, perhaps, on this account, by contact with
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
[p. 74] itself, it does warm and heat up to a somewhat greater
extent the blood which it receives.
Now that these matters have received due consideration,
I think it is clear that the movement of the Heart does not
in any way depend on ebullition of the blood, nor the heat
of the blood on any fire within the Heart.
But we are certainly warmed by a fire that is more than
fictitious or metaphorical, and so it would be worth while
in the next place to explain at somewhat greater length how
the blood itself becomes heated and in its turn provides
warmth for the whole of the body. However, since this would
be outside the plan of the present work, and I also understand
that the learned Dr. Willis is giving the matter some thought
in his book on 'The Spirit, and also the heating of the Blood',
I should not like to depart so far from professional courtesy
as to forestall him in this matter.
The foregoing passages have established to our satisfaction
that the movement of the Heart is independent of the blood ;
it remains to state next the instruments and devices by
which it is accomplished.
These are of two kinds, the immediate, which are directly
responsible for the movement, and the remote, which assist it.
[P- 75] Those which accomplish the movement are to be
sought for on the spot within the Heart itself; for in that
organ are all the parts ready and fitted for the production of
movement within it, as is shown by the fact that no Muscle is
better arranged than these parts. That it receives Spirits from
the abundance of nerves which are inserted into it and which
form a dense network all over its Surface, that it is strength-
ened by all kinds of fibres which make an intricate pattern
with their ramifications, and that its base is surrounded by
a tendinous border, is clearly seen ; and in the Heart of even
a very small animal, where the structure of this organ can
still be made out, there seems to be no one of these structures
absent or missing.
This mechanical provision shows clearly that the Heart
is definitely a Muscle, and has a movement exactly similar
to that of the other Muscles. To explain more clearly, how-
ever, the movement of the Heart, we will begin with the
more simple movement of a straight Muscle, and use this
as a standard.
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
The straight Muscle is composed of two bellies with a
tendon attached to each, and, corresponding with this
[p. 76] double structure, its movement is also double. The
fibres of the two bellies end in opposite tendons, so that,
while the parts to which the bellies are joined by the tendons
seem to draw nearer to one another by one and the same
action, this is, nevertheless, not accomplished by a single
movement of the two bellies. For, even if they contract
from opposite ends to the same centre, the two opposite
bones or members to which they are attached only respond
simultaneously to opposite contractions of the two bellies,
and approach one another as a necessary consequence of this
response. All muscular movement seems, therefore, to
resemble in its execution the handshake of two men, which
leads to their subsequent close embrace. Also, there exists
no muscle with only one belly, or with fibres stretching in one
continuous line from tendon to tendon, but each muscle is
two-fold with fibres running to opposite ends, and so one
might wonder in passing if the movement of any muscle may
not more rightly be attributed to the opposed contractions
of the two bellies, rather than to a simple swelling-up of the
[p. 77] muscle. Nay further, if the movement of a muscle
occurred through such swelling, what is there to prevent the
fibres of any muscle (seeing they are straight and attached
to one another only by the slenderest of membranous fibrils)
from being parted from one another and torn asunder, at
any rate until the separation leads to pain? In addition,
a Muscle distended outwards by such swelling should be
extremely noticeable, whereas the opposite is actually the
case, namely, that a Muscle constricts down on itself at each
movement, and gets smaller and harder. In other words,
the character of its movement is exactly opposite to a process
of swelling-up.
Further, if movement occurs through the conflict of spirits
of different nature meeting in the Muscle, or through a
mixture of air with animal spirit, why are all parts of the
muscle not in a state of perpetual movement, as both com-
ponents are continuously flowing into it? And what command
has the Spirit over us, if it is responsible only for the
impulse to movement, serves only to fire the tinder, and
arouses a tumult which it will be unable to quell at will?
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
[p. 78] It is surely scarcely credible that things so antagon-
istic can exist, at all events in a well-ordered body, or can
be united, without the spirit being ab]e to control them.
We are not to imagine within ourselves the presence of
a spirit so ridiculous that it is able, so to speak, to brandish
a sword, to turn it hither and thither, to advance it and
withdraw it, and is yet unable to sheath it at its pleasure.
We are able to control our movements, and keep them within
such bounds as we please ; Muscles also seem to be designed
so that they may accomplish their movements by the effort,
and with the help, of fibres pulling from opposite ends. I do
not see, then, why we should seek in so violent a source for
the manner and cause of this movement. Let all this,
however, be a passing reference.
It has previously been shown that the Structure of the
Heart is analogous and similar to that of the other Muscles
in the body in plan, if not in shape, and so it remains for
me to prove that its movement also is similar, and is carried
out in conformity with the general arrangement of its fibres.
The movement of any two-bellied muscle is effected in
general by the fleshy fibres drawing the opposed tendons
[p. 79] together towards a central point, and the Heart is also
essentially composed, on the plan of the other muscles, of
a double row of fibres facing in opposite directions — the
outer ones stretching across from left to right and encircling
the whole of the parenchyma in their folds, and the deeper
ones being carried in the directly opposite direction — and so,
since they draw the walls of the Heart more closely together
on all sides, the intraventricular spaces must necessarily be
greatly diminished and constricted. The process can, there-
fore, not unfittingly be compared with the wringing of a linen
cloth to squeeze out the water, or with the closing of a purse
by the traction of a double string in opposite directions. The
fibres act in exactly the same way in constricting the Heart,
and it is they principally which effect its movement.
Moreover, some of the fibres of the Heart are straight, but
all the others twist round the apex and the whole of its
surface in an oblique and contrary direction to end in spiral
lines in its base. Hence these fibres not only compress and
[p. 80] diminish the intraventricular cavity, whenever they
contract on both sides, but they also bring the apex nearer
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
the base. For, however great is the effort of the fibres to
pull the base of the Heart downwards, this latter rests on
a support which is so steady and so strong that it cannot
respond at al] to their pull. Hence the only thing that can
happen is for the movable part to give way to the stationary
one, with the double result that the Heart-structure as a
whole becomes more constricted, and its apex comes nearer
to the base. This is very similar to what takes place, when
in the popular sport a man hanging on a rope contracts his
arms strongly and carries himself up aloft.
Moreover (to mention this in passing), every movement
is effected by a contraction, and the fibres of the Heart are
made solely for such a purpose, so it is also clear that the
whole movement of the Heart is located in Systole ; and, as
the fibres are overt ensed at every contraction of the Heart,
therefore, when that effort abates, the Heart relaxes again
by a sort of movement of restitution, and is once more
[p. 81] distended by the inflow of blood from the veins. By
no movement of the Heart, save one of tension-diminution,
and the inrush of blood, its diastole follows regularly on its
systole.
As a result of the examination of the heart's movement,
that of the auricles is more easily understood, since the
fibres which are common to both auricles and which stretch
from one to the other are perhaps the mechanism which
ensures that they both commence their movements together ;
but some fleshy fibres are attached to the common tendon
of the heart, while others are inserted into the fibrous ring
next to the vena cava, and therefore, since their contractions
are from opposite ends, they cause a shortening of the inter-
vening space, and so in similar fashion expel the contained
blood into the chambers of the heart.
That the movement of the heart, however, is accomplished
by its own fibres needs no other evidence or proof than the
fact that its ventricles differ from one another in their fibrous
structure, as much as in their function and in the degree of
movement necessary for each. A short and a long journey
require different degrees of strength for their performance,
[p. 82] So, according as the distance the blood is projected
and propelled is shorter or greater, the ventricles are endowed
with thinner or with thicker fibres, and the left ventricle
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
greatly excels the right in the strength of its fibres, as it does
in its work and importance. Yet, though the fibres of the
right ventricle are much more slender and thinner than those
of the left ventricle, it is not lacking in any set of these
fibres ; and it is not to be regarded as non-pulsatile because
it beats less forcibly, nor is one to think of it as moving much
less solely because of the nearness of the left ventricle. For,
though the right ventricle is attached to the left, and con-
tracts as a whole towards that ventricle at each Systole,
thereby describing only half a circle in its movement, it
accomplishes this by its own fibres, and not by the aid of the
other ventricle. So far, indeed, is the left ventricle from help-
ing in any way the movement of the right ventricle, that
the side of the transverse septum which is next the cavity
of the right ventricle is almost always (especially in smaller
animals) flat and smooth; while the same septum, on the
side facing the cavity of the left ventricle, is completely
[p. 83] fibrous and hollowed out by deep trenches; a clear
proof that the septum helps the contraction of the left
ventricle only, as I have shown above.
It is abundantly evident from this fibrous structure of the
internal septum that it is of great assistance in the movement
of the left ventricle ; and, indeed, it could not be otherwise,
since this septum is part of the left ventricle, and its fibres
are continuous everywhere with the general surface of the
left ventricle and merge into it.
Further, it has been shown that those furrows and spaces
hollowed out in the septum help the ventricle to contract
down to a smaller size than would otherwise be possible, and
hence it is obvious how inept is the statement that they help
the passage of blood from one ventricle to the other. They
are in fact completely impervious, and are designed solely
for the function above described.
We have seen up to now how strong is the structure of the
heart, how reinforced everywhere by fibres. It is our duty
to see next what is the force by which it carries out its
movements. No one, who denies that it vibrates extremely
powerfully and forcibly, seems to understand really well its
wonderful structure or to consider it with sufficient care. It
[p. 84] is quite clear, not only from the great force with which
the blood is ejected, but also if one takes the heart itself in
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
one's hand, or inserts a finger after cutting off the apex, that
its movement and contraction are extremely strong and
forcible ; so much so that its Systole not only causes a narrow-
ing of the intraventricular space, and expulsion of blood to
a corresponding extent, but the heart vibrates strongly and
violently, and the blood is driven out and expelled by the
vigorous and powerful upward leap and activity of its walls.
Indeed, while I may at least note here that Fernet, Forest,
and C. Piso have described how a heart was once attacked
by a spasm of such violence as to fracture the ribs, and each
Systole could be heard in the street far away from the bed :
further, how the patient's garments were agitated by the
continuous pulsation of the thorax and heart as though by
a fan, and the very thorax and sternum were displaced by
the movement from their natural position and forcibly pro-
truded ; there is also the fact that one can hear from afar the
individual heart -beats in horses returning from a long ride.
The blood is at this time being sent through the vessels
[p. 85] with such force and violence that you can count the
individual beats from far off, and can proclaim them as
surely as if you had your finger on the artery. Indeed I have
often noticed that, even with men who were not really strong,
the curtains of the beds in which they lay were thrown up-
wards at each movement of the heart, and followed closely
the rhythm of its beat.
This being the case, it will be fitting to inquire what
impulse causes the heart's movement, and whence it is given
such power or strength, that it can perform this movement
without intermission throughout the course of life.
I should here speak of the ultimate way in which the heart's
movement is effected, but, as it is over-difficult to obtain
any due conception of this, and it is the privilege of God
alone, who comprehends the heart's secrets, to understand its
movement also, I will not waste effort in examining it further.
It will suffice, therefore, if I merely observe that the force
and strength, by which the heart expels with regular, even
[p. 86] beat the blood that falls continuously into its cham-
bers, do not arise from anything within the heart, but come
down into it from the head above, as if from heaven. The
heart is, functionally, extremely important and necessary,
and nature therefore exerts such care and solicitude in the
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
execution of its movement, that, in addition to the important
nerve-branches distributed thickly all over it, she has also
prepared the cerebellum as a perpetual storeroom of animal
spirits, so that there may be a continuous inflow of them into
the heart. This organ is so dependent on their liberal and
continuous inflow that, if this is cut off for even the smallest
period of time, the heart's movement ceases there and then.
If the nerves of the eighth pair are tightly ligatured in the
neck, or are divided (which is much the same thing as far
as the animal is concerned) it is remarkable how great a
change suddenly occurs! The heart, which before beat
quickly and regularly, begins to palpitate and quiver as soon
as the ligature is applied; the wretched animal prolongs
a weary life for a day or two to the accompaniment of heart-
tremor and excessive dyspnoea, and finally dies without
warning.
[p. 87] The degree of cardiac distress which the animal
soon feels as a result of such section or ligature is well shown
by the rapid onset of convulsive movements, which are so
pronounced and violent that it is difficult, without using
strong cords, to keep the animal in the same place or position
of the body.
The reason the animal does not die at once from the
application of such a ligature is as follows. Besides the help
afforded by the recurrent nerve, various nerve-branches are
implanted, below the ligature, into the nerves of the eighth
pair, before they send their offshoots to the heart. These
branches come from the intercostal plexus below the entry
into the thorax, and by their means spirits are supplied,
albeit in smaller amount, to sustain the weakened movement,
as long as the blood remains fluid and thin. The blood-fluid,
however, commences to stagnate and to clot on account of
the sluggish action of the exhausted heart, and so these
reserves of spirits are not long equal to continuing the
pulsation, and in consequence life finally becomes extinct
through failure of this movement. These facts are so definite
[p. 88] that I have no doubt the animal would at once faint
and the heart cease to beat, if the nerves in question were
ligatured a little below that communication with the inter-
costals. It is not easy to put this to the test, because the
junction of the nerves occurs just below the clavicle, and near
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
the larger blood-vessels, so that it can neither be seen by the
eyes nor explored by the fingers.
It has been shown that the heart's movement is caused
solely by the inflow into the nerves, with which it is abun-
dantly supplied. I ought next to state the number of ways
in which this movement undergoes variation and the causes
of the same. The heart's movement, however, is greatly
increased or decreased according to the general state of
agreement and co-operation among the organs, and so I think
it will be pertinent if I first show which are these organs, and
what kind of assistance they give.
The nearest connexion of the heart is with the thorax and
the lungs, and by that natural relationship their functions
are mutually united, so that neither can move easily without
[p. 89] the other, or long survive it; the lungs, however,
function through no effort of their own, but only through
outside assistance ; hence the fact that they offer the air
a free passage into the blood must rather be placed to the
credit of the diaphragm and of the intercostal muscles.
Any internal obstruction in the pulmonary passage, or
excessive external compression of the same, any prevention
of, or hindrance to, the free contraction and relaxation of the
diaphragm and intercostal muscles, therefore, affects in
similar fashion also the movement of the heart. Affections
of these organs, into which category fall such things as quinsy,
lung abscess, internal swelling, pleural effusion, empyema,
convulsive fits, immoderate and prolonged laughing, cause
difficulty either by occlusion of the trachea or the pulmonary
blood-vessels, or by pressure on the heart and lungs through
their weight and size, or by opposition to the free expansion
of the thorax in inspiration. They therefore alter the heart's
movement in varying ways.
[p. 90] It would take too long, though, to explain the
nature of each of these several maladies, or its secondary
action on the heart. In so far, however, as the movement of
the heart and blood is often seriously upset by distorted
movement of the chest, especially of the diaphragm, it will
be worth while to show what are the chief affections of this
organ, and how they make their mark upon the heart.
Respiration is hindered by two things in particular,
namely, laughing and hiccough.
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
1. In laughing the diaphragm seems to be driven up into
the thoracic cavity by the abdominal muscles forcing the
viscera against it, and to give way to this force in jerks, as
if with the object of driving air through the parts and so
producing a laugh within the larynx. Hence, as the dia-
phragm is attached to the pericardium, it pushes and forces
the heart and its base close to its own vessels, both in the
region of blood-inflow and in that of blood-outflow. The
doors of the heart being closed, there is, therefore, a
[p. 91] temporary intermission of the circulation. This is
clear from the generalized venous swelling which occurs in
the neck, face, and forehead. As soon, however, as the laugh
finishes, and the return of the diaphragm to its proper level
pulls the heart down, so that it can recommence its systole
and diastole, the circulation is restored, and the venous
swelling, which was previously visible while the laugh was
in progress, disappears completely with the re-emptying of
the vessels. It is quite certain that this is the case, because
during too prolonged a laugh, especially in children (whom
their nurses often incite to laugh far too long), not only does
the face begin to get livid through superabundance of blood,
which is prevented from returning, but in addition death
itself sometimes follows these unwise practices, as the
literature shows from time to time.
2. In hiccough (this is properly speaking an affection of the
diaphragm — though it very often owes its pernicious effect
and its origin to the stomach — and we can therefore at will
imitate its convulsive movement, or prevent it for a time by
holding the breath), as the pericardium is attached on all
sides to the fibrous ring of the diaphragm, the latter must
[p. 92] necessarily pull on the former when it contracts, and
so disturb the heart's movement. And, although a brief
upset like this does not annoy the heart very much, yet in
malignant fevers, when it persists overlong, perhaps over
many hours and days, it excites and tires the heart-muscle
to such an extent that, after a wearisome bout of such dis-
turbance, patients complain chiefly of cardiac pain and
unrest. In addition the heart-beat is very weak: indeed, it
is inevitable, with the connexion between the diaphragm
and the heart, that spasm of the former should hinder their
mutual functions. The diaphragm cannot be contracted so
e 2
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
often and so violently, without at the same time dragging
the heart down with it, and so upsetting the heart's move-
ment by its antagonistic action throughout the course of the
paroxysm.
But while it is true that the movement of the blood and
of the heart depends entirely on the brain, as seen above, yet,
so that such great advantages should not be thought to be
freely conferred on one of them only, it will not be amiss to
note in passing that, although the brain is master over all
[p. 93] the organs of the body below it, as a king over his
subjects, and rules and governs all at its will and command,
it is not so placed above them that it can survive or have any
power in the absence of their help and service. On the
contrary, the animal spirits, and life itself, are so dependent
on the continuous supply of blood to the brain, that every
kind of suppression of this supply soon leads to syncope and
unconsciousness, and, further, if such processes persist
unduly long, the life of the animal ceases completely. The
reason for this is simply that the animal spirits, through the
constant inflow of blood, trickle down the nerves from the
brain to provide for the continuation of the movement of
the chest and of the heart, and must therefore be replenished
by a constant supply of blood. So the brain, if deprived of
its right and continuous contribution of this fluid, suffers a
sort of eclipse, and the animal, robbed of sensation and
movement, falls of its own weight ; as one can see in those
attacked by syncope.
On the mutual service rendered by brain to heart and heart
to brain sensation and movement essentially depend. By
the heart's movement blood is continuously sent to the
[p. 94] brain and cerebellum for the production of the spirits.
The spirits, in turn, flow into the heart through the nerves,
and ensure it a perpetual and constant movement. The heart
is responsible for the unfailing supply of spirits in the brain :
the brain for the perpetual movement of the heart.
While, however, these two organs help and serve each
other, so that neither can exist without the other, both are
dependent in equal degree on the action of the stomach. The
cause of our life consists essentially in the manufacture of
chyle from food in the stomach, in the production of blood
from chyle in the heart and its attached vessels, and, finally,
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
in the passage of the purer and most delicate part of
the blood into the brain. Many fluids are always leaving
our blood, and there is a constant loss of blood-mass and of
animal spirits. The vital heat must, therefore, be revived by
continuous fresh blood, and nature has thus provided for the
manufacture of chyle in proportionate amount within the
[p. 95] stomach. This chyle replenishes the diminishing
blood-fluid in corresponding measure. But this is insufficient
in itself for the supply of chyle in due amount and measure
to the blood. It is in addition of the greatest importance for
the chyle first to be properly prepared ; for, if the chyle mixes
with the blood in an unprepared and unpurified condition
as a result of bad digestion, with the spirituous, active
constituents not yet set free by fermentation, it will never
afterwards become volatile or spirituous (just as, if you
distill fresh beer or unfermented wine, you will only extract
a crude, bitter fluid with a minimum of spirit). So, as it
will be suitable neither for the manufacture of good blood,
nor for the proper separation of spirits, the animal's economy
suffers in turn from these faults of the stomach, and they
redound next on the heart itself. Thus, when the stomach
rejects food, or receives it but does not properly digest it,
the heart-beat at once departs noticeably from its usual
regularity. This one can see in persons of feeble constitution,
or in those weakened by frequent intoxication.
[p. 96] These are the nearest-removed mechanisms and
causes, by which the heart's movement is aided or altered.
There remain others which are more local, and so to speak
intrinsic causes, which alter or destroy the movement. This
occurs in four ways in particular: I. By the fault of the heart
itself; II. By the fault of the containing vessels ; III. By the
fault of the blood ; IV. By the fault of the inflowing spirits.
I. I must first speak of the factors resulting from the heart
itself, and from its Pericardium.
1. It is not only requisite for the furtherance of the blood's
movement that the two ventricles of the heart should corre-
spond, both as regards the size of their chambers and as
regards the number of their beats. It is also necessary, from
the nature of the case, that the sides of the heart should be
endowed with like strength to carry out this function of
preserving a constant circulation of blood, and of driving
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
this fluid everywhere in regular sequence and in due quantity
through the vessels. From this it follows that, when any of
these postulates is lacking, the blood's movement also must
[p. 97] be considerably altered. But, as such an error of
nature, through which the exact proportion between the
ventricles of the heart is lacking, rarely or never occurs, there
is no reason for us to speak further of it. On the other hand,
the parenchyma of the heart is subject to various illnesses
and disorders, and so its movement also must be consider-
ably affected. If the parenchyma of the heart, for instance,
is too heavily laden with fat, or suffers from inflammation,
ulcer, abscess, or a wound, so that it is unable to pulsate and
contract without great difficulty and hardship, or without
serious inconvenience, its movement is greatly reduced, and
it gives out what blood it can, though not as much as the
rest of the body needs. The blood's movement also is, there-
fore, correspondingly feeble and slow.
2. Moreover, while the heart is sometimes troubled by its
own internal condition, it is also occasionally oppressed from
outside through some defect of its own or of its capsule.
The fluid enclosed in the pericardium renders great service
in lubricating the surface of the heart and in facilitating its
[p. 98] movement ; it likewise occasionally oppresses and
floods the heart when it is in excess. For instance, when
that envelope is full in hydrops Cordis, and the walls of the
organ are compressed on all sides by the surrounding fluid
to such an extent, that they are unable to dilate sufficiently to
receive the blood, the heart-beat diminishes greatly, until
at length it is completely suppressed by too great an outflow
of fluid, and syncope and death result. A similar process can
be seen in hydrops pectoris, where the lung is unable to
distend sufficiently. The thoracic cavity is filled with water,
and no room is left for dilatation of the lungs. Respiration
becomes difficult and finally impossible for those thus
afflicted, although they make the greatest effort to inspire,
as I have often observed in such patients.
I may mention here in passing that, as an excessive amount
of that fluid contained in the pericardium so hinders its
movement, that it finally abolishes and suppresses the same,
it is more likely that it follows on palpitation of the heart
than that this movement, arising in the heart, is provoked
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
by the fluid. What renders this more probable is the fact
that this complaint attacks the healthy and often gives no
[p. 99] warning, that it arises also from other causes, and
announces its coming by no sign or token. This will be re-
ferred to when the complaint is further analysed below.
3. While the heart's capsule is stated to be of service to
it on more than one count, serving, indeed, both for its
moistening and for its protection from outside harms, it is
also often injurious to the heart in more than one way. For,
just as it injures the heart by accumulation of fluid within
it, so, when this is completely absent, it approaches so close
to the heart, that at length it adheres everywhere to this
organ. Hence, as it is also joined to the diaphragm, it must
combine and unite the heart's movement with that of the
diaphragm. How great a hindrance and disadvantage this
must be for both organs, I have shown above, and it will be
still clearer from the following story.
The wife of a certain citizen of London, aged 30, healthy
and active enough previously, became very dejected and
melancholy during the last three years of her life, suffered
from breathlessness on the least exertion, had a small and
often an intermittent pulse, and complained almost con-
tinuously of attacks of pain and of great physical discomfort
[p. 100] in the precordium. She had at last become subject
to frequent fainting-fits, and to loss of consciousness and
chilling of the extremities on the gentlest movement of the
body. No treatment was of any avail to her in this condition,
and, her strength at length slowly exhausted, she died. When
the body was opened, no abnormalities at all were visible
among the abdominal viscera. While examining the other
organs, however, we discovered a pathological condition of
the heart, to which we may rightly attribute the cause of
all her troubles. The thorax was opened and the lungs were
healthy enough; the pericardium, however, had become
closely attached all over to the whole surface of the heart,
so that it could only with difficulty be separated from it.
Further, this membrane had become thick, opaque, and hard,
instead of being thin and transparent, as it should naturally
have been. Hence, as there was no space for the free move-
ment of the heart, and no fluid for moistening its surface,
it is little wonder that she complained all the time of these
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
ills. Further, as the diaphragm is always attached to the
pericardium in man, when the heart itself was also united to
[p. 101] the pericardium, the diaphragm must of necessity
have carried the heart down with it at every inspiration, and
during that time must have held up and suppressed its
movement. So the observed intermission of the pulse suc-
ceeded regularly at every inspiration.
4. But just as the heart's movement (as was stated just
now) is liable to be suppressed altogether by increase of this
fluid, so it is liable to be violently excited and disordered
by other inhabitants of this capsule. Very often worms,
born inside the capsule, cause great trouble to the heart by
their gnawing, and reveal their presence by the quivering
of the heart, distress, frequent intermission of the pulse,
stinging pain, and syncope. This crowd of symptoms and
animals I have often seen completely dispersed by two
applications to the region of the heart of a plaster made of
the leaves of artichoke, tansy, and common wormwood, cooked
in a very little vinegar of white wine, and mixed with a little
mithridate. So far I have spoken of the alterations which
[p. 102] result from the fault of the heart itself, together with
its pericardium.
II. While it has been shown that both ventricles of the
heart must necessarily correspond, both in the volume of
their chambers and in the rhythm of their beat, for the proper
distribution of the blood to all the organs; the agreement
between the vessels and ventricles must also be exact and
their symmetry mutual. The heart, however, is the actual
agent which, in driving the blood from itself, simultaneously
fashions the vessels for its carriage ; hence we cannot believe
it possible that there is any organ where vessels were not
simultaneously present. Therefore, as the blood-vessels are
double and designed for diverse function, and assist the
alternate movement of the heart and of the blood, it will
be worth while to note how they are endowed for the purpose
of helping both objects, or later how they can sometimes be
a hindrance.
It is a matter of general knowledge that arteries were
made to take blood from the heart, and to carry it to the
whole of the body, while the veins, on the other hand, were
designed to carry it back and return it to the heart: that
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
the former vessels were provided with a thicker coat to
[p. 103] withstand the force and rush of the blood, while the
latter, in which the blood runs more slowly, were given a
much thinner one.
But, while the blood-vessels were formed, from their very
beginning, either by the blood thrown out by the heart, or by
that returning within it, they can afterwards be changed
by the blood in various ways, so as profoundly to alter the
movement of the heart and of the blood. And, as the arteries
are the functional unit nearest to the heart, it is right to
discuss their failings first.
The trunks of the arteries, then, are endowed with a
thicker and stronger coat, and so they are kept everywhere
within their proper limit, when there is equally open access
for the blood to all organs. When, however, their lumen is
blocked and closed by some impacted matter, or they are
obliterated and dried up by the wasting of the parts, or the
channel of any particular one is compressed and constricted
by any external body or circumstance, then, as the amount
[p. 104] of blood is proportioned to the body as a whole, and
the force imparted to it by the heart is constant, whenever
the blood's passage is hindered in any one artery, those
arteries nearest to it and in association with it must sustain
the rush of the expelled blood, and themselves take up the
whole amount destined for this other artery. Hence it some-
times happens that, when the lumen of some artery has
been too long obstructed or ligated, the blood busies itself
in opening a wider channel for its passage in the neighbouring
artery ; and, until this happens, the movement of the blood
in all the arteries around must of necessity be greatly
accelerated and conducted with greater haste. The blood,
impeded in its passage in this vessel, must drive and buffet
all the more into the next ones, until it has considerably
dilated them to give itself room.
Arterial obstruction anywhere produces in the remaining
vessels the same effect as does arterial wasting and thinning.
The ventricles of the heart and the blood are proportioned
to the vessels as a whole ; hence, if some organ or member of
[p. 105] the body begins to waste away, the blood previously
allotted to it must be applied to the other organs of the body ;
so its vessels dilate more, and carry a fairly large increment
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
of blood. The learned Glisson very rightly attributes the
large size of the liver and the head in spinal patients to the
wasting of the other organs, and observes that the intelligence,
as well as the brain, increases on account of the greater blood-
supply. For, when some part of the body wastes away and
gets thinner, the blood which is usually allotted to that part
must be sent to the other parts of the body ; and, as no part
of the body is less resistant, and more fitted to yield to the
force of the blood, than the liver and the brain, these organs
are easily distended by the inrush of a larger amount of
blood, and become more massive and greater in size.
In just the same way also, when an artery is constricted
or compressed, the course of the blood in neighbouring organs
is accelerated as a result of the greater driving power. If,
for instance, one cervical artery is ligatured, the pulsation in
[p. 106] the opposite cervical artery, and also in both
axillary arteries, immediately undergoes a great increase on
account of the greater blood-supply. The extent to which
constriction of even the smaller arteries is able to hasten
the movement of blood in others, is obvious from the tight
binding of the lumbar region which we employ to keep off
cold. The reason for this is not only that it keeps the clothes
closer to the body, but that, by preventing the blood from
moving in the smaller, external vessels, it renders it more
rapid in its flow and more abundant in the internal ones.
Thus, those, who are naturally warm in the kidneys, will
not suffer their clothes to be at all closely bound to the
lumbar region, for fear they become too warm inside, through
the diversion of the blood from its external course. More-
over, while constriction of smaller arteries is often beneficial
or the reverse to the rest of the body, hindrance to the blood's
descent through the trunk of the aorta a little below the heart
[p. 107] can only be effected with very great disturbance and
danger to the heart, since there is exact agreement between
the vessels and the ventricles of the heart, and the amount
of blood ejected at each systole is proportioned to the
branches of the aorta as a whole. The blood due to the
whole of the body, and proportioned to it in correct measure,
cannot all be taken up by half of it, and must therefore
flood the brain and heart ; and, as it cannot be expelled from
the heart for lack of space, the ventricles of this organ must
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
of necessity be overfilled and choked up. This I have indeed
often found in various dogs. I have opened the left side of
the thorax, and, inserting a finger a little below the region
of the heart, I have pressed the descending trunk of the
aorta back against the spine. The dogs would resist with such
struggling and howling, that they would almost tolerate more
quietly excision of the very heart itself from the chest. But
when I tried the same experiment in other dogs, after previous
withdrawal of a large amount of blood, so that the organs
above the point of compression were equal to taking the rest
of the blood and had room enough for it, they suffered the
application of my finger with scarcely any sign of annoyance.
While the blood, when impeded anywhere, dilates the
[p. 108] nearest vessels to provide for its passage, sometimes,
either because of the weakness of the vessels, or because the
blood is being diverted and drawn to some organ in greater
amount than it requires, it so stretches and distends the
vessels, which are giving it passage, by its additional amount
and speed, that its inflow into the organs next this one is
less in amount than is due. It is thus that the spine of those
suffering overmuch from simple gonorrhoea, or from exces-
sive uterine discharge, is so weakened that they are scarcely
able to walk erect or to bend themselves in any way. This
is not because the spinal medulla, or the nerves arising from
it, by expending too much of their fluid (if such exists) on
the testes or uterus, deprive themselves of that which is
essential to them — they are not, nor can they be, so generous
as some have foolishly suggested, for the nerve-fibres which
are distributed to the testes are very few and scarcely visible
— the reason lies rather in the fact that the expanded
spermatic and uterine arteries deposit the nutrient juice of
the blood in too great and unusual an amount in the testes
and uterus. Hence they deprive the vertebral arteries, which
are situated opposite them, of their blood, and the spinal
[p. 109] medulla also, which should be supplied by these
arteries, of its nourishment. This is shown more clearly by
the treatment ; for anything that compresses and constricts
the spermatic vessels restores simultaneously and in equal
measure the even distribution of the blood and the due tone
of the parts.
Any obstruction or constriction of an artery renders the
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
movement of the blood more rapid in the neighbouring parts ;
when, on the other hand, any blood-channel is opened or
completely severed, so as to allow free exit to the rushing
stream of blood, because it could flow out more freely and
rapidly through such an open door than it could be driven
through the pores of the body, it flows in great amount to
the part where resistance is less, and gushes forth by the
freer way which is offered to it, with the result that the pulse
is much diminished in the neighbouring parts in correspon-
dence with the diminished inflow. From this one can best
explain why section of arteries helps so much in alleviating
pains, inflammations, and many such symptoms, that it
[p. no] always seems to afford immediate relief. This is so
because the blood, which is expelled from the heart through
the arteries, circulates with some trouble and difficulty
through the pores and body-structure. Hence, when it has
got a free and unimpeded pathway, it all rushes out and
overflows at once in a torrent, and in consequence its rapidity
and pulsation is much diminished in the neighbouring
vessels, emptied and deprived as they are of their accustomed
fluid. This process is akin to that which occurs in a river,
which is divided into two streams or rivulets and runs
peacefully and steadily along in a flat country. If the bank
which previously held in one stream, breaks down and this
stream bursts headlong from its channel, it not only causes
an outflow from the stream opposite the breach, but in
addition the level of the neighbouring stream to which it
is joined by various ditches and brooks (like so many anasto-
moses), sinks at once, and its current is slowed. Each stream
has found an easier outflow, and runs out through the freer
channel. A process exactly similar to this occurs in the
vessels of the body. At any rate I have found that, if the
cervical artery of one side be opened, the pulse in its fellow
of the opposite side is at once greatly diminished ; similarly,
[p. in] if one crural artery is perforated, the pulsation of the
artery in the opposite leg instantly becomes very much less.
We have seen up to now how potent are the dilatation,
constriction, and amputation of an artery in altering the
movement of the blood ; it remains for us to demonstrate that
the same can occur on the venous side.
While it is of less importance for me to explain the causes
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
of venous dilatation than the alteration of the blood's move-
ment effected by such dilatation ; I must remark that veins
are chiefly enlarged either through the compression of some
organ, or through abundance of blood, or (whether it be
due to the weight of the blood itself, or to a relaxed tone of
the veins, or to the heart propelling the blood with insufficient
force) through difficulty in its return. Therefore, in pregnant
women, through the pressure of the uterine mass on the
vena cava and both iliacs in the pelvis, and through the
increase of blood and fluids and the difficulty of their upward
movement from the lower organs ; and, in those of a sad and
melancholy disposition, through the slowness of the heart's
[p. 112] movement; the veins of the tibiae are often dis-
tended to form large varices. The blood, through obstruction
to its return, or through insufficient propulsion from behind,
is delayed overlong in the lower veins, and distends them
finally by its weight and mass, to provide more room for
itself. So, when the patients go back to bed, or, in the case
of the pregnant women, when they are delivered, these veins
immediately empty because of the easier return of blood
to the heart. When, however, they have been too long
accustomed to this increase in size, they cannot easily recover
their former tone or contract, so as to prevent the diversion
of blood from the heart and vena cava, and not seriously
disturb the regular, orderly circulation of the blood. A
defective pulse and languor of spirit are thus the sequel to
over-dilatation of these veins. I made careful observations
of this condition not so long ago in a countryman about forty
years of age, and almost worn out by long-continued melan-
choly. He was troubled with a varix or venous dilatation on
the anterior surface of the left tibia, which was so large that
the swelling stretched like a large sausage from the malleolus
[p. 113] to the knee, and was a very considerable impediment
to him in walking. As far as I could estimate from the size
of the swelling, it contained almost two pounds of blood.
Yet, when he lay down on the ground and raised his tibia,
or when he exerted pressure with his hand on this bag of
blood from below upwards, the swelling slowly subsided
through the transference of blood to the crural vein and to
the vena cava. When, on the other hand, he stood upright
again on his feet, the bag soon rose to its former size, and
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
this must have been due to inflow of fresh blood. As, how-
ever, he complained of weakness in addition to the annoyance
of this heavy weight, and of marked listlessness when the
swelling lasted a little overlong (which I think must be
attributed to the retention of blood and undernourishment
of the heart), I advised him, as a preventive of both evils, to
keep the tibia always compressed with a pretty tight half-
boot or bandage, and to apply an astringent plaster. By
these means he was definitely relieved for the future.
But, while venous dilatation anywhere diminishes the
movement of the heart very appreciably, by diverting the
[p. 114] due supply and inflow of blood, just the same
trouble affects this organ, where veins are confined in so
narrow a space, that they do not allow a sufficiently free
passage to the blood. In very fat animals compression of
the veins by the excessive mass of adipose tissue prevents
the blood from being supplied in proper amount for the
continuance of the heart's movement; hence it is apt to
stagnate and clot in its vessels and in the heart, and so renders
the animals liable to sudden death (especially such as are
not endowed by nature with a strong, robust heart). More-
over, while compression of any vein, albeit rather a small
one, makes a certain difference by preventing the blood's
movement, the more and the larger their vessels which are
blocked and constricted, the more immediate is the danger
threatening the heart. Compression of the aorta a little above
the diaphragm causes an accumulation, in the upper organs
only, of the blood due to the whole body and accurately
apportioned to the vessels as a whole; it therefore brings
[p. 115] ruin and calamity to the head and to the heart. If,
on the other hand, the vena cava is tightly ligatured a little
above the diaphragm — where it passes towards the heart in
a trunk which is free and unconnected with any other organs
— so that the passage of blood through it is instantly sup-
pressed, the amount of harm this means for the animal can
scarcely be told. For, though it reveals no feeling of pain or
torment by struggling or howling as a result of the applica-
tion of the ligature to the vein, it nevertheless soon begins
to weaken, and to become exhausted to such a degree,
that it can scarcely stand on its feet. Indeed, I once saw
a rather fierce mastiff not so much prostrate himself as
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
tumble and fall on the ground, as if he had been altogether
deprived of life. The reason they bore so differently and so
quietly ligature of the vena cava, while they were extremely
upset by compression of the aorta, seems to be nothing but
this. When the vein is ligatured in that spot, the blood
due to the body as a whole is chiefly expended on the lower
part of the body only. Hence the head is deprived in great
measure of its life-giving inflow, and is so unable to impart
[p. 116] spirits to sustain the heart's movement, that both
organs necessarily become much feebler and weaker in their
actions, and this happens painlessly to both. On the other
hand, when the aorta is compressed above the diaphragm,
the blood, which is in large measure destined for the lower
portion of the body and for the abdominal viscera, is all
poured into the upper and smaller portion of the body. This
portion is quite incapable of receiving it, and so must
necessarily be oppressed and choked by the excessive amount
of blood. As this quickly causes great disturbance to the
brain and to the heart itself, the animal is annoyed in the
way described, as soon as pressure is exerted, and makes every
effort to get away. The experiment is noteworthy in more
than one respect, and hence I think it will not be amiss, if
I describe at this point the operative technique. The right
side of the thorax must be pierced between the seventh and
eighth rib, a little below the level of the heart. Then a finger
must be inserted to feel the position of the vena cava, the
right side of the chest pushed as near to the vein as possible,
so that a string may be more easily passed round the vein,
and the ligature must be drawn tight at this point within
[p. 117] the chest. The chest must then be relaxed and the
wound sewn up. When the experiment has been completed,
the dog soon becomes very weak, and dies within a few
hours. Further, when the abdomen is opened, one sees a
large quantity of serum within it, as if the animal had suffered
long from ascites. I had previously found that this fluid was
secreted as the result of an interrupted circulation of blood
from arteries to veins; for not long before I had passed a
string under the jugular veins in a dog and ligatured them
tightly; after some hours all the parts above the ligature
were remarkably swollen, and within two days the dog died
with all the appearances of suffocation by a quinsy. All this
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
time not only did its tears flow rather plentifully, but a
large amount of saliva also dribbled from its mouth, as if
the flow were being stimulated by a dose of mercury. When
the animal was dead, I separated its skin from the swollen
parts, and thought myself to find the swollen parts distended
by extravasated blood. What had happened was quite
otherwise, since I was able to see practically no trace or
[p. 118] colour of blood. On the contrary, all the muscles
and glands were obviously very greatly distended and ren-
dered highly transparent by a clear serum. This definitely
proves that serum is secreted whenever the blood is unable
to pass from arteries into veins, because it has, as in a filter,
paths which are more open to it, and pores adapted to its
form and more suitable for it to flow into. The thicker
part of the blood, however, is unable to pass through at all,
as it is too gross for these paths, and it is therefore forced to
stagnate within its vessels. I leave it to others to judge how
far these findings help in the investigation of Ascites and
of anasarca ; one point only I must note, namely, that ascites
does not always, if ever, result from rupture of lymphatics.
I have dissected very many sheep, which had died of hydrops
pectoris and abdominis, and I have nowhere seen lymphatic
vessels more swollen and full than they were everywhere in
these animals. So, if any one intends to write a complete
account of the lymphatic veins, no bodies will afford him
better material for the scheme he has in view.
[p. 119] Up to now I have shown how the movement of
the heart is affected through the fault of that organ itself
and of its vessels.
III. We have next to explain how far the blood may be
regarded as responsible, and by what defect in it the heart's
movement is impaired.
It disturbs the heart's movement in three ways in parti-
cular:
1. By solidification and coagulation.
2. By being present in excess.
3. By being present in subnormal amount.
1. The movement of the heart is changed by the blood
when it is coagulated and congealed, either by mixture with
a foreign substance, or by withdrawal of its own constituents,
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
so that it completely closes its own path and passage. This
sometimes happens in plague and in poisoning, and as a
result there follow those very serious symptoms, namely,
heart-trouble, tremor, palpitation, intermittent pulse, and
finally syncope and sudden death. All these I once saw —
not without great compassion — in a fair-sized mastiff, after
injecting into the crural vein half a pound of moderately
warmed fresh milk (for the sake of a test) . I had previously
withdrawn an equal quantity of blood to make room for the
[p. 120] milk. Scarcely half an hour elapsed before the
animal was affected by very great internal unrest, cardiac
oppression, and convulsive movement of the diaphragm (to
accelerate the circulation of blood) . Soon after there followed
rapid palpitation, tremor, and very deep sighs, and finally
it died of syncope amid pitiful cries and wailings. In the
post-mortem examination I soon saw that the vena cava,
both ventricles of the heart, the pulmonary vessels, and the
aorta, were filled with a solid mass of milk and blood ; and
so closely was the blood united throughout with the milk,
that it could not easily be torn apart or separated by the
fingers. I have no reason to doubt that the coagulation
occurring in plague is similar, as it manifests itself by exactly
the same signs and symptoms.
2. The setting and congealing of the blood-mass causes
cessation and suppression of the heart's movement by
blocking its own paths in the vessels and in the heart. At
the same time, if the blood is present in too great an amount,
or is swollen by an undue quantity of serum or of chyle, it
[p. 121] sometimes so fills and overburdens its vessels and
the ventricles of the heart, that they must necessarily be
over-distended, and cannot, moreover, contract adequately.
They are, therefore, completely overwhelmed by their
excessive content of blood. Thus constant choking is common
in men who always feed luxuriously and fully, and especially
in drunkards, unless the blood-vessels are emptied by a
copious and timely venesection, and some part of the
intoxication is removed by clysters, so that the circulation
may once more be unimpeded.
3. A plethora of blood, then, causes choking and oppression
of the heart's movement by overfilling the ventricles of the
heart and its own vessels. On the other hand, when there has
F *
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
been so great a loss of blood and emptying of the vessels, that
the blood only excites the ventricles of the heart without
adequately rilling them, the heart often works in vain and
at length ceases to move. Such often happens in profuse
haemorrhages, and in long-continued fasting.
IV. Let it suffice to have shown hitherto how much the
heart's movement is changed by the heart itself, or by its
vessels, or by the blood. It remains for me lastly to explain
[p. 122] how its movement is changed by variation in the
inflow of spirits.
The orderly movement of the heart depends on the due
inflow of spirits through the nerves, and so the movement
of the heart will be very greatly changed by variation in
their inflow.
1. The movement of the heart is accelerated in violent
exercise in proportion as the blood is driven and poured into
its ventricles in greater abundance as a result of the move-
ment of the muscles. The heart must pass on the blood as
fast as it receives it, and so it distributes it in larger amount
to the brain as well as to the other organs. To discharge a
mutual obligation, the spirits are likewise sent out in larger
amount to hasten the movement of the heart. In fevers,
also, the movement of the heart is remarkably accelerated,
not because the blood boils out fiercely into the aorta, but
because its heat and feeling of warmth is inimical to the
ventricles of the heart, and, transmitted to the cerebellum,
excites the spirits to quicken the heart's movement for its
[p. 123] expulsion; partly, too, because some very fierce,
uncurbed portions of the blood are deposited in the brain,
and stir up the spirits dwelling there to a state of excitement :
just as the movement of the heart is surprisingly increased
through drinking good wine or any highly spirituous bever-
age, because the spirituous portions are distilled in large
amount from such liquids into the brain, and excite the
spirits dwelling in the brain to similar disorders.
2. The movement of the heart is diminished in large
haemorrhages, fastings, long-continued illness or grief of any
kind, prolonged lassitude, fainting disorders, and malign
fevers: inasmuch as the blood, through deficiency in total
amount, or through lack of fresh food, or through the ravages
of long-continued fever, or its constitutional weakness, is
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
so far degenerate and impoverished that its exhausted,
effete, or aged mass is quite unequal to the distillation of
spirits for the brain. Hence, through the incorrect nature
of the spirits, or diminution in their due inflow, or deficiency,
the heart must necessarily reduce its movement, until the
[p. 124] blood increases in amount, or is renewed by fresh
food, or is more perfectly compounded.
These effects are only indirectly due to the brain and to
the spirits. I must next show how the movement of the
heart is changed through the fault of the spirits themselves.
3. It is perverted in emotional states, such as anger, joy,
and sudden fright, when the spirits fly to the heart in exces-
sive and unwonted amount or with a greater rush than usual,
accelerate its movement very greatly, and excite and con-
vulse it with bounding movements that are sometimes
terrific. This condition writers have from time to time called
by the diminutive term palpitation, not perhaps giving it
adequate consideration; but actually the heart-muscle is
subject to the same ills as other muscles, just as it performs
work identical with theirs. It is equally liable to spasm and
to convulsive movement, and is much more often attacked
by such conditions. In so-called palpitation (which is really
a convulsive movement) the heart is often seized by a systole
so violent that it has been known to move the very ribs from
[p. 125] their place, and to fracture them. Further, like other
spasms, it is excited by the same causes, and recurs periodi-
cally ; and, while those so seized usually advance the plea of
sudden fright or anger, they fall once more into the same
plights for any cause similar to that which first excited them.
For, when the spirits have once been driven into tumult and
confusion, and have been carried too hurriedly to the heart,
they will thereafter adopt the same path and movement, and
will cause a similar spasm to attack the heart, when they are
equally excited by any cause, however trivial. This can be
seen in those subject to so-called palpitation.
4. The spirits, then, in the brain and cerebellum sometimes
overstimulate the heart-muscle, when they are driven to
disordered activities. When, on the other hand, they are
carried off and drawn away in another direction, this muscle
is often contracted so tightly and firmly that it has no
diastole for a long time. Hence nothing is more usual than
F 2
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
for women who are affected by hysterical emotion or by
epilepsy to complain very much, as the paroxysm gets worse,
of spasm and constriction of the heart (as if it were being
[p. 126] compressed by the hand). If at this time you apply
a finger to the artery, you will not feel the least trace of a
pulse. Similarly, when the paroxysm is over, they complain
of great cardiac trouble and oppression, because, owing to
the impeded movement of the heart, the blood, which collects
and piles up within it, oppresses it with its weight and over-
burdens it. For this reason most epileptics strike and beat
upon their breasts repeatedly while the paroxysm lasts, in
order to stimulate the heart to movement, and to prevent
the blood from clotting. Because, if the paroxysm lasts too
long, there is danger of the blood clotting to such an extent
that the heart will never again be able to loosen it or to shake
it free. Hence too long continued epileptic paroxysms often
end in death.
5. While the heart's movement ceases awhile when the
spirits are drawn off elsewhere, it fails completely when their
inflow is altogether cut off : as in Apoplexy. In this complaint
the whole of the medulla oblongata is apparently obstructed
at one and the same moment, and in like manner the whole
[p. 127] nervous network arising from it suffers eclipse. The
heart, together with the rest of the body, is completely
deprived of sensation and of movement, and rests from its
labour, until perhaps the paroxysm ceases, a very rare
happening in this complaint.
As it is evident, from what has been said above, that the
heart's movement depends on external influences, and under-
goes various alterations in sympathy with the other organs
of the body, I must next show what affections and symptoms
follow on the various disorders of its movement.
The changes which occur in its movement are manifold
and various, and so the other organs most in sympathy with
the heart share its injury in various ways. And, as nothing
is so nearly related to the heart itself as is the blood, and
there is nothing on which the brain depends more closely,
so there is nothing which causes disorder or failure of the
heart more rapidly than the blood or the brain.
The troubles and symptoms which are induced in the
blood-fluid are two in particular.
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
I. If the heart's systole, which shakes up the blood-fluid
and dashes it against the sides of the ventricle and the walls
[p. 128] of the vessels, delays a little too long, the nutrient
juice of the blood begins to separate into parts, to pile up
and thicken like jelly, and finally to be caught up among the
cardiac fibres hanging here and there, to adhere to the very
walls of the ventricles, and to harden by the heat of the
heart ; and oftentimes to increase to such an extent as almost
to fill both chambers of the heart, and greatly diminish its
movement. Thus it is usual and customary in patients
suffering from wasting diseases, poor constitution, or scurvy
(as their pulse is weak and intermittent), for the ventricles
of the heart and all the blood-vessels to be stuffed almost full
of clotted chyle. This I have often seen in many such after
death, and in those exhausted by long illness, especially if
they have become bed-ridden by such weakness. It has,
indeed, been cause for wonder that the heart contracted at
all, or that the remaining blood, which was still fluid, was
able to penetrate within those vessels to preserve life and
warmth in the organs of the body. I once, for instance, saw
[p. 129] in a patient, who died of wasting at Oxford, and who
was often subject to fainting a little before his death, that
the entry into the right ventricle was so closed up by such
a fleshy clot, and the clot had become so tightly fixed among
the tricuspid fibres, that a passage scarcely large enough to
introduce a goose-quill remained for the blood-inflow. The
left ventricle, moreover, was closed up in almost identical
fashion, so that the entry into the heart could with difficulty
be disclosed by the fingers. Such clots I have seen so changed
to flesh that I have noticed large numbers of veins and fibres
within them ; when I dissected these into small pieces, they
poured out blood as if some organ of the body were being
incised; showing clearly that the nutrient juice within the
blood provides food for the organs, since it was thus fitted,
not only to change within its vessels into tissues as such, but
also to assume the very colour and structure of flesh. The
cause of this coagulation seems to be as follows : the heart's
movement is feeble for a long time, and the patient is simul-
taneously bed-ridden ; as a result of this horizontal posture
of the body the blood is carried along at a slow rate, and
[p. 130] because of such slowness and delay in its movement
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
(especially as the nutrient juice in the blood is highly viscous)
it gradually solidifies, and assumes a shape which varies with
that of the heart and containing vessels. Hence it has
occasionally been taken for a polyp of the heart, a worm, or
a serpent. From these facts it is obvious how useful exercises
and movements of the body are as an aid to health ; for the
more often the blood is shaken up within the heart and thrown
against the walls of the vessels, and is moved and activated in
the body by contraction of the muscles, and finally driven
through the pores of the body ; the more must it be thinned
and freed from those stagnations, to which the nutrient
portion of the blood is otherwise over-subject.
2. While stagnation and clotting of the blood are induced
by a small, weak movement of the heart, the mixture of the
blood is best maintained, on the other hand, when the heart's
movement is vigorous and strong. But, if the movement
becomes violent, the blood-fluid is very greatly thinned as
a result of the extreme shaking it receives, and hence
sweating occurs on exercise, bathing, and dry or steam
[p. 131] sweating-baths. If this excessive activity is occa-
sioned for too long a time and to an undue extent, the blood
is deprived of its means of transport through loss of serum,
and is rendered unfit for circulation; and the heart itself
becomes tired in its work through the loss of spirits. As a
result fainting and syncope occur.
These are the symptoms and effects which redound most
directly on the blood itself through alteration in this way or
that of the heart's movement. There are, however, other
things which affect equally the organs containing the blood.
1. When the movement of the heart is weak and inter-
mittent, it predisposes to such head affections as vertigo,
scotoma, blindness, and fainting. The reason for these
symptoms lies in the fact that the animal spirits and life
itself depend on a continuous supply of blood to the brain.
Hence, if the circulation is stopped for a little while, or the
supply is insufficient in amount, then, because of the failure
of blood, the head immediately becomes unsteady, the eyes
are shrouded in darkness, and the whole fabric of the body
[p. 132] is liable to fall flat on the ground. For this reason
we lay those affected by syncope on their backs on the
ground, so that they may the more quickly be restored to
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
life ; because, though the heart is weak, it will nevertheless
be able, in that posture, to propel the blood to the head
along a fairly horizontal course, although it was unable to
send the blood thither in the erect position of the body.
Through the inflow of blood, sensation and life are restored,
and that likeness of night at once disappears.
2. On the other hand, when the heart's movement is
accelerated, and blood is supplied too rapidly to the head,
it causes headache by twitching and shaking the membranes,
and it induces wakefulness by exciting and driving from their
place the animal spirits, which have collected through sleep
within the brain, and are resting, so to speak, from their
labours. Perhaps in similar fashion to the way in which
sleep soon attacks us beside a slow and gently-murmuring
stream, but we are excited rather by fear and kept awake
beside eddies and cataracts.
These are the chief effects which follow changes in the
heart's movement as one's shadow does one's body. It
remains next for me to show how the blood-flow is changed
[p. 133] according to variation in the position and shape of
the body, and the result of such change.
The inflow of spirits into the heart (as stated above) varies
according to the variety of animals ; and similarly the blood-
flow undergoes a difference according to the diversity in
position and shape of the body. It is an undisputed fact
that the return of the venous blood is the result of the
impulse given to the arterial blood, and not of any attraction
by the heart. Hence it is easy to imagine how much the
position of organs helps in facilitating or retarding this
movement. In man, standing upright on his feet, the blood
from the jugular veins and the descending vena cava falls
down into the heart chambers comparatively quickly and
easily by its own weight (just as the veins in the hand are
soon seen to be empty when it is raised, but swollen and full
when it hangs down) ; but the blood which is in the lower
parts and in the ascending vena cava is only driven
and forcibly moved on towards the heart by the arterial
blood, and this with greater difficulty and against its own
[p. 134] inclination ; in the body lying flat on the ground, how-
ever, the blood returns with equal ease from both extremi-
ties. It will therefore be worth while to consider what is
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
the position of a member in which the blood-flow is faster
through that organ, and what is the effect of a quicker or
of a slower circulation.
While night and day, then, and sleep and waking hours,
follow each other in mutual succession, the position of the
body is erect or recumbent according to the needs of nature.
1. Thus in Man, standing upright, the blood flows down
into the heart from the upper part of the body with practi-
cally no external assistance; and the blood is only driven
upwards from the lowest part of the body with difficulty
through the impulse of the arterial blood, and at times by
the contraction of the muscles in exercise; and so the cir-
culation of the blood in the upper parts must also be more
rapidly effected than in the lower. This will be more clearly
seen later.
2. In the recumbent position of the body, however, when
it is at rest from movement, the circulation of the blood
through the extremities is carried out more rapidly or more
slowly, according to their degree of elevation above the rest
of the body.
[p. 135] The effects and disadvantages which a quicker
or slower passage of blood leaves behind it in the organs are
two in particular.
1. An accumulation of serous fluid.
2. A diminution of vital heat.
These affect chiefly the extremities of the body (the feet
and the head).
1. In the feet, especially of sick persons and of those who
are unable to indulge in proper exercise, the blood ascends
with some difficulty (in the erect position) towards the heart,
and through its stagnation and delay in passage it distends
the smaller capillary vessels by its bulk, and accumulates
in this position of the body. Hence come oedematous,
dropsical swellings of the feet. The proof of this view is that
when these persons go to bed, and lie down with their feet
at the same level as the rest of their body, this serum is
reabsorbed into the venous blood in its circuits, and so the
parts are again emptied and before the next day the swelling
completely disappears.
2. In addition to the collection of fluids and the slower
[p. 136] circulation in the lower organs, there ensues also
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
a diminution of heat ; though we feel less cold in the daytime,
because the blood is well propelled as a result of exercise
and of walking, and hence the way is open for fresh blood,
newly forged on the heart's anvil. If, however, we go to
bed and put ourselves at rest with the feet lower than the
rest of the body, they will not begin to grow warm, until the
bed is so arranged that they are at a higher level. The
reason for this seems to be that the venous blood leaves the
feet more rapidly in consequence of such raising, and the
arterial blood therefore flows in more freely and in greater
abundance ; with the latter heat is restored to the part.
This is so usual in the majority of comparatively cold-
blooded men, whose blood is over-rich in serous fluid, that
sleep only creeps over them, owing to the feeling of cold,
when the bed has been remade to raise the feet higher.
The feet, then, swell and grow cold owing to the over-slow
return of venous blood. At the same time, if the head is too
low during sleep, the brain reveals the presence of an exces-
[p. 137] sive amount of blood because, though this organ feels
the cold less for its inclusion within the covering of the skull,
the blood returns with greater difficulty from this position.
Every one of those who sleep thus complains next morning
of mental sluggishness, sleepiness, cold in the head, ringing
in the ears, and swelling of the face. All of which troubles
disappear by degrees after he has arisen, and the blood,
reabsorbing those serous fluids in its passage, has carried
them back with it to the heart.
As mention of sleep has occurred here in passing, it will
be appropriate to show here in a few words the position of the
head which is most conducive to healthy sleep. Inasmuch,
then, as the human brain is completely destitute of a rete
mirabile (to receive part of the serous overflow from the
blood and to keep it from the brain), and the blood-vessels,
although formed with a tortuous pathway to break the rush
of blood, set it down unimpaired in the brain — as shown in
Plate 5, Fig. j. In which
[p. 138] aa are the two carotid arteries at their entry into the skull,
bb is where they pass through it in a twisting course,
cc is where they discharge blood at the base of the brain,
their mouths opening directly upwards.
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
dd are the vertebral arteries at their entry into the skull,
ee is the point where the two vertebral trunks join in one
and go in a straight channel towards the carotid arteries
to join with them by anastomosis.
— a comparatively serous and watery blood must of necessity
flow into the brain, especially when the body is lying flat
and the head is likewise bent backwards; as, further, the
blood poured into the head in such a position does not flow
back from the brain so rapidly and promptly as it does when
we are erect, the brain itself, and in addition the whole
nervous system, must inevitably be inundated by too much
serum. This is proved to their cost by such as are subject to
[p. 139] spasmodic complaints, hydrops cerebri, vertigo,
paralysis, sluggish perception, and brain disease. For, if they
go to sleep with the head lowered and on a level with the
rest of the body, next morning, owing to the excessive
flooding of the brain and nerves with serum, they complain
at random and exhibit signs of vertigo, dimness of vision,
cold in the head, tremor of the limbs, lisping speech, and
swelling of the whole face. Moreover, they are often attacked
during sleep by troublesome dreams or by nightmare, and
the whole of the next morning seem to themselves to be
sluggish, sleepy, and heavy; and they are scarcely able, if
at all, to shake off their sleepiness for a long time afterwards.
On the other hand, those who go to bed with the head at
a higher level have a pleasant and restful, though shorter,
sleep, because in that position the blood and its serum flow
down from the brain comparatively easily through their own
weight; and next morning they awake much more active
and vigorous, and are more alert and ready for every kind
of work and occupation.
It will not be amiss to remark here in passing on that very
bad habit common to some people, who indulge in heavy
drinking late at night (a time at which, especially in large
[p. 140] cities and in universities, they are most free from
studies and business). Nothing can be more pernicious and
harmful to the brain than such procedure. Owing to the
recumbent position of the body, the urine secreted by the
kidneys does not pass down the ureters into the bladder so
easily and so quickly as it does when we are erect (though it
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
cannot be denied that the ureters, like the oesophagus, con-
sist of a muscular coat, and so serve not only to carry but
to propel fluid, and can dilate or contract as needed).
Further, the neck of the bladder is not so subject to pressure
from the weight of urine in the recumbent position, and the
bladder itself does not feel its burden so keenly, with the
spirits collected in the brain and at rest in sleep, but, for-
getting its duty, it sometimes becomes distended by a quan-
tity of urine so great, that there is scarcely room to receive
more. Hence this fluid flows back into the body as a whole,
owing to obstruction to its downward flow through the
kidneys and ureters; and, if purging does not occur next
[p. 141] morning, or if it is not evacuated by nocturnal sweat-
ing, part of it must be deposited within the brain ; and, by
long continuance of such procedure, accumulate there to such
an extent that it finally causes paralysis, tremor, hydrops
cerebri, lethargy, or apoplexy. That this is really so I have
often learned from the unfortunate and common experience of
others ; for I have many times seen large numbers of men,
of otherwise faultless health, undergo a succession of attacks
of such diseases through over-indulgence in this sort of life.
In order to escape these evils, I should advise any one, who
is unable to refrain from this habit of drinking, not to go to
bed before he has satisfied himself that he has got rid of the
greatest part of the ingested fluid via the bladder. This he
will accomplish more thoroughly and quickly if he undresses,
or slackens his clothing, and exposes himself cautiously to
the surrounding air; for the prevention of perspiration and
the constriction of the body so produced will increase the
amount of urine to a remarkable extent. This is proved by
the fact that the bladder passes urine more often and in
greater quantity when the body is exposed to the air than
when it is relaxing in the warmth of one's bed; hence, if
[p. 142] one passes the urine which has accumulated through-
out the night immediately one rises from bed, one will have
to empty the bladder again (if the weather is cold and
wintry), and will pass a larger amount of urine within a
quarter of an hour of the last micturition, than had pre-
viously collected in many hours of sleep. It is just the same
if one empties the bladder before going into the water to
swim, for, despite this precaution, as soon as one is immersed
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
in the cold fluid, owing to the contraction of the skin and the
closing of the pores, one will once more pass urine in larger
measure than before, though it had collected in the bladder
for a long time.
As a result of this precaution (i.e. not going to bed before
he had taken the trouble to pass a sufficiently large amount
of urine) I have known a man prolong his drinking very often
till late at night, and his life also for many years, and indeed,
they say, to an active and vigorous old age.
But these remarks are by the way; and as the supine
[p. 143] position of the body approaches nearest to the
horizontal, it will be pertinent to show briefly also what
inconvenience results from that position of the body in sleep.
To make this clearer, I ought first to say that the brains of
animals have a construction which varies with the difference
in shape of their bodies, but the chief divergences are in
respect of the sinuses and ventricles of the brain. In quad-
rupeds, which go along with their head down on the ground,
the cerebellum lies a little above the cerebrum, and so the
lateral sinuses which pass down between the two organs are
also superior, and likewise the fourth ventricle, which lies
under the cerebellum, is situated at a higher level than the
other ventricles of the cerebrum.
In man, however, the head stands above the rest of the
body, and the cerebrum definitely rests on the cerebellum
(with the interposition, nevertheless, of the dura mater, the
attachments of which to both sides of the skull are strong
enough to prevent the cerebrum compressing the cerebellum
by its weight), the lateral sinuses are likewise also situated
at a lower level, and pass obliquely along the lower wall of
the occiput on both sides before ending in the jugular veins,
[p. 144] Hence, when the body is laid flat on a bed with the
neck at a higher level than the occiput, the supine position
it occupies must result in the blood going upwards to the
jugular veins rather than flowing into them. So, through
delay in its movement and circulation, the blood is con-
tinually arriving, but not so easily escaping, and therefore
it forms those deep pits on both sides of the occiput. And,
as a man usually goes to rest on one side or the other, these
sinuses are always more hollowed out on one side than on
the other. This is obvious to any one who looks at the inner
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
side of the occiput on which the cerebellum lies. The idea
that these pits are formed in the occiput as a result of hin-
drance to the return of blood, and the consequent swelling
of the vessels, is proved by the following fact. The blood
flows down freely enough from the longitudinal sinus, and
above this sinus there is not the least impression caused by
it on the skull, except in the lower portion, where it dis-
charges into the lateral sinuses already mentioned. But, if
such prevention of the return of blood can in time so affect
a bone of this hardness, as to hollow out deep and tortuous
[p. 145] pathways for itself within the bone, how much more
may the blood itself and the serum flood into the brain, and
exert pressure on it, though the veins receiving blood from
the vein at any point do not all open directly into the sinuses,
but pass for a short distance between the folds of dura mater,
in similar fashion to the way in which the common duct
enters the duodenum, or the ureters enter the bladder?
In addition it is a very noteworthy fact that they have their
openings directed, not towards the occiput (which would
give the outgoing blood a straighter course to the lateral
sinuses), but towards the forehead, away from which the
blood is flowing. As a result the blood cannot — for instance,
in laughing, convulsions, &c. — be poured or driven back from
the sinuses into the cerebral veins ; but the more the sinuses
become swollen with accumulation of blood, the more they
prevent regurgitation of blood into the veins by pressure on
the folds of dura mater. These points will all be better
appreciated by inspection of Plate 5, Fig. 4. In this figure
aa is the longitudinal sinus opened up.
b is its commencement near the cock's comb bone. The
commencement is a blind end.
c is the point at which it discharges into the lateral sinuses,
dd are the two lateral sinuses.
[p. 146] e is the fourth sinus.
ff is the place where all the sinuses empty their blood,
outside the skull, into the jugular veins,
hhhh are veins carrying blood into the sinus on each side
of the brain.
iiiii are their mouths discharging blood against the stream
in the sinus.
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
Plate 6, Fig. i shows the manner in which the lateral
sinuses of the brain end in the jugular veins outside the skull.
In this figure
a is part of the longitudinal sinus cut away,
bb are the two lateral sinuses.
cc is the place where the lateral sinuses enlarge on either
side within the occipital bone and hollow out pits in the
bone.
dd is where they pass their blood outside the skull.
ee are the points at which the lateral sinuses, in their exit
from the skull, communicate with the vertebral sinuses.
ff are two twisting sinuses hollowed out within the skull-
bone to prevent backflow of blood into the cerebral sinuses.
[p. 147] gg are two channels just outside the skull, through
which the pituitary gland in the human brain discharges
into the jugular vein of either side the fluid which it
receives from the ventricles of the brain.
hh are the jugular veins.
But in whatever way the blood is checked in the sinuses
or in the veins, the evil effect recoils at length on the brain,
and therein amasses matter for future illnesses, and, so to
speak, prepares the tinder for the spark. The serum which
collects for such reasons among the convolutions of the brain
stretches the pia mater until at length it either eats it away
by its sharpness or ruptures it through its bulk. It flows
down from here to the base of the brain, and injures the
medulla and the nerves arising from it by forming a pool
there, or irritates them by its sharpness. The results are
hydrops cerebri, convulsions, and the accumulation within
the head of the dread preparation for death. If, on the other
hand, this serum is taken up by the brain-substance, it
leads to paralyses, sluggishness of perception, lethargy,
sleepiness, and other serious head-troubles,
[p. 148] Moreover, the fourth ventricle, lying under the
cerebellum, is more on a slope and more deeply placed than
the other ventricles within the brain, and even than the
infundibulum itself: and so the lymph secreted by the
choroid plexus into the ventricles of the brain flows into
the fourth ventricle, which slopes down more than the others,
rather than into the infundibulum. This is especially so if
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
one goes to sleep with the head bent back ; as a result of this
recumbent position the afore-mentioned cavity is completely
filled with fluid, and is so overburdened that a feeling of its
weight is communicated to the precordium, and gives rises
to cardiac oppression and nightmare. Almost all hydro-
cephalics, therefore, find it dangerous to sleep in a supine
position. They are obliged to lie on one side or the other
the better to avoid such injuries. Indeed, I knew one man
who was formerly extremely subject to nightmare, though
he was otherwise quite strong and healthy, and during the
whole of two years he never slept on his back without an
[p. 149] attack of that trouble. So much so that he had to
take a manservant to share his bed. This man would turn
his master on to his other side as soon as he heard groans and
sighs, the usual prelude to the trouble, and this treatment
always resulted in prevention of these attacks.
One may indeed see large numbers of new-born children
unable to sleep long or quietly in their cradles, if they are
subject to convulsive movements, but attacked by various
spasms and twitchings of the limbs. The reason for this
seems to be that their brains have an excessive amount of
fluid, and, owing to the horizontal position such as exists
in cradles, the fluid held in the ventricles of the brain flows
into the fourth ventricle rather than into the infundibulum,
on account of the more dependent position of the former.
Hence it weighs on the medulla oblongata (whence arise the
nerves of the precordium), and, by compressing this structure,
hinders the passage of spirits into the nerves. As a result
there follow heart-trouble and convulsions. This is the more
[p. 150] credible, inasmuch as in the opposite position, that
is to say, in the arms or in the lap of their nurses, where the
head is held more upright, they sleep in comparative peace
and quiet. I happened, moreover, to see the same thing in
an Oxford graduate, who died four years ago of hydrops
pectoris : this patient, in the last stages of his disease, could
only sleep with his face flat on the bed and his head down.
If he composed himself for sleep with his head resting flat
on a couch, he always woke up within twenty minutes dis-
tressed by lack of sleep and by terrifying dreams. Indeed,
he was troubled for a long time after waking by heart-
tremor and extreme cardiac oppression. When the brain
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
was opened after his death, the ventricles were found ex-
tremely distended with fluid, but no other abnormality of
importance was seen in the whole of the head.
I am convinced by many experiments that no fluid passes
down from the brain into any organs below. It will therefore
be worth my while, before I lay aside the pen, to show the
route and channel by which all the fluid, coming from the
choroid plexus and the post-cerebellar glands, is carried and
passed through to the ventricles of the brain and, through
[p. 151] the infundibulum, to the pituitary gland, and then
escapes outside the skull. Some time ago in a calf's skull
I found that on injection of water, or of milk even, into the
foramina, which are hollowed out in the skull bone to receive
the serum from the gland, the whole of this fluid came
pouring out of the jugular veins of either side. So all the
fluid secreted by the brain in this animal finally overflows
into the blood and is so discharged. This same fact I have
recently found to be true in the human skull ; for, although
foramina never occur in the human skull-bone near this
gland, yet the membrane on which it lies is pierced in many
places like a sieve, and the fluid which passes through the
holes is taken up eagerly by other vessels on either side of
the so-called sella turcica, close to the ascending carotid
arteries, and passes into the jugular veins on either side a
little below the tortuous sinus. The channels of these vessels
will easily be shown if water or milk is forcibly injected with
a syringe into either of the jugular veins a little below
[p. 152] the tortuous sinus ; for it will soon be seen to burst
out and gush forth in various places near the pituitary gland.
A clear proof that any serum secreted by the brain is finally
returned to the blood and mingles with it.
CHAPTER III
The Movement and Colour of the Blood
The vapidity of the circulation, and the difference
between arterial and venous blood.
HAVING thus established the nature of the heart's
structure, the source of its movement, the reasons for
this movement's variation, and the kind of effects and
symptoms such variations produce in the blood, it remains
for me next to show how rapidly the whole of the blood
circulates through the heart.
[P- I53l Whatever statements writers before Harvey made
about the movement of the blood through the ventricles
of the heart are so empty and worthless that they have
already spontaneously disappeared into oblivion. And
however much those of his successors who have accepted
Harvey's discovery of the circulation affirm, under the
necessity of that hypothesis, that the whole of the blood
circulates through the heart, yet they have written about
the rate of its passage and about the amount of blood forced
out at any beat in such a way that I must think that they
have not adequately considered the structure of the heart
and its movements. For the majority of them give a few
drops only, or a scruple, or one drachm, a few half an ounce,
as the amount of blood expelled at each beat. I grant that,
in various animals, the ventricles of the heart contain and
eject more or less according to the difference in size of the
animal's body; but it will be clear from what follows how
ill-advised it is to state that so small a quantity is expelled
at a beat in man or any larger animal.
I am convinced that the whole mass of blood is ejected
[p. 154] by the heart not once or twice within an hour, but
many times. To make this clearer, we must consider carefully
how much blood flows into the ventricles of the heart each
G
THE MOVEMENT AND
time they dilate, and how much flows out from them while
they are contracting. It is apparent from simple inspec-
tion that the ventricles dilate maximally in each diastole,
but that in systole, on the other hand, the sides of the heart
come together and are contracted so closely, that you can
scarcely compress the small finger (introduced through the
cut apex) more strongly with the hand itself. This is the
reason I am absolutely certain that each ventricle receives
in diastole as much blood as it can hold, and, on the other
hand, expels completely in systole all that it has previously
received. This is very obvious and clearly visible with the
naked eye in the hearts and auricles of new-born animals,
frogs, eels, and snakes. The hearts of these creatures are so
completely emptied in any systole by the output of all their
contained blood, that they appear quite white; but in
diastole (when the blood flows back into them) their colour
[p. 155] returns again. One cannot doubt that the same
thing happens in the heart of larger animals, though it
cannot be seen so clearly in them owing to the thickness of
the parenchyma.
If one makes this assumption and counts the pulsations,
it will not be difficult to calculate how much blood passes
through the heart in an hour's time. Let us assume, then,
that the left ventricle in a strong, healthy, human heart holds
two ounces at one time, as the great Harvey observed (though
I have observed it hold much more in some people). If the
whole of that amount of blood is expelled by the heart at
each systole, and the counted beats are two thousand within
the hour (and this is, indeed, the lowest estimate), then the
heart must eject four thousand ounces within the hour.
This number of ounces makes three hundred and thirty-
two pounds: given, however, that there are twenty-five
pounds of blood in this man (a greater amount than is con-
ceded to most men by nature or by Anatomists, for they say
[p. 156] that the measure of all the blood contained in the
human body rarely exceeds twenty-four pounds, or is less
than fifteen pounds), it will most surely follow that the whole
of this man's blood circulates through the heart six times
within a single hour. But as it is seldom that there is so
great an amount of blood in a healthy man, or that the heart
beats so few times in the passing of an hour, it is reasonable
COLOUR OF THE BLOOD
to believe that the blood in most people passes through the
ventricles of the heart somewhat more often than six times.
It is so in all animals, provided they are in enjoyment of
good health ; but it must be supposed that the blood some-
times passes through the heart much more rapidly, for
example, in fevers and in violent exercise, and during con-
vulsive movement of the heart; for the beats are then far
faster, and the blood is consequently ejected twice as often.
On the other hand, the blood passes through the heart much
more slowly in jaundice, scurvy, and other such diseased
conditions, which cause slowing and irregularity of the heart's
movements, or in cases in which the vessels and ventricles
[p. 157] of the heart are blocked by means of chyle. Further,
the pulse is liable to variations in respect of temperament,
sex, and age, so that it is impossible to estimate and to define
with accuracy the amount of blood which is ejected, and the
circulatory changes. But it is clear enough from the very
size of the chambers of the ventricles, and from the number
of heart-beats, that the blood is carried along and passes
through the heart in strong and healthy animals at a much
faster rate than is commonly believed, or has yet been
described. And it must definitely be so, if one properly
considers the constituents of the blood, and their liability
to separate and to clot, unless they are continuously stimu-
lated by vigorous movement.
Let no one imagine, from what I have said, that part of
the blood — namely, that which is carried along by the vessels
of, or near to, the heart, and not very distant from its source
— does not circulate through the heart much more quickly
and more often than the rest, which is carried through the
extremities. The very nearness of the vessels and organs
proves otherwise. But what I do assert is that, although all
parts of the blood are not carried along at the same rate
[p. 158] or so often through the heart-chambers, yet whatever
amount or quantity of blood is present circulates through
the heart as often as I have stated above.
How quickly all the blood is distributed by the heart
through the whole of the body can be most easily grasped by
the very rapid passage through the kidneys of fluid which
has been mixed with the blood. Two or three pounds of
beer, taken into the stomach as a morning drink, are almost
g 2
THE MOVEMENT AND
completely passed by the bladder within half an hour, or
sooner if the weather is cold. This fluid, moreover, formed
for the most part only half of the blood carried to the kidneys.
Is it not right, therefore, to say that four or six pounds of
blood are passed from the heart to the kidneys through the
two (so-called emulgent) arteries ? But, if this large amount
of blood passes in this very short space of time through
vessels which are small by comparison with the others, it
will not be difficult to understand how vigorously the whole
of the rest of the blood-mass is carried along in the other
regions of the body. This is still more obvious in those, who
drink bitter mineral waters in quantities so large, that I
[p. 159] have known some who have drunk almost two
gallons of water in discrete draughts in a single morning, and
they have passed almost all of it through the bladder within
four hours. This amount of water is more than double the
quantity of blood in most men, and it is likewise certain
that it passed quite often through the two ventricles of the
heart in common with the rest of the blood, before it could
be secreted by the kidneys or passed by the bladder. For
nature provides no other passage or route to the kidneys and
bladder for any fluid from the stomach or intestine than that
through the blood and the heart. But, if so much fluid
(which, as stated above, is only half the amount of blood
brought to the kidneys) passes through arteries of this calibre
in so short a time, what, I ask, are we to think of the passage
of the rest of the blood through all the larger vessels ?
It is easy to show by experiments, without relying only
on estimates, the rapidity of movement of this blood ejected
by the heart. For, if almost the whole of the blood may flow
[p. 160] out from an opening in one cervical artery within
five minutes, may one not suppose that the whole blood-
mass circulates through the heart in a much shorter space
of time ? When almost the whole of the blood escapes thus
quickly through one arterial branch, how much more quickly
would it flow out from the trunk of the aorta or from all
its branches opened simultaneously ?
But for the careful estimation of the blood-flow and its
remarkable rapidity it will be sufficient to quote one single
experiment. I divided both cervical arteries in a fair-sized
dog, and at the same time I compressed the trunk of the
COLOUR OF THE BLOOD
aorta below the heart with a finger, which I passed through
an aperture made in the left side of the chest near the heart,
so that no blood should pass down the aorta ; finally, I took
care to constrict the brachial arteries below the axillae. As
a result practically all the blood (except that passing through
the vertebrals) was expelled from the heart by way of the
cervical arteries ; and, strange to say, it all flowed out within
three minutes; so that it cannot be denied that the whole
mass of it had passed through the heart in that time. One
[p. 161] may, indeed, see in cases of trauma, which involve
section of any large artery, how brief a period suffices for
people so mutilated to lose their life and practically all their
blood. This blood, however, must all have first circulated
through the ventricles of the heart.
But here I see it objected that the heart pulsates much
more quickly, and therefore ejects blood much more rapidly,
amid such woundings and torments. Yet, if the blood is
held in check for a short while, after these incisions are made,
so that all pain and fear first disappear — and this takes
place rapidly in younger dogs, which are not so upset by,
or so long mindful of, such lesions — the heart-beat is definitely
not thus quickened and accelerated. And, though one must
admit that the beat becomes more rapid, after most of the
blood has escaped and the animal begins to weaken, yet that
does not occur until all the vessels have been so emptied,
that the blood which remains is insufficient to fill the ventri-
cles of the heart. Hence, pari passu with the continued loss
of blood, the heart-beat becomes progressively smaller and
faster, until with the complete failure of blood-inflow the
[p. 162] movement of the heart too ceases altogether.
It may, however, be objected that the blood flows out
from a cut artery more easily, and therefore more rapidly,
than it circulates through the body ; since in the former case
it is carried along in a free, full-rushing stream, and in the
latter only reaches the veins through various windings and
obstacles, and the narrow places and pores in the flesh — in
the same way, perhaps, that a stream flows along in an open
channel more quickly than it does when passing through
a grating.
To this objection it will be easy to answer that, notwith-
standing the narrow places of the viscera and of the body-
THE MOVEMENT AND
framework, the blood flows out from open veins almost as
rapidly as it does from arteries, so long as the heart's move-
ment is strong, although, granted, the rate of flow is not
absolutely so fast in the former as in the latter case. Indeed,
I have often found in dogs that if, as in the previous experi-
ment, the neck is tightly ligatured and the trunk of the
aorta compressed below the heart, so as to direct the blood-
flow to the head, then, when one of the two jugular veins is
divided, an almost equal quantity of blood will be drawn off
[p. 163] from this vein in a given time as from the cervical
artery, at all events until most of the blood is removed. But,
after this stage is reached, it must be admitted that the heart's
movement slackens on account of so great a loss of blood,
and the remaining fluid flows out from the vein in smaller
amount and more slowly, in correspondence with its more
feeble expulsion from the heart.
If, however, this rapid circulation of the blood is accepted
(and I think I have given sufficient proof of it) , it will be evident
that there is not so much difference between arterial blood
and that contained in the veins, as is commonly supposed.
I have spoken elsewhere of the different returns of the two
kinds of blood, and of the sources from which they are
derived. I have also in the same place discussed their colour-
variation, and the cause of this very noticeable difference
between them. But as I relied more in this matter on the
authority and preconceived opinion of the learned Dr. Willis
than on my own experience, and confused too far the torch
of life with its torchbearer ; as, too, the lapse of time has now
[p. 164] taught me differently, I shall not be loth to exchange
my former view for a better one. It is not my intention to
attack the beliefs and opinions of others, or to bring scorn
on myself by changing my own, but what is suggested by
reason and confirmed by experience carries more weight
with me and will always have my allegiance.
It is certain, then, that the difference in colour, which is
found between venous and arterial blood, is quite independent
of the heating of the blood in the heart (even if some such
heating must be conceded there) ; for, granted that heating
does occur chiefly in the heart, then, as the function of both
ventricles is the same, and they do not differ in any other
respects than, as stated above, in the strength and thickness
COLOUR OF THE BLOOD
of their fibres, why should the colour not undergo a similar
change in the right ventricle? But it is quite certain that
blood withdrawn from the pulmonary artery is similar in
all respects to venous blood, and is only reddish on the sur-
face. Indeed, it will be shown by a very convincing experi-
ment that this fresh red colour is not conferred on the blood
by the left ventricle either. For, if the trachea is exposed
[p. 165] in the neck and divided, a cork inserted, and the
trachea ligatured tightly over it to prevent any ingress of
air into the lungs, then the blood flowing from a simultaneous
cut in the cervical artery (or, at least, such blood as comes
out some time after the asphyxiation of the lung) will be
seen to be as completely venous and dark in colour, as if
it had flown from a wound in the jugular vein. I have tried
this fairly often, and the same truth is more evident still
from the fact that the blood within the left ventricle of the
heart and the trunk of the aorta of an animal, which has
been strangled or has died a natural death, and in which
air is prevented from passing into the blood, is found to be
entirely akin to venous blood.
Finally, to abolish any possible room for doubt, it occurred
to me to make an experiment on a strangled dog, after
sensation and life had completely deserted it, and to see if
the still-fluid blood in the vena cava would all return equally
bright in colour through the pulmonary vein, after being
driven to the right ventricle and to the lungs. So I drove
on the blood, and carried out a simultaneous insufflation of
[p. 166] the perforated lungs. The result corresponded very
well with my expectation, for the blood was discharged into
the dish as bright -red in colour, as if it were being withdrawn
from an artery in a living animal.
I have shown that the bright red colour of arterial blood
is not acquired through any heating in the heart or anywhere
else at any time. In like manner also the dark colour of
venous blood is independent of any extinction of its heat
within the veins. For, if this were so, why should the arterial
blood not take on a like colour after it has left its vessels,
since it has now beyond all doubt lost its heat ?
This being so, we must next see to what the blood is
indebted for this deep red coloration. This must be attri-
buted entirely to the lungs, as I have found that the blood,
THE MOVEMENT AND
which enters the lungs completely venous and dark in colour,
returns from them quite arterial and bright. For, if the
anterior part of the chest is cut away and the lungs are
[p. 167] continuously insufflated by a pair of bellows inserted
into the trachea, and they are also pricked with a needle in
various places to allow free passage of air through them,
then, on the pulmonary vein being cut near the left auricle,
the blood will flow out into a suitably placed receptacle
completely bright -red in colour. And, as long as the lungs
are supplied with fresh air in this way, the blood will rush
out scarlet, until the whole perfusate reaches several ounces,
nay pounds, just as if it were being received from a cut
artery. What I had written earlier about the blood with-
drawn from the pulmonary vein being like venous blood was
said as a result of experimental work, but at a time when I did
not yet know from experiment that one could keep life in
an animal by continuous insufflation of pricked lungs; so
that all the air had been forced out of the lung before I was
able to seize and to lance the pulmonary vein. I acknowledge
my indebtedness to the very famous Master Robert Hooke
for this experiment — by which the lungs are kept continu-
ously dilated for a long time without meanwhile endangering
[p. 168] the animal's life — and the opportunity thereby given
me to perform this piece of work.
If any one, however, argues that this bright colour of the
blood is to be attributed to its fragmentation in the lungs
rather than to the mixture of air with the blood, he should
consider whether the blood can really be broken into frag-
ments better in the lungs than in the muscles of the body, or
even as well. For the lungs are kept constantly dilated for
the right conduct of this experiment, and I fail therefore to
see how the blood can undergo fragmentation save in passing
through their pores, as in the rest of the body-framework.
Further, that this red colour is entirely due to the penetra-
tion of particles of air into the blood, is quite clear from the
fact that, while the blood becomes red throughout its mass
in the lungs (because the air diffuses in them through all
the particles of blood, and hence becomes more thoroughly
mixed with the blood), when venous blood is received into
[p. 169] a vessel, the surface and uppermost part of it takes
on this scarlet colour through exposure to the air. If this
COLOUR OF THE BLOOD
is removed with a knife, the part lying next below will soon
change to the same colour through similar contact with the air.
Indeed, if the cake of blood is turned over after remaining
stationary for a long while, its outer and uppermost layer
takes on the red colour in a short space of time (provided
the blood is still fresh) . It is a matter of common knowledge
that venous blood becomes completely red when received
into a dish and shaken up for a long time to cause a thorough
penetration of air into it. And let no one be surprised at a
loss or admixture of air causing such marked colour-changes
in the blood, since we see other fluids also acquiring various
colorations, according as their pores take up or refract in
greater or lesser amount the rays of light.
If you ask me for the paths in the lungs, through which the
nitrous spirit of the air reaches the blood, and colours it
more deeply, do you in turn show me the little pores by which
that other nitrous spirit, which exists in snow, passes into
the drinks of gourmets and cools their summer wines. For,
[p. 170] if glass or metal cannot prevent the passage of this
spirit, how much more easily will it penetrate the looser
vessels of the lungs ? Finally, if we do not deny the outward
passage of fumes and of serous fluid, why may we not
concede an inward passage of this nitrous foodstuff into the
blood through the same or similar little pores ?
On this account it is extremely probable that the blood
takes in air in its course through the lungs, and owes its
bright colour entirely to the admixture of air. Moreover,
after the air has in large measure left the blood again within
the body and the parenchyma of the viscera, and has tran-
spired through the pores of the body, it is equally consistent
with reason that the venous blood, which has lost its air,
should forthwith appear darker and blacker.
From this it is easy to imagine the great advantage
accruing to the blood from the admixture of air, and the
great importance attaching to the air taken in being always
healthy and pure ; one can see, too, how greatly in error are
those, who altogether deny this intercourse of air and blood.
Without such intercourse, any one would be able to live
in as good health in the stench of a prison as among the most
[p. 171] pleasant vegetation. Wherever, in a word, a fire
can burn sufficiently well, there we can equally well breathe
CHAPTER IV
The Transfusion of Blood from one animal
to another. The time and occasion of its
discovery by the Author
THE statements made hitherto about the blood relate to
its circular movement, which takes place within the sphere
of a single body ; we have, so to speak, compared the credit
and debit accounts, and have given a strict reckoning of the
measure of fluid, and of the lapse of time necessary for
the passage of the blood from the veins through the ventricles
of the heart to the arteries of the same animal. With regard
to our next subject, The Transfusion of blood from one
[p. 172] animal to another , I do not know if the hope of
accomplishing this, or the thought of trying it, occurred to
any one earlier than three years ago. For, even after it was
openly suggested as likely to have great applications in
medicine, most people, nevertheless, withheld their hands
completely from the experiment, or moved them to it in
vain, either through fear of the operative difficulty, or in
discouragement at its strangeness. As in the almost forgotten
fable of Pythagoras, another, even less substantial, trans-
migration of the soul would seem to be more desired by the
ignorant than hoped for by the learned.
I wish, therefore, to reveal the conduct of the whole affair,
and at the same time to show by what train of thought I
first reasoned it out and undertook it, and, finally, by what
means and aids it was carried into effect.
For many years at Oxford I saw others at work, and
myself, for the sake of experiment, injected into the veins
of living animals various opiate and emetic solutions,
and many medicinal fluids of that sort. The technical pro-
cedure for this is now quite well known, and this is not the
place to describe the individual results and outcomes of these
THE TRANSFUSION OF BLOOD
[p. 173] experiments. But when, in addition, I likewise in-
jected many nutrient solutions, and had seen the blood of
different animals mix quite well and harmoniously with
various injections of wine and beer, it soon occurred to me
to try if the blood of different animals would not be much
more suitable and would mix without danger or conflict. And,
because in shed blood (no matter how well coagulation should
be guarded against by repeated shaking) the natural blending
and texture of the parts must of necessity change, I thought
it much more convenient to transfer the unimpaired blood
of an animal, which was still alive and breathing, into
another. I thought this would be more easily effected, inas-
much as the movement of blood through its vessels is so
rapid and swift, that I had observed almost the whole mass
of blood flow out in a few seconds, where an outlet offered.
Taking hope from this, I turned mind and hands to put the
matter to a practical test.
[p. 174] And first I tried to transfer blood from the jugular
vein of one animal to the jugular vein of a second by means
of tubes between the two ; but, seeing the blood clot at once
in the tube and block its own passage on account of the slow
movement of the venous blood, I soon began to try another
way, and guided, as it were, by nature herself, I finally
determined to transfer blood from an artery of one animal
into a vein of a second ; and by this new device to extend
the circulation of the blood beyond the boundaries pre-
scribed for it.
As everything answered expectation as I wished, I finally
showed this new experiment at Oxford towards the end of
February 1665, in an interesting demonstration and under
the most happy circumstances. There were present the
learned Doctor John Wallis, Savilian Professor of Mathe-
matics, Thomas Millington, Doctor of Medicine, and other
Doctors of the same University.
Having got ready the dogs, and made other preparations
as required, I selected one dog of medium size, opened its
[p. 175] jugular vein, and drew off blood, until it was quite
clear from its howls and struggles that its strength was nearly
gone and that convulsions were not far off. Then, to make
up for the great loss of this dog by the blood of a second,
I introduced blood from the cervical artery of a fairly large
THE TRANSFUSION OF BLOOD
mastiff, which had been fastened alongside the first dog,
until this latter animal by its restiveness showed in its turn
that it was overfilled and burdened by the amount of the
inflowing blood. I ligatured the artery from which the
blood was passing, and withdrew blood again from the re-
ceiving dog. This was repeated several times in succession,
until there was no more blood or life left in two fairly large
mastiffs (the blood of both having been taken by the smaller
dog) . In the meantime blood had been repeatedly withdrawn
from this smaller animal and injected into it in such amount
as would equal, I imagine, the weight of its whole body,
yet, once its jugular vein was sewn up and its binding
shackles cast off, it promptly jumped down from the table,
and, apparently oblivious of its hurts, soon began to fondle
[p. 176] its master, and to roll on the grass to clean itself of
blood ; exactly as it would have done if it had merely been
thrown into a stream, and with no more sign of discomfort
or of displeasure.
The report of these matters soon reached London, and I
was earnestly requested by the Honourable Boyle in a letter
to acquaint the Royal Society with the procedure of the whole
experiment. This communication I made not so long after-
wards, and it was published in the Philosophical Transactions
of the same Society in December of the following year, 1666.
Thereafter talk of it wandered across to nations abroad and
to France, where, attracted by the novelty of the thing,
some soon began to follow it up more thoroughly, to extend
and embellish it by other further experiments, and to apply
to the use of man that which I had only accomplished in
animals. This is seen clearly in their writings published for
the first time in the following March, 1667. So far so good,
and all credit to that nation for their activity in the embel-
lishment and extension of natural knowledge and of medicine.
But, as this recent discovery of blood-transfusion is now a
[p. 177] general subject of conversation, and a certain Denis,
Professor of Philosophy and Mathematics, seeks in a recently
published letter to deprive me of priority in the discovery of
this experiment, and to claim it for himself, let me be per-
mitted to insert here the letter of the Honourable Boyle to
me and my reply to it, so that the reader may see how rightly
or wrongly Denis so acted.
FROM ONE ANIMAL TO ANOTHER
LONDON, June 26.
1666.
I was present last Wednesday {Honourable Sir) at the stated
meeting of the Royal Society, held in Gresham's College. Here
I heard from Dr. Wallis that you had at last (in his presence)
successfully accomplished that most difficult experiment on the
transference of blood from one to the other of a pair of dogs.
I judged the matter clearly worthy of being communicated to
that very celebrated assembly. I therefore proposed that they
should ask that distinguished gentleman for an account of the
[p. 178] way in which it had been performed. His description
of it was such as to increase not a little our opinion of your
reputation. But, when asked for various details about so unusual
and so unhoped-for an experiment, he voiced the opinion that
it would be more profitable for you to reply in writing about the
individual points than for him to attempt it orally. I therefore
stated publicly that you had promised me, a little while before,
that you would describe the matter to me (if at any time your
desires were answered) . I took it upon myself to say that you
would do this, and that the more fully, when you knew that this
celebrated assembly wished for a more careful account of the
success of this experiment. I therefore entreat you to accede to
this request, and to relate in order the whole of the highly
successful procedure you adopted for the accomplishment of this
task. This I urge the more strongly, because some highly gifted
men with fair powers of judgement, and not over-credulous,
though the experiment a difficult one, and considered that I had
spoken rashly, when I mentioned it incidentally a few months
ago, in reply to a question from the Royal Society as to what you
had previously attempted at Oxford; and said that, although
at that time the matter had not succeeded in every way as you
[p. 179] wished, owing to some unsuilability of the instrumental
equipment, I had not, however, given up hope of your ultimate
success. I am being called away at the moment, so that I have
not time to ask your pardon for putting you to this trouble.
I have done so with less reluctance, because I thought it would
be to your advantage, if this celebrated assembly became ac-
quainted with you at this propitious moment. There are many
THE TRANSFUSION OF BLOOD
among its members who esteem you at your right worth and are
your friends, but none more so than
Yours affectionately
Rob. Boyle.
To be delivered to
My most honourable friend
Richard Lower, Doctor of Medicine :
Oxford.
[p. 180] OXFORD, July 6.
1666.
/ have received your letter, Honoured Sir, and, in accordance
with your request, I will briefly expound to you the whole
technique of transfusion in the same order as that in which I
performed it. In a dog, then, or any other animal, whose blood
you wish to transfuse into another animal of the same or of a
different species, first lift up one Cervical Artery, free it from
the nerve of the eighth pair, and clean its surface for about the
distance of one finger. Then ligature the upper, brainwards,
portion firmly and tightly with a cord, as there no need to loosen
it again or to unfasten it during the whole course of the operation.
Next, lower down towards the heart, apply a second ligature to
the same vessel at half a finger s distance from the aforesaid
cord, using a slip-knot so that, as need arises, you can at will
tighten or slacken the cord. When you have so placed your two
ligatures in position, and have passed two strings under the
artery in the intervening space, open the vessel with a scalpel
[p. 181] and insert a quill into the incision in the direction of
the heart. The external opening of the quill must be closed with
a wooden rod. In addition pass the aforementioned strings
closely round the portion of artery enclosing the quill and tie
them tightly.
In the second animal, which is to receive the blood of the first,
clean a small part of the surface of the Jugular Vein about half
a finger long, and apply a ligature at each end, knotting the
cord in each case in such a way that you can loosen it or tighten
it at will. Two strings again should be passed under the vein
in the intervening space, and, when the incision is made, two
quills are to be inserted into the opening. One of these is directed
towards the trunk of the descending vena cava, and is to receive
FROM ONE ANIMAL TO ANOTHER
blood flowing in from the other dog; the second is pushed up-
wards towards the brain and is to discharge this Animal's own
blood into suitable vessels. Both quills must be closed meanwhile
with wooden bungs and only opened as required. Finally, the
vein must be ligatured with the strings, as described above.
When you have done this you lay the dogs on their side and
fasten them closely together as best you may to ensure the
[p. 182] connexion of the two quills. But, as they cannot approach
thus near owing to the twist of the animals' necks, some inter-
mediate quills are necessary in addition to the two end ones, in order
to join these latter together and to effect the transference of blood.
On the completion of these preliminary arrangements, open
the two quills for the first time, that is to say, in the one dog
the quill passing down into its Jugular Vein, and in the other the
quill coming from its Cervical Artery. Then insert in between
as many extra quills as will be necessary and join them together;
and now, if the knots, which we decided should be slip-knots,
are loosened, the blood immediately passes quite rapidly through
the quills, just as through an artery prolonged by anastomosis.
Quickly tighten a noose round the neck of the receiving Animal,
as in venesection, or at all events compress the vein on the
opposite side of the neck with your finger, then take out the
stopper and open the upper Jugular Quill, so that, while the
foreign blood is flowing in through the Lower Quill, the animal's
own blood flows out from the upper into suitable receptacles
(this, however, with intervals of rest interposed, out of regard for
the animal's comfort and for the preservation of its strength)
[p. 183] until at last the second animal, amid howls, faintings,
and spasms , finally loses its life together with its vital fluid.
When the tragedy is over, take both quills out of the jugular
vein of the surviving animal, tie tightly the former slip-knots,
and divide the vein. This can be done with practically no incon-
venience to the Dog, inasmuch as there is a very abundant
anastomosis of the jugulars round the larynx and one of them
is, therefore, sufficient for the return of blood from the head.
After the vessel has been divided, sew up the skin, slacken the
cords binding the dog, and let it jump down from the table. It
shakes itself a little, as though just aroused from sleep, and runs
away lively and strong, more active and vigorous, perhaps, with
the blood of its fellow than with its own.
One further instruction I must give you, distinguished Sir.
THE TRANSFUSION OF BLOOD
It was impossible to tie the quills sufficiently tightly in the
vessels, or to join them to one another securely enough, to prevent
them from frequently getting slack and loose again. I therefore
concluded that it would be better in future to use silver tubes
made for this purpose. These should be provided at one end with
a projecting ring, to prevent the possibility of their being torn
out of the vessels into which they are inserted, and this ring is
[p. 184] to be a double one to ensure safer tying of the vessels
over the tubes. Such a ring is pictured in Plate 7, Fig. 1. And
so that the experiment can be conducted with less difficulty in
Transfusion, or danger of obstruction within the vessel, especially
when the animals toss and twist about, they should be united
by two smaller tubes which you must insert into a Cervical
Artery taken from a horse or an ox, the complete series so joined
carrying blood from the donor on one side to the recipient on
the other. We have this further advantage from the substitution
of an artery in between, that it yields to the struggles of the
animals however varied they are, and also that you will be able,
if by any chance the blood inside it clots, to push it onwards,
should you so wish, or to stop its flow at once, if occasion arises.
I have written this to fulfil the pledge given by you on my behalf
to the most illustrious Society, and, further, that you may know
that you will never find me wanting in any good-will or duty
towards you. Yours most respectfully,
Richard Lower.
To be delivered to
The Honourable Dr. Robert Boyle
in London.
[p. 185] I have reproduced these letters here, not so that
they should shed light on the actual transfusion, which is
now sufficiently well known, but that my reader should be
better informed about the date and Author of the Discovery.
All the apparatus for this experiment, and the technique
for its accomplishment, are shown so clearly in the next
plate that it would be superfluous for any one to give any
further description of it. In Plate 7, Fig. 1
a is a silver tube.
b is the part of it which is to be inserted into the vein or
artery, and is provided with a double, circular, raised
ring, to make more secure the tying of the vessel over it.
FROM ONE ANIMAL TO ANOTHER
Fig. 2 shows a silver tube shaped to convey blood to the
human arm. In this figure
aa is the silver tube.
b is the smaller portion of it, which is to be inserted into
the arm-vein.
c is its larger portion where it receives the blood.
dd are its two leaves pierced with holes on both sides for
[p. 1 86] the passage of the string, which is to bind the
plate to the arm.
e is the groove hollowed out between the two leaves to receive
more easily the emissary tube. This groove compresses
the underlying vein so that no blood could ooze or flow
out from it during the operation, and it can be compared
quite aptly with the recess in the middle of the upper lip
in man.
Fig. 3 shows the tubes which are to be fitted into the
emissary artery and the receiving vein before blood trans-
fusion. In this figure
a is the emissary cervical artery.
b is the same artery ligatured tightly with a slip-knot.
c is the tube inserted into the artery for the passage of blood.
d is the place where the artery is ligatured tightly over the
tube between the rings.
e is the tube for the reception of the blood and for its trans-
mission into the jugular vein.
f is the jugular vein.
g is the place where the vein is bound tightly to the tube,
h is the vein ligatured with a slip-knot.
[p. 187] Fig. 4 shows the cervical artery taken from a
horse or an ox fitted on to a silver tube on either side. In
this figure
a is the cervical artery.
bb are the two tubes fitted one on each side of the artery.
Fig. 5 shows in one piece the whole apparatus for the
transfusion of blood from one animal to another. In this figure
a is the jugular vein near the heart of the Animal, into
which blood is to be passed,
b is a silver tube inserted into the jugular vein,
c is the vein bound tightly over the tube.
H
THE TRANSFUSION OF BLOOD
d is the vein ligatured with a slip-knot beyond the tube,
eee are the tubes and intervening cervical artery, which
carry the blood from the emissary tube into the receiving
one.
fis the silver tube receiving blood from the emissary artery,
g is the artery of the second animal which emits the blood,
h is the place where the artery is tightly bound on to the
enclosed tube.
i is the place where this artery is ligatured beyond the tube
with a knot, which can be slipped as occasion arises.
[p. 1 88] Fig. 6 shows the same apparatus for transfusion
of blood from an animal to man. Its use can be quite well
understood from the last.
Transfusion was therefore first performed by me at the
end of February 1665, the Honourable Boyle's letter was given
to me on the 6th of the following June, and my reply was
inserted next December in the Philosophical Transactions,
which were then going to press. Denis, on the other hand,
made no mention of transfusion until a whole year later, and,
further, he himself admits (though he says he had thought
of it ten years before) that he learned first from philosophical
books the possibility of transfusion and the technique for
its achievement. I therefore leave it to others to judge who
should receive the credit for the discovery of this experiment.
But, though some are so constituted that nothing satisfies
them which they have not themselves discovered, and noth-
ing is well and successfully planned without their claiming
[p. 189] priority for themselves, I shall not take it too much
to heart, as I was quite unacquainted with any transfusion
plans of any other worker, and I am, in addition, abundantly
furnished with evidence from very Distinguished men of its
accomplishment by myself. Meanwhile, I have no doubt
that this discovery, whose soever it is, will be employed with
great profit for the human race, if it is practised with due
consideration and care.
For there is no reason to think that the blood of other
animals mixes less well with human blood than with animal
blood. This view is abundantly confirmed by recent experi-
ments of French workers, and I also found it so not very long
ago in the case of a certain A.C., who was the subject of a
FROM ONE ANIMAL TO ANOTHER
harmless form of insanity. I superintended the introduction
into his arm at various times of some ounces of sheep's
blood at a meeting of the Royal Society, and that without any
inconvenience to him. In order to make further experiments
on him with some profit also to himself, I had decided to
repeat the treatment several times in an effort to improve
[p. 190] his mental condition; he, on the other hand, con-
sulted his instinct rather than the interests of his health,
and completely eluded our expectations.
Every one, however, is not equally qualified to receive
the blood of others, and no treatment is so useful that its
rash and unsuitable administration does not easily bring it
into disrepute. I think, therefore, that it will be worth while
for me to intimate briefly, in a few words only, the sort of
cases and the condition of health most suitable for the
employment of transfusion.
Patients, whose blood is definitely putrid and has been
long corrupt, or is very deeply tainted by a poisonous fer-
ment from without, those, too, whose viscera are polluted
and spoilt, as sometimes happens in cases of scurvy, venereal
disease, leprosy, poisoning, or long-continued illness, cannot
hope for any benefit or help from transfusion.
The impure blood, in its repeated passage through the
viscera, imparts to them its defects and its pollutions,
corrupts their ferments, and finally taints them with its own
[p. 191] character and properties, so that fresh blood, sub-
stituted from without from however healthy an animal, by
circulating constantly through the same organs, will pick
up the disease and quickly degenerate into the same condi-
tion, just as wine soon picks up a smell and defect from a
mouldy vessel.
Sour will turn whate'er you pour
In vessel not quite clean before.
But, if blood is withdrawn or is lost from bodies in good
condition, by unsuitable venesection, trauma, or haemorrhage
of any kind, in such amount as to require immediate re-
plenishment from elsewhere, I have no doubt that the blood
of animals can safely and advantageously be substituted in
the place of that which has been lost. Further, in arthritic
patients and lunatics, whose bodies are strong and viscera
H2
THE TRANSFUSION OF BLOOD
firm, the composition of whose brains is not yet spoilt, and
whose blood is affected by no putrid disease, perhaps as
much benefit is to be expected from the infusion of fresh
blood as from withdrawal of the old.
Therefore, that the practice of this very celebrated
[p. 192] experiment may be established by the greater Faith
men have in it and by greater acquaintance with its perfor-
mance, and that its usefulness may become known ; I have
thought the subject worthy of recommendation to the care
of all doctors and to the whole world, whenever an opportu-
nity occurs of trying it.
Meanwhile, let it at least be attributed to the felicity of
our Nation, or even to its praise, that, while Harvey first
taught that the blood by its Circulation within its own vessels
ensures life to the body, we also first revealed that it could
be transferred outside the confine of its own body for the
health of a second.
[p. 193]
CHAPTER V
The Chyle, its passage into the Bloody and its
transformation into Blood
WE have discussed in the previous chapter how blood can
be directly administered in certain unusual circum-
stances and in large haemorrhages. It now further remains to
consider how the necessary loss of blood, and (so to speak) its
daily expenditure are replaced. This can only take place by
inflow of chyle into it. The Chyle, however, is manufactured
from the ingested foodstuffs in the stomach by the help of
its ferment, so I will first say in a few words how the con-
tinuous supply of this ferment is achieved, before discussing
at greater length the passage of the Chyle into the Blood
and its transformation into Blood.
Most of the older writers, and some even of the younger
ones, who hold the authority of the older ones in veneration,
express here and there the opinion, that there is some sort
of communication through the vas breve between the spleen
[p. 194] and the stomach, and that the stomach borrows from
that viscus the acid menstruum which provides its digestive
power. Although the circulation of the blood quite openly
contradicts this view, the falseness of it will, nevertheless, be
more evident from the actual structure and design of the
vessels which are common to both, and I will give here a full
description of them, so that no one through ignorance may
cause any further difficulty on this point.
Apart from nerves and lymph-ducts the only vessels
reaching the spleen and the stomach are veins and arteries.
First, as regards the coeliac artery, it arises from the aorta,
a little above the mesenteric artery, in a single trunk, which
soon divides into several branches. Of these
The first supplies only the liver, pancreas, and duodenum.
The second is distributed throughout the whole upper region
of the stomach, and is therefore called the epigastric artery.
THE PASSAGE ETC. OF CHYLE
The third branch of the coeliac artery, the largest of all,
divides into two smaller vessels. Of these the First passes
[p. 195] forward to the left portion of the spleen, but, when
it is near the spleen, splits into two, and sends one radicle
to the fundus of the stomach, the other to the spleen. The
Second division of this branch is carried a little further on
and divides at once near the other half of the spleen into
four radicles. Two of these pass in a serpentine course
to the spleen, the others, in similar fashion, to the stomach.
If ink or milk is injected with a syringe into one or other
of these larger branches, it will be clearly and distinctly seen
that the fluid, after reaching that point of division into two
or into four, is carried simultaneously to the spleen and to
the stomach. So, if the circulation of the blood were not
convincing enough, it is nevertheless clearly evident that
nothing can be carried through these arteries from the spleen
to the stomach, or vice versa, as the blood passes from another
source to both organs simultaneously.
Moreover, the circulation of the blood is sufficient proof
that the splenic veins cannot accomplish this, but, in order
[p. 196] that this too may be clearer from their arrangement,
I will give a brief explanation of the splenic veins, and of
their divisions, which merge their contained blood with that
in the veins returning from the stomach.
While, then, all the arteries which carry blood to the liver,
pancreas, duodenum, the whole of the stomach, the spleen,
and omentum, arise in a common trunk from the aorta,
all the veins, which come from all those organs and bring
blood back from them, likewise join in one trunk and end in
the portal vein.
So those veins, which communicate quickly with each
other by short radicles between the stomach and the spleen,
and are therefore called vas breve, are nothing other than
venous branches descending from the fundus of the stomach,
which are met half-way by others coming from the spleen,
and which, joining with them for mutual advantage, unite
into one trunk, which conveys the mixture of blood returning
from both organs towards the portal vein. So that the blood
leaving the stomach, and meeting the other coming from the
[p. 197] spleen, and received with it into a common trunk,
resembles two small streams flowing together into a single
INTO THE BLOOD
one, and hurrying along together to the bosom of an Ocean
common to both. The same arrangement exists in other
veins which are observed to make a communication between
the right or anterior portion of the spleen and the right part
of the fundus of the stomach. Two veins go from each to
meet half-way like the union of so many roads, and then,
joining to form a single trunk, end in the portal vein.
Moreover, that nothing is carried to the stomach through
the vas breve or through these latter veins, is also proved
by the structure of the valves, apart from any circulation
of blood. For valves are present at that junction of the veins
coming from the spleen and the stomach, and they prevent
backflow of blood towards either the stomach or the spleen ;
for, if the trunk of the splenic Branch is tied below that
junction, and you try to force blood from the splenic veins
into the hypogastric veins, the veins at once swell up on
[p. 198] the near side of the valves, and will burst rather
than allow any blood to pass. This any one can test quickly
and easily in a moderately large animal, in which these
vessels are fairly wide.
One can also see that dogs, whose spleen has been cut out,
are no less greedy and eager for food, but consume whatever
they take as quickly as if they had not had that organ
removed.
It is certain, therefore, that the spleen transfers nothing
directly to the stomach, but that this ferment, which dis-
solves all the ingested food into a milky cream, is to be sought
for elsewhere and in the blood itself. No light proof of this
is the fact that patients suffering from hypochondriac
melancholia are very often attacked by ravening hunger,
when the salt fluid passes into their stomach, and are im-
mune from all bodily pain as long as that desire for food
persists ; but when that fierce and bitter fluid, by a kind of
transition, passes into other organs of the body, torments
and convulsions are evoked, while all appetite and digestion
[p. 199] in the stomach ceases completely for lack of it. This
is usual in almost all hypochondriacs, and must be ascribed
to bad blood-constitution rather than to any fault of the
spleen.
The stomach is composed of every kind of fibre, and so,
while at first it enfolds and presses gently on the food passed
THE PASSAGE ETC. OF CHYLE
into it, later, when some part of this food has been dissolved
and reduced to a soft substance by repeated separation of its
constituents, it propels it into the intestines by a prolonged
contraction of its fibres. Here it is absorbed by the lacteal
veins distributed at intervals through the intestines.
And, since the lacteal vessels are extremely narrow and
are provided with very fine openings, so as to take from the
intestines only the purer and cleaner portion of the fermented
mass, the total length of the intestines has been made very
great to admit thereby a greater number of such vessels.
The small size of the vessels is therefore balanced by their
number. Hence, as the lacteal vessels in the upper intestines
are quite insufficient either in number or in diameter for the
absorption of a large amount of chyle, the intestines are
cunningly contrived, so that they contract one after the
[p. 200] other with a continuous movement of the fibres,
which passes in succession from the pylorus right to the
rectum, and they push the chyle downwards in such a way
that a halt is made before the openings of all the vessels.
During the passage of this juice by the mouths of these
vessels, the useful and nutrient portions are separated from
the refuse, and only the cleaner and purer tincture passes
into the lacteal veins, the more solid and impure portion being
deposited in the rectum as so much dead stock.
One can only understand the mechanism of this separation
on the assumption that the various pores in the inner coat
of the intestine are so arranged and shaped that they allow
entry of the milky cream alone. The thicker portions, having
no resemblance to, or correspondence with, the pores of the
intestines, through which is the way into the lacteal veins,
pass by untouched and are driven ever downwards by the
movement of the intestines. If, however, the lacteal veins
opened directly and widely into the lumen of the intestines,
not only the more impure and unclean portion of the mass
[p. 201] in the intestines, but also bad-smelling, faecal gases
and fumes would pass in similar fashion into the blood, and
would very seriously contaminate it.
To test this matter, I ligatured tightly the so-called
jejunum, where it crosses to the lumbar region, in an animal
which had previously been given a full meal ; and I inflated
it with a pair of bellows introduced through the pylorus.
INTO THE BLOOD
When this intestine was sufficiently distended, I tied off the
pylorus equally strongly. Then I exerted pressure with my
hands on the air-filled, swollen intestine, and looked for an
immediate flow of chyle within the lacteal veins towards
the receptaculum commune as a result of the pressure of air
from behind. This, however, did not follow at all, so the
lacteal veins quite definitely do not open widely and directly
into the intestines, nor do they allow any gas or flatus to
pass into them.
As entry of air into the lacteal veins was definitely im-
possible, it occurred to me to try, in another animal similarly
fed, if there was not an easier entry open to any kind of
thin fluid. I therefore tied off the same portion of intestine,
and poured in through the pylorus spirit of wine tinted
[p. 202] with ink. I then tied the pylorus, and exerted
pressure on the intestine swollen with this black tincture,
under the idea that this thin and delicate fluid at all events
would be able to enter as easily as chyle. But the exact
opposite took place, for the chyle in the lacteal veins next
to the intestine was not seen to be coloured by this dye,
nor was it observed to move any further along towards the
receptaculum commune. So one may venture the view that
the lacteal veins do not open straight and directly into the
intestines, but are carried obliquely between their coats
before penetrating into the cavities of the intestines, perhaps
in the same way that the common duct ends in the duodenum,
or the ureters in the bladder. Hence, the more strongly the
sides of the intestine or of the bladder are distended by their
contents, the more tightly are their openings closed. Therefore
it seems probable that the chyle is not forced into the lacteal
veins at all, as such contraction and corrugation of the intestines
tends to prevent its entry, inasmuch as it constricts the aper-
tures and channels of the lacteal veins as they pass through the
[p. 203] coats of the intestines. So that continuous, so-called
peristaltic movement of the intestines seems to be designed
solely to push the chyle already in the lacteal veins towards
the receptaculum commune, to drive downwards the mass
of chyle passed out from the stomach, and to deposit it for
absorption by the lacteals as a whole. As, however, this
movement is like that of a worm, and comes on at intervals,
it is probable that chyle is taken into these veins only when
THE PASSAGE ETC. OF CHYLE
some part of the intestine is at rest from movement and
contraction, and when, therefore, the mouths of the lacteals
are more open and distended.
Since, however, the chyle passes through such narrow pores
from the intestines into the lacteals, it is not unreasonable
to suppose that it is diluted and thinned by the fluid which
the pancreas secretes into the duodenum in order to facilitate
its passage. For that gland is so like all others as to seem
the same in substance and in structure, and the fluid from
[p. 204] all glands is absolutely alike, being thin and clear,
so why should we not believe that it serves the same pur-
poses? The glands situated round the mouth and fauces
secrete their fluid during mastication, in order to moisten
and to soften the foodstuffs, and so render them easier to
move around in the mouth, and to be more rapidly swallowed.
In the same way, I think, it is very highly probable that
that large gland is situated there, and its duct opens into
the intestines, so that the fluid it secretes may mix with the
descending chyle, and this may thereby more readily enter
the narrow lacteal channels, and effect its passage more
freely and with less hindrance. The chyle, too, is sometimes
liable to stagnate and to clot in the lacteal vessels, either
through its thickness or through insufficient intake of drink
(which should act as a medium for its carriage), and is there-
fore likely to overfill and to distend these vessels, as I once
saw in a dog whose pancreas was sclerosed. So glands seem
to have been placed here and there in the mesentery in
order to pour a similar watery fluid into the chyle as it
passes by, so that it may become ever thinner and more
[p. 205] dilute (as it always quite obviously does beyond the
glands of the mesentery). And, though this watery fluid may
have other functions as well, yet, as there is such danger of
the chyle halting within those fine hair-like ducts, and
obstructing its own passage by its thickness, it would seem
that the Creator provided for its mixture with the watery
fluid passed into the intestines by the Pancreas — to facilitate
its passage into the lacteals — and also for its dilution, in the
middle of its course from the intestines to the receptaculum,
by the same very thin, watery fluid secreted in the glands
of the mesentery — so that it might complete the rest of its
journey towards the receptaculum commune.
INTO THE BLOOD
Into this receptaculum discharge all the lacteal veins like
so many pipes into a common milk-reservoir ; and, to prevent
stagnation and clotting therein, all the lymphatic vessels
coming from the whole of the lower part of the body, and
from all the viscera and glands in the abdomen, give up their
[p. 206] lymph to the receptaculum. In this their object is
twofold, first, to keep it always clean and in good condition
by their very thin fluid, and, secondly, to dilute the chyle
further and to facilitate its passage through the thoracic
ducts. And, to prevent its clotting for any reason between
the receptaculum and the subclavian vein, numerous smaller
glands are placed all round the thoracic viscera, and secrete
their lymph into the chyliferous ducts at various points, God,
apparently, making sure that the sole support of our life
should not anywhere lack a free passage.
Further, the chyle ascends with greater difficulty through
the thoracic vessels, especially in the erect position of the
body, as in man, and is therefore more liable to clotting on
account of its slow movement. So this large receptacle is
placed between the tendons of the diaphragm at their spinal
attachments; as a result these tendons, being strongly
stretched every time the diaphragm contracts on inspiration,
compress and stimulate this milk-sac very forcibly, if it is
[p. 207] distended. In this way they expel its contained
chyle through the chyliferous ducts into the subclavian vein,
and replenish by this constant inflow the continual loss
suffered by the blood-mass.
Moreover, as the blood and life itself depend on a constant
inflow of fresh chyle, this fluid must always have a free,
unimpeded entry into the blood. So the chyliferous ducts,
through almost the whole of their course from the recepta-
culum to the subclavian vein, with the exception of the
cardiac region, are two in number, and communicate with
one another like the sides of a ladder. The object of this is
clearly that the chyle may pass up by the second, if the first
is blocked.
Finally, to prevent its encountering resistance or obstruc-
tion of any kind at its actual entry, it passes into the sub-
clavian vein by two openings as a rule, and sometimes by
more (or, if only one is found, by a relatively wider mouth) ;
and, to prevent the passing blood from entering this aperture
THE PASSAGE ETC. OF CHYLE
and filling it, a valve is drawn across it like a lid. This repels
the blood returning from the jugular and axillary veins,
[p. 208] and with the spread of its sail protects this open-
ing from the inflow of the hurrying blood. This will be clear
from the explanation, which follows later, of Plate 6, Fig. 2.
This is the one and only way by which the chyle from the
stomach and intestines passes into the blood and into the
heart. But, as some people still indulge in the same mistake
as did the older writers, and state boldly that the mesenteric
veins take up chyle from the intestines, I myself once gave
the matter careful attention, and finally satisfied myself,
as a result of many experiments, that the whole store of
chyle passes into the blood by no other way than the chyli-
ferous ducts. If the passage of chyle through the thoracic
vessels is impeded, the animal, no matter how sated it is
with food, will die within a few days of utter starvation.
This I found in two dogs, though by different methods. In
one I opened the thorax on the right side between two of the
lower ribs, inserted my finger, and, using the nail which I
had cut like a saw, burst and tore open the receptaculum
[p. 209] commune, which was very distended three hours
after food. Free exit into the thoracic cavity was thus
provided for the chyle, and its passage into the chyliferous
ducts was completely interrupted. After I had done this and
sewn up the wound, I gave the animal as much food as it
wished to take. However, when it died in a few days' time,
and I made an immediate dissection of it, I found the stomach
and intestines very full, and the lacteal veins themselves
distended with chyle, yet no chyle was visible in the whole
of the thoracic duct, while two pounds of it were discovered
on the side of the chest on which I had ruptured the recepta-
culum commune. Hence I think it quite clear that this
animal died of starvation, owing to obstruction to the
passage of chyle through the thoracic ducts, although its
stomach was crammed with food.
To render this more certain, however, I made a hole in
similar fashion in another dog, but on the opposite or left
side between the third and fourth upper ribs. In this region
the two chyliferous ducts usually join to form a single trunk ;
this trunk then goes along on the lower side of the oesophagus,
where it rests on the underlying muscle, under the common
INTO THE BLOOD
[p. 210] coat of the thorax to the subclavian vein. I inserted
my ringer, then, through the opening of the wound, and
ruptured this duct in similar fashion; when this had been
done, the chyle could get out into the cavity of the left side
of the chest, but could not pass any further. I attended to
the wound as before and kept the dog well fed for a few days.
From this time it began to weaken, and died a little after.
When, however, I dissected its thorax, I found the compart-
ment of the thorax, where this duct was ruptured, completely
filled with chyle, and the lung glued to that side. To con-
vince myself still further that this channel had been ruptured
so well that it was no longer able to transport any chyle, I
injected water from a syringe into the chyliferous duct lower
down, but it was unable to pass beyond the point where the
channel had been interrupted, and all exuded into the
thoracic cavity. A clear proof that chyle does not pass in
through the mesenteric veins, and that no other way is
open for it to mix with the blood, since an animal perishes
so surely as a result of obstruction to the chyle's passage
through the thoracic vessels. The following fact is, however,
[p. 211] the most convincing argument for the chyle not
flowing into the mesenteric veins. If blood is taken after a
day or two from an animal so treated, no chyle will be visible
in it, although it has fed very well a few hours before, while
the direct opposite should have happened, if the inflow had
not been completely interrupted in this way.
After this clear treatment of the subject, it will surely
be a cause of wonder that any one should undertake any
further defence of the Liver, and that, in order to reclaim
for it its old blood-forming function, he should oppose
Pecquet with the experiment of Louis Bils. I have often
tried that experiment of Bils without success, and I shall
also, by this experiment of my own, ensure for the future a
general acceptance of the view, that the Chyle is instilled
into, and mixed with, the blood by no other way than by the
ducts of Pecquet.
All the chyle flows out into the thoracic cavity when these
ducts are ruptured. In similar fashion, if this duct on the
left side of the thorax (with the hole made in the same place
as before) is compressed for an hour by the insertion of one's
finger, the chyle is unable to pass by any other route to the
THE PASSAGE ETC. OF CHYLE
blood. It therefore causes such swelling and distension in
the receptaculum commune, and indeed in all the lacteal
[p. 212] vessels in the mesentery and lower part of the
abdomen, as a result of this obstruction, that they can never
be more clearly or visibly demonstrated. It is certainly
extremely pleasant to see their structure, valves, and anasto-
moses, their different windings in and out, the dense network
they make as they pass through the whole circumference
and surface of the intestines, and the swellings, like the joints
in girls' necklaces, which they show in their orderly concen-
tration below the receptaculum. All this far surpasses any-
thing that any one has hitherto written or drawn on this
subject.
It is, further, well worth noting that, as a result of this
obstruction to the thoracic duct, the chyle is so thrust and
pushed back into the lymphatic vessels in the chest and in
the abdomen generally, despite the resistance offered by the
valves, that at first glance it may perhaps deceive the un-
wary, and lead them to believe in the presence of the dew-
bearing ducts of Bils ; though actually this is due solely to
the fact that this white juice is prevented from flowing along
its proper course, and so regurgitates into those vessels.
Just, perhaps, as rivers are pushed back into their beds by
[p. 213] the incoming sea and yield before the force of its
inrush. Similarly, just as the rivers drop to their old level
when the tide has gone out, when that pressure is removed
and the entry of chyle into the blood is restored, it is all
absorbed back again into the thoracic ducts, and leaves
behind it no trace in those lymphatic vessels.
Plate 6, Fig. 2 shows the way in which this experiment is
carried out. In this figure
aa are the two chyliferous ducts joining to form a single
trunk on the left side of the chest.
b is the place where this trunk is compressed by the in-
sertion of a finger.
cccc are its valves, which swell up on both sides below the
point of compression, as a result of the backflow of chyle
caused by the blocking of the duct.
d is the trunk lying collapsed above the point of compression,
as a result of hindrance to the passage of chyle.
INTO THE BLOOD
e is the jugular vein,
f is the axillary vein.
g is the same vein at its junction with the descending vena
cava.
[p. 214] h is the opening of the chyliferous duct, where the
chyle brought from the receptaculum commune is poured
into the subclavian vein.
i is the valve placed at that opening, which carries the blood
returning from the jugular and axillary veins across it,
so that they shall not hinder the inflow of chyle.
This experiment, moreover, is so pleasing, and can so
easily be performed by a skilful hand, that I will describe
more in detail the manner and the method of its execution.
Draw back the left forelimb of the dog, and pierce the
thorax between the third and fourth upper ribs a little above
the heart. Here the duct passes in a single trunk, on the
lower side of the oesophagus, over the underlying muscle
of the gullet. Then insert a ringer and press the whole
oesophagus on to that muscle; this will ensure the closure
of the duct also. The ringer should be inserted, however, in
such a way as to keep clear of the axillary artery lying next
door, and must be kept thus for an hour (and, if the limbs
[p. 215] of the dog are relaxed a little after the insertion of the
finger, it will suffer this more patiently). When all this has
been done, it is most noticeable that no trace of chyle is
apparent in blood which is withdrawn, as long as this com-
pression interrupts the movement of chyle, provided such
operation is effected immediately after feeding. Within half
an hour, however, after the pressure is relaxed, a large amount
of undigested milk will be seen floating on the surface of
a further sample of blood.
Now that I have thus shown the whole course of the
chyle from the intestines to the subclavian vein, the only
thing left for me to demonstrate is the way in which it
unites with the blood, and the successive changes it under-
goes before it is fitted to accomplish the nutrition of the
organs, or to be turned into actual blood. It will therefore
be right to remark that the chyle is continuously flowing into
the blood, and, joining slowly with it, is carried along in its
company, and is purified and elaborated more or less in
THE PASSAGE ETC. OF CHYLE
proportion as it ferments and circulates in the blood-mass
for a greater or lesser time.
For, if it is deposited in the breasts and udders, while it is
still fresh and has not yet been purified in the blood for
[p. 216] several hours, it retains its character and original
appearance to such an extent, that it cannot be distinguished
from chyle itself either by taste or by colour. This I have
often found in pregnant animals. For, on comparing chyle
from the receptaculum commune, chyle floating on the
surface of drawn blood, and milk squeezed from the udders,
I was never able to perceive any difference at all (except
that the chyle in the receptaculum was somewhat more salt
to the taste). One cannot doubt, therefore, that the whole of
the milk is deposited in the udders and breasts from the
blood itself through the mammary arteries ; and one must not
go searching in vain for other ducts to transfer this milky
juice more directly from the stomach and intestines to these
glands. For the blood is turgid with such chyle, and this
fluid is driven with the blood to all the organs of the body.
Why, then, should one not be permitted to suppose that, at
the individual arrivals of fluid, this white juice is separated
off in the filter of the udders, and passes into the excretory
vessels and milk-tubules ?
[p. 217] For, when the chyle is mixed with the blood-mass,
it does not lose its nature and character with such rapidity
as to give up its whiteness at once ; indeed, it remains quite
unchanged for some considerable time, and circulates with
the blood like milk. This any one will be able to try daily,
for, if blood is withdrawn from any vein or artery in an
animal four or five hours, or longer, after a fairly good meal,
a large amount of actual milky chyle will be seen floating
on the surface of the clotted blood, as I have stated elsewhere.
I have tried this in various human beings; in these subjects
all the vessels appeared fuller of milk than of blood, if a vein
was incised after a good breakfast or luncheon. This Pheno-
menon was observed, I grant, by the doctors of earlier days,
but they were quite unaware of its cause.
While, however, the chyle retains its colour for several
hours despite its admixture with the blood, if it circulates
somewhat longer with the blood, it completely loses its
whiteness as a result of the long-continued interaction with
INTO THE BLOOD
[p. 218] this fluid, and is reduced to serum. If venesection is
performed a long time after a meal, there remains no appear-
ance of milk, and serum only will be seen floating on the
surface of the blood-clot. Yet, although they appear to
differ so much in thickness and in colour, this at all events
the chyle poured into the blood, the serum floating on drawn
blood, and the milk squeezed from udders, have in common,
namely, that, if they are gently heated until they have
lost their watery constituents, they all set equally into a
jelly.
The better to understand how and by what successive
steps the chyle is converted into blood and carries out the
nutrition of the organs, you must know that the vital spirit
and other active principles in the blood-fluid act on the
constantly-inflowing chyle, and break it up into very fine
particles. When, for example, the chyle is very full of salt,
sulphur, and spirit, these active constituents acquire freedom
of movement as soon as its structure is loosened by fermenta-
tion, and they at once join with the blood-constituents which
are of similar or of related character. In the blood, indeed
[p. 219] (as in wine and other such fluids) the spirits, on
acquiring control, dislodge, and free their mass of, all thicker
and cruder particles which come into contact with them, and
so render the remainder of the fluid clearer and purer.
After the chyle is so perfected, it is completely fitted both
for the restoration of blood-fluid and for the nutrition of the
body as a whole. For, being composed of various principles
and constituents, and being of diverse and varied charac-
ter and properties, it is added in varying ways to the
organs according to the varying functional need of
each, and according as it answers and conforms to the
different pores and openings. Hence the most volatile and
ethereal portion of it is separated off in the brain, and is
allotted to the renewal of spirits, while the more viscous
portion is set apart for the body's nutrition, and the sul-
phurous portion is designed to renew the body's heat.
Moreover, while it is being carried with the rest of the blood
throughout the body, the watery saline portion of it is
separated through the kidneys, and is got rid of by insensible
[p. 220] transpiration or sweating: the burnt-up portion is
deposited in the liver: and the refuse of it which is left
1
THE PASSAGE ETC. OF CHYLE INTO THE BLOOD
departs like so many casts-off in the various cleansing pro-
cesses of the body, so that its remaining mass becomes
thereby purer and clearer.
The cause of our life consists in this alone, that the blood
in its continuous passage through the whole of the body
carries round heat and nutriment to all the organs, and that
ever-fresh chyle passes into the blood in due measure and
amount, restoring with equivalent supplies the daily loss of
blood-fluid, and refreshing it with its continuous inflow.
SUMMARY OF CHAPTERS
CHAPTER I
THE POSITION AND STRUCTURE OF THE HEART
%* [The page numbers here given refer to the pages of the original
text, as repeated at the beginnings of the lines of the transla-
tion.]
Knowledge of the heart's movement is highly necessary for
a correct understanding of the nature and of the patho-
logical conditions of the blood Page I
The varying position of the heart in different animals and
the cause of this 3
The description and function of the pericardium 4
The source of the serum within the pericardium and its
function 6
The nature of the fluid ibid ,
The final cause why the pericardium is attached to the
diaphragm in man, contrary to what happens in lower
animals 7
The efficient catise for this adhesion 9
The reason why the apex of the human heart is deflected
to the left much more than that of lower animals ibid.
The base of the heart is supported chiefly by its vessels,
and hangs down from them 10
The vessels which arise from the heart, and those which end
in it 11
The heart is fed by the nutrient juice deposited in its sub-
stance by the arteries, and not by that which it receives
into its ventricles 12
The vessels of the heart 13
The nerves of the heart 14
The variation in inflow of animal spirits into the heart
through the nerves, its relation to the variation in shape
of the animal, and its cause 15
The substance of the heart is entirely muscular 17
No muscle in the body consists of a single belly, as Anatom- 18, 19,
ists have hitherto held, but all have two bellies 20
The boiled Deltoid muscle is seen to be very complex 21
1 2
SUMMARY OF CHAPTERS
Even the separate portions of the ' biventral muscles ' in
the neck, on either side of the jugular veins, are double-
bellied. The reason for their union in common central
tendons 22
The heart-muscle is two-bellied 23
The heart-fibres are inserted into a tendon situated at the
base of the heart and round its openings 24
The heart must be boiled for the fibres to show 27
The reason why the left ventricle of the heart is supplied
with thicker and stronger fibres 33
The fibres of the auricles are inserted into the tendon of
the heart ibid.
The proportion between the ventricles of the heart, Why
is it not the same between the auricles? 35
The reason the outer surface of the heart is smooth, and
the inner not 36, 39
The reason the clefts and fissures are larger in the left
ventricle of the heart ibid.
The function of the papillae and the tricuspid membranes 41, 42,
in the right ventricle, and the way in which they effect it 43
The function of the fleshy columns in the left ventricle, the
way in which it is effected, and the reason for their
protuberance above the rest of the surface 43, 44
The reason the fleshy columns and fibres in the left
ventricle are larger than the fleshy papillae and fibres
in the right 46
The function of the swelling within the vena cava just in
front of the right auricle 48
The reason the vena cava and pulmonary vein are fleshy
and muscular just in front of the heart-openings 50
The reason the aorta curves in a little above the heart 51
The description and function of the foramen ovale 54, 55
The heart is muscular in substance in all animals 57
CHAPTER II
THE MOVEMENT OF THE HEART
There is no ferment, or ebullition of blood, within the heart 62, 63
Ebullition of blood within the heart a hindrance to its
systole, and unnecessary for its diastole 64
Experimental proof that the heart's movement is not
dependent on ebullition of blood 66, 67
Objections are refuted 68, 69
The heart of the blood does not come from the heart 71
SUMMARY OF CHAPTERS
The immediate mechanisms of movement in the heart are
its own fleshy fibres, nerves, and spirits flowing in
through them 73
The action of the heart is the same as that of the other
muscles 74
The movement of any muscle is not produced by its
inflation, or by the conflict of inflowing spirits 76, 77
The manner in which the heart-muscle becomes more
contracted, and the apex rises up towards the base, at
each systole 79, 80
The whole of the heart's movement is located in systole,
diastole is but a movement of restitution 80
The reason the left ventricle is stronger and thicker than
the right 81
There is no passage of blood through the septum of the heart 83
The force and strength of the heart's systole 84
The whole of the force and activity is communicated to
the heart by the inflow of spirits along the nerves 86
When their inflow is prevented, the heart's movement fails ibid.
The number of ways in which the heart's movement is
changed, and the causes of such changes 88
The way laughing is accomplished, and the way it impedes
the circulation of blood if it is excessive 90
The way hiccough interferes with the heart's movement 92
The interdependence of heart and brain is demonstrated 93
Both depend on the stomach 94
The way the heart's movement is upset by the heart's own
disorders 97
The degree of disturbance of the heart's movement by
hydrops cordis 98
Excessive accumulation of serum within the pericardium
is not the cause of palpitation ibid.
The harmful effects on the heart caused by lack of this serum 99
The kind of symptoms produced by worms born within
the pericardium 101
The reason arteries are provided with a relatively thick
coat, but veins with a thin one 103
The effect on the organs of obstruction, compression, or
wasting of arteries 104, 105
The effect of compression of the aorta below the heart 107
The reason patients with chronic gonorrhoea or uterine
discharge suffer from excessive weakness of the spine 108
The mechanism by which arterial section relieves pains 110
The way varices are produced, and the kind of harm they
do to the heart, if they are large 113
SUMMARY OF CHAPTERS
The effect of ligature of the vena cava above the diaphragm
in the dog 117
The manner of ligaturing this vein is demonstrated ibid.
The residt of ligature of the jugular veins in the dog 118
Ascites is not produced by rupture of lymphatic vessels ibid.
Experimental proof of the amount of harm caused to the
heart by coagulation of blood 119, 120
The effect of excessive plethora 121
What accelerates the heart's movement 122
What diminishes it 123
What perverts it 124
What suppresses it 125
What abolishes it completely 126
The result of diminution of the heart's movement 128
The way the so-called heart-polyp is produced 129
The usefulness of exercise is demonstrated 130
The effects produced in the head by feeble movement of
the heart 131
The effect produced in the head by rapid movement of the
blood 132
The way the blood-flow changes with variation in the
position and shape of the body 133
The circulation of blood is quicker in the upper parts of
the body, slower in the lower 134
The effects of quicker or of slower circidation in the organs 135
The position of the head in sleep which is most conducive
to health 137
Late nocturnal drinkings very disadvantageous to health 140
Why the supine position is disadvantageous in sleep 143,147,
148
Passage of fluid down from the brain does not occur 150
The path by which serum passes from the brain into the
blood ibid.
CHAPTER III
THE MOVEMENT AND COLOUR OF THE BLOOD
The number of times the whole of the blood circulates
through the heart 154
The measure of the circulation is estimated by the urine-
outflow 158
It is further confirmed by experiment 159
The red colour of arterial blood does not result from any
heating of it within the heart 164
This is proved by experiment 165
SUMMARY OF CHAPTERS
The dark colour of venous blood does not result from any
extinction of its heat 166
The red colour of arterial blood is entirely due to the lungs 166
The same is proved by experiment 167
This red colour does not result from fragmentation of the
blood in the lungs, but from its admixture with the in-
spired air 168
The blood does not undergo fragmentation in the lungs
any more than in the rest of the body ibid.
Experimental proof that this bright colour is due to admix-
ture with air 169
The source of the dark colour of venous blood 173
CHAPTER IV
TRANSFUSION OF BLOOD
The train of thought by which transfusion of blood was
first reasoned out, and the means by which it was
accomplished 172
Where, and by whom, it was first attempted 174
The cause of its publication 176
The complete apparatus for blood-transfusion is described 185
The bodies, and state of health, in which it should be tried 190
CHAPTER V
THE CHYLE, ITS PASSAGE INTO THE BLOOD,
AND ITS TRANSFORMATION INTO BLOOD
The daily expenditure of blood is constantly replaced by
fresh chyle 193
Nothing is deposited within the stomach from the spleen
through the vas breve 194
Description of all the vessels common to spleen and
stomach ibid.
The stomach ferment comes directly from the blood itself 198
Proof of this ibid.
The reason the intestines are made so long 199
The chief function of their peristaltic movement 200
The way chyle is separated off in the intestines ibid.
The fluid secreted by the Pancreas is of very great use in
diluting the chyle 203
The reason all the glands in the abdomen and in the whole
of the lower part of the body deposit their lymph in the
receptaculum 205
SUMMARY OF CHAPTERS
The reason the receptaculum is placed between the tendons
of the diaphragm 206
The reason the chyliferous ducts are double 205
The function of the valve situated in the subclavian vein
at the point where the chyle flows into the blood 207
All the chyle flows into the blood through the thoracic ducts
alone 208
This is proved by various experiments 209, 211
The way in which the chyle is converted into blood, and
the successive steps in the process 218
The way it serves to nourish the organs 219
THE END
TRACTATUS
CORDE
ITEM
De Motu 6c Colore
SANGUINIS
E T
Chyli in ettm Tranfitu.
AUTHORE
%ichardo Lower, M. D.
10 NX) INI:
Typis Jo. Redmayne impends Jacobs
K^dteftry ad Iniigne Rojk-Coromtx
in Vico vulgo difto Duck-
lane. MDCLXIX.
Made and Printed by the Replika Process in Great Britain by
Percy Lund, Humphries & Co. Ltd.
3 Amen Corner, London, E.C.4.
and at Bradford
Clariflimo viro
Dno Thorn* Millington y
M. D.
Irabuntur alii,for-
te & ipfe miraris,
vir ornatiffime,
de corde & fanguine ,
poft tot viros celebres,
qui matcriam hanc non
tantiim tra&auc fed &:
exhaufifle videantur, a
me quicquam amplius
proferri : Et quidem
Harveim quantum ad no-
biliffimumcirculationis
A 3 in*
inventum pertinuit, fa-
bricam cordis , motum-
que fanguinis ita dc-
fcripfit, utpofteris nihil
fere aut addendum aut
defiderandum relique-
rit. Verum ut in coe-
Joruiii Hypotbefi Ttole-
maica, prxter immen-
fas orbium revoluti-
ones, rninores quoquc
epicycli planetis affig-
nantur', ipfi eti am ad
phenomena explicanda
neceflarii ; Sic in hu-
mani corporis fyftema-
te, etiam in illo aliorum
animal ium, prater cir-
culationem
culationem Harveianam,
funt 6c alia porro con-
fideranda, qua? minuti-
ora licet, ad folidamta-
men variorum fymp-
tomatum aztiologiam
haud parum faciunt.
Quid quod & Harveiut,
fi per auatem &: otium
licuiflet, plurapoliiceri
videtur ipfeLib.de Cir-
cul. Sang. cap. 9. Sed
quantum in unoquoque propella-
tur fingulis pulfatiofiibus , &•
(juando plus &■ quando minus s
qua de causa , accuratim
pofthac ex mult is obfervationi"
bus a me forfan palam fiet.
A 4 Sed,
Sed, quod maximedo-
lendumeft, &illevoto
fuo,&: nos ipe noftra ex-
cidimus : Cum itaque
nemo hadenus, quo
fuppleantur ifta , vel
cordis ipfius fabricam
motumquc plene cnar-
randum, vel tranfeuntis
fanguinis velocitatem
& menfuram re£te com.
putandam, vel venofi
atque arteriofi quoad
colorem difcrimen cla-
re illuftrandum fufcepe-
rit; faitem iniis expli-
candis quicquam fatis
pcrfeceric, uc votis ex-
cel-
cellentiffimiviri aliqua
in re ultra quam adhuc
praeftitum fit occurre-
rem, in ipfa cordis pe«
netraliadefcendere, ip-
fumquo vitas fontem
rimari & recludere co-
natus fum: Non quod
totam ejus hiftoriam
tradere, vel affe&us ejus
omnes &c pathemata e-
docere aut fpei noftrae
fitaut confilii : Verum
ut quam dixi fabricam,
motumque ejus, variaf-
que ejufdemanomalias,
earumquo caufas &
fymptomata, quantum
ob-
obfervando afiequi po*
tui, & adremmedicam
facere videatur, matu-
rius expenderem&fu-
fius. explicarem. Si quid
autem mancum adhuc
& pro partis ufu & dig-
flitate non fatis ample
dictum fkerit, id poft-
hac forfin, cum plurcs
hac in re obfervationes
congeflerim , pleniiis
abfolvam_>.
Pudet interim piget-
que dum nonnulli in
hoc noftro faeculo fani-
ori philofophiae promo-
vendas tamutilem, tarn*
que
quo Humano generi
falutarem operam im-
pend unf, non dcefle
tamen alios, quorum ea
eft five malitia in Uni-
vedos, five in fingulos
invidia , ufhuic tarn
laudabili inftituto po-
nant omne illud quan*
turn-/ poflunf impedi-
ment^ illud bene, quod
per infcitiam_» majus
non_> poflunr' : Inter
quos fummaj protervias
6c ftuporis Mean qui-
dam Hybertms ceteris
omnibus palmam pra>
ripero videtur : Cui,
Im-
Imperito ipfi, alios tcire
quicquam dolet j id
quod fcripta ab illo,
utcunque Tub larvato
titulo Cml°nts CaJSinii nu-
per edita, palam faci-
unc. Vemm ifta omit-
to, quia ea in parte fi
cum illo certandum
eflet, non tarn eflet mihi
in arenam quam fter-
quilinium defcenden-
dum , ubi contracts
fordes vidoriau non_»
compenfet. Atqui cr-
rores quod attinct, eos
prasfertim qui de cordis
ufu, motuquo languid
nis,
nis, turn etiam do
chyli natura, ejufquo
in fanguinem tranfi-
tu ( dzj quibus tarn
imperite fcripfit, ac fi
jam annos quadraginta
altum dormiviflet, nec*
dum evigilaflet fatis )
quia eos filentio non^
praeteriri aliorum intc-
reft, quatuor fpcciatim
fcq. Tractat. capita a_>
mu confcripta_» iunt -
quae omniaj diftincle
tradidi, non tarn ut ejus
infcitiam ( fatis utique
jamdiu perfpc&am )
magis detegerem,quam
ut
uf communi ftudio
& commodo profpice-
rem.
Dum in his fum, de
<*5\£ujcdoruni-j StmUura,
quam longe aliam at-
que ha&enus credita->
efbdeprehendi ; deSeri
e cerebro exitujzvn pr imum
dete&o ; de Colore fan-
guinis arteriofii & de variis
fymptomatis non pauca
a me primo obfervata
hicillicinterfperfi. De-
ri: que^? de <Tramfu/tons
caput^ integrum ad-
junxi, cum ob materia?
affinitatem, turn etiam
ut
tit celeberrimi hujus
experimenti inventio,
cui jure debita eft, Au*
thoriafleratur*
Quicquid horutn Ju-
dicii tui examini pro-
batum non erit, excu*
fabit ingenii tui can-
dor, nec refpues hoc
affe£tus in te mei pig-
nus & teftimonium->
nefcioapud alios quam-
diu duraturum, certe a
me debitum
Tui Amantiffimo
TZjchardo Lower.
ERRATA
PAg.22.Iin. antipenult, leg.atque,p.22.1.i50
1. tibramm, p.31. 1.8.1. fibras, p.33. I.23. pro
& quidem, !. qiiarum, p.37. 1.2. 1. & robore,
p#35>. I.7. 1. vcntrieulo, p.40. 1.2. 1. cjuod, p.
41. 1.17. 1. gu;tula, I.23. l.earumquc, I.27. 1.
fcras, p.42. 1.12. 1. quo, I.13. Lconformationej
p.44.1.2.I,quod, I.18.I. cor aqua, p.45. l.ult.
1. coqucdilatationem, p.47.1.18, 1. aortse, p.
49. I.18. 1. in laevum, p.52. l.ult. 1. fig. quartk
p.53.1. 20.I. fig. quinta, p.54. 1 18. l.nondum.
p.55. 1. itmen* p.57. 1.2. dele totiim, p.6"tf 1.
1 .1. quarum, p. 78. l.io.I. iterum, p. 82. 1.8.
Learum, p.88.1.9. l.fit, p.89. 1.18. l.paroxyfmi,
p.94.. Li. 1. tranfmittitur, p.ioi; \Jlu l.applica-
co,p.io6, 1.24.I. ramls, p.no.l.i8.1. quocum^
p.m. I.4.I. quantum, p.114.1.18. l.inhibcndo,
Li 6. 1. earum, p.119.1.17. 1. praecludat,p.i25. 1.3,
l.plerunquc a, p.131. l.a. l.par^ p;i34» I.14. 1.
fanguisab, p.135. 1.13. pro in, l.ab,p.i36\l.l.
L namutut, 1. 6. pro etiam, 1. autcm, p. 137,
l.io.I. experrecl:us,p.i38*1.8. dele intra, I.15.
l.aquofior, p. 141. I.14. l.confuctudine, 1 15.
1. lcdo,p.i43.1 4.' l.quod, p. 145.I.24. 1. im-
pcrvia, p.147.1.8. pro tamen, \. tandem, I17.
l.deflueus,p.is 1.1.3. pro & quidem,l.Atque,
p.165. 1.21, 1. vita, p.t6$>.\.2o.l. alacriores, p.*
171. I.9. l.circularem, p.^4, 1.22. 1. cxperi-
mention* p. 188. L antipcnult, 1 quod, poTfli#
J.p. 1, acelcit, i, ult, 1, Fiduciiv
(ij
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
S&^tSiSJ SI SJ ^} 'SJ X ^ ^5 ^ ^2
Cordis Anatome.
CAP. I.
CW/> 5Vf«f cjt Stru&urd.
Urn ad Sanguinis naturam &
affe&us dignofeendos, non
tantumeircularem ejus nio-
tuminveftigafle, fed &mo-
tus illius, numeros3principia,&: diverfas
alterationes , earumque caufes cog-
nofcere atque inter fe conferre , nee
non ipfiusliquoris copiam fingulispul-
fibus traje&am juxta seftimare, pluri-
B mum
2 CarAk fitus Cap. i .
mum inter/it •, opera? pretium exifti-
mavi rem totam (a plcnlque adhuc o-
miffam, ab aliis, & ab ipfo quoque
Harveio optatam porius qiiam explt-
catam,) quantum conje&ura &expe-
rimentis allequi potero, clare 8c bre-
viter cnarrare.
Verum cum motus Sanguinis Cordis
motui debeatur, abfque quo nec faris
intclligi poteft nccper/iftcre > dehujus
Situ & Stru&ura, quzdam prxfanda
(unc, quibus rite perpenfis atque in-
vicem collatis magis in promptu eric
concipere, quam accurate tumFabri-
ea turn Situs ejus ad motum compa-
rantur , &r quam apxe conftituuntur
omnia ad Cinguincm in panes univerfi
corporis diftribuendum.
Itaquc Homini, & Carnivoris fere
quibuf^ue animalibus cordis fedesnon
in centre fed in fiiperiofe corporis par-
te conftituta eft, ut debitam (anguinis
portionem eo facilius fiirfum in caput
effimderer; Nam cumtrajedio & di~
ftributiofanguinis a cordis fyftoleom-
nino dependeat, nec liquor ejus ex
natura fiia tamprompte in partes fiipe-
riorcsj
Cap. i. &- Struckra. 3
riores, quam in vafii parallela aut de~
orfum in fubjeda propellitur : ii cordis
Situs a capite remotior eflet, fieri non
poflet, quin ant ipfum robuftius for-
matum oportuit ut forciore idu liquo-
rem projiceret, aut ob defedum San-
guinis fepenuinero caput vacillarer,
Inanimalibusautemqua:Iongiore col-
lo & quafi ad vidum porredo donan-
tur, a capite xque ac ceteris partibus
remotus eft Cordis fitus 5 neque in-
commodi quicquam exinde fentiunt,
quia capite plerumquependulo vidum
quasrunt , adeoque £mguis , ut Ion-
giore quam in ceteris intervallo ita
duduplaniore &:fepiusdeclivi in caput
transhinditur.
Parscordi maxime vicma (de qua
pauca praemittenda funt) eft membra-
ne fa ejus capfiila, Pericardium inde
dida quod ipfum Cor (ut cortex nu-
cleumj undiqjampledatur : Membrana
eft firma 6c robufta cum Pleura undi-
que communis &: continua, ni(i ubi a
valis perforatum ejufdem quoque figu -
rx&c pcene magnitudinis eft cumipfo
Corde, cui fubfidium tarn neceffarium
B z prceftat,
4 Cordis fitus Cap. i .
praftat, ut inavibusminoribus, Terpen-
tibusjranis, & in omnibus praetereavel
minimis animalculis qux ha&enusdiC
fecarelicuit,nunquamdefiderctur. De
ufii ejus optima fit conjc&ura ex li-
quore quern continen Prceterquam
enim quod cordis parenchyma invo-
lucro ifto munitum nec corrumpitur
ab empyemate , nec pufrnonibus ad-
nafcitur j &: ceteris adjaccntium par-
tiummjuriis minus exponitur; prse-
terca in vacuo inter cor &membranam
ambitu Serum quoddam, feu aqua
tenuis, temper reperituiy qua externa
cordis liiperficies continuo hume&a-
tur, quae alioqui exPerenni agitatione
&: calore marefcere & corrugari> ad-
ecqueadmotum inepta reddi poteric.
Unde autem humor ifte provcniat
8c a quo poti/fimum Fontc profluat,
hadlenus non ita recte pronuntiatum
eft : Plerique enim humdf es ferofos
ab x&u cordis in nubem efevatos ac
denfitate hujus membrane coercitos in
aquam iftam condenfari & proinde
pro ratione temperamenti plus in cali-
dioribus, in frigidis autem minus a-
bundare
Cap.r. &• Struttura. 5
bundare ftatuunt. Verum fi hanc ori-
girtem hujus aqux atque caufam elTe
concedamus, utiquc non apparet quare
majore copia plerumque hie loci non
congericur > quippe cum humores a
concinuo cordis xftu in nubem fafci-
tari atque amembrana hac incus cohi-
beri & in aquamconverti debene, quid
impedit quo minus in copiamjuftoma-
jorem, quantamque hxc capfiila con-
tinerenonpoterit3augeatun Prseterea,
cum continui incrementi fuerit, ni fi-
mul &exitilm alicubi habeat, aut diu-
tina ftagnatione corrumpi, adeoquc
cordi infefta reddi, aut faltem nimia
ejus inundatione, cor ipfiim obriii
neceffe fit.
Quare ut aqux hujus fontcm alibi
quxramus, advertereoportetNaturam
in variis corporis partibus ubi opens
aut fun&ionum cadem aut par ratio
eft, iifdem plerumque machinis atque
inftrumenti* uci > & quemadmodum
glandulas lacrymales adhumorem fug-
gerendum quo oculi illinantur atque
madefiant, (ablque quo iicci,& motui
inhabilcs, evaderent) pariter & juxta
B 3 cordis
6 £W» fit w Cap. i.
cordis bafin diverfas glandulas confti-
tuic, e quibus humor intra capfulam
exftillat, & in vacuo iftofpatiohucilluc
agitatus cordis fiiperficiem undique al-
luit, quo promptior & facilior ejus
motus redderetur.
Porro kumoremiftumnon mereex-
crementitium aut inilarroris ftillatitii
aqueum, fed Scri potius nutritii e fan-
guine promanantis , partem efle , ex-
inde conftat, quod ignis calori vel
paululum admotus , non aliter quam
ierum fanguini poll: vensefe&ionem in-
natans, aut lympha e glandulis ftcreta
in gelatinam albam incrailatur : Qua-
lem quidem confiftentiam nec fudor
neque urina qualicunque co&ione ac-
quirit, fed vel omnino in auras exhalat,
aut in Sabulum induratur. Unicum
tantum fiiper hac re obiter notasndum
eft, nempe aquam in pericardio con-
tentam illam (olummodo huic experi-
mento idoneam efle, qux in animali
bene conftituto & violenta morte
perempto reperitur, cujus utpote fan-
guis fero nutritio diluitur : Nam in
animalibus morbo defun&is aut longa
in-
Cap. I. & Structure 7
inappetentia &inedia confedis, quo-
rum nempe fanguis fucco chylofo
prorfus deftituitur ; ncque eadem ratio
eft, & impar fiiccellus : Caeterum in
(anioribus tarn manifefta res eft ut 2-
perco jugulati Bovis pericardio mag-
nam plerumque concrete gelatinx
copiam invenias, quirextin&o tantum
calore partis, aut {pontefua aut a fri-
gore in iftam confiftentiam conden-
fatur, non aliter quam decocium C,
cervi, ubi frigido aeri expbnituringe-
latinam fubito concrefcit.
Verum de Liquore intra capfulam
contento, di&um fatis : de membrana
ipsa adhuc inquirendum reftat quxfit
caufa turn finalis turn efficiens, quod
pericardium in Homine fepto tranlver-
fo Temper accrefcat, cum idem in quar
drupedum genere liberum &aliquanto
fpatio ab ipfb remotum fuerit. Itaque
fiaalem quod attinet, diverfitatis ratio
non in eo polita videtur , quod dia-
phragma humanumpariter ac caetero-
rum animalium cxpandi non oporteat,
cum par utrinque relpirationis ufiis&r
neceffitas id exigat > fed cum erc&tis
B 4 lit
8 £ordis fitm C a p. I .
fit homitiis inceffus atque figura, eo-
que faciliiis abdominis yilcera fuo
pondere defcendant, minore diaphrag-
matis nixu atque fyftole ad infpiratio-
nem opus eft > porro, cum iii exfpira-
tione pariter neceflarium fit idem dia-
phragma relaxari & tenfionem fuam
remittere ; cum capfula cordis omnino
conne&endum fuit inHomine, ne for-
te, quamdiu eredtus incedit, ab hepatis
aliorumquevifcerum appenfbrum pon-
dere deorfum adeo deprimeretur, ut
neque pulmo fatis concidere, neque
exfpiratio debito modo peragi potue-
rit. Quocirca in quadrupedibus ubi
abdominis vifcerain ipfumdiaphragma
incumbunt, ipfiimque in pcftoris ca-
vitatem fiio pondere impellunt, ifta
partium accretio exfpirationi quidem
inutiJis, infpirationi autem, debitam
diaphragmatis tenfionem impediendo,
prorfus incommoda fuiffet.
Ideoque Pericardium in brutis libe-
rum relinquitur, ne diaphragmatis fy-
ftolas officeren inHomineautemfepto
alligatur^ut ejuiHem inter exfpirandum
diaftoJcm adjuvaret.
Verum
Cap.t. &* StruHura. 9
Verum fi quasratur, quid fit quod
hujulmodi conncxionem in humano
pe&ore efficUt\ ego caufam (fi con-
jecture locus fit) certe aliam non video,
quam quod Infans in utero materno
conclufus, poftremis geftationis men-
fibus, capitedeorfum admatricemde-
miflb (quo partui magis opportunus
fiat) plerunque jaceau unde fit ut vif-
cera infimi ventris toto pondere fuo
diaphragmati incumbentia otiolb ad-
huc & ab omni motu ferianti, ipfum
cordi propius admoveant, & conti-
guum eoufque detineant , donee fen-
fim agglutinetur, & tarn ar&e tandem
accrefcat, ut liberare fe nonpoilitaut
iterum recedere.
Ex eodem hoc vifecrum inferiorum
in foetus thoracem decubitu, non tan-
tum fieri arbitror quod fcpto tranf-
verfo pericardium adhaereat, fed &
eundem in causa elTe fulpicor , quod
Conus cordis in humano genere multo
magis quam in ceteris animalibus de-
fle&itur > neque enim apici tantum
humani cordis fed & toti lateri aj>pli-
licatur diaphragma > id quod nifi ob
molem
I o Cordis puis Cap. t •
molem & gravamen innitentium vit
ccrum contingere vix potcrat : quare
autem cordis humahi conus in fini-
ft rum latus vergat, hoc ideo fieri ar-
bitror quod truncus Vemecavx dia-
phragma pervadens &" juxta dextrum
cordis latus afcendens, illud inibi ad-
volvi non fink ; cum vero in finiftro
pectoris clauftro libcrum deturfpatium
neque quicquam prohibeat, ab accum-
bentium vifcerutn mole cordis conus
femper in ixmm defle&itur, ipfique
lateri finiftro tarn prope accumbit, ut
ex hac parte vibrationes' ejus (conci-
dente prxiertim pulmone inter exfpi-
randum , atque in Lwum converfi) ad-
mota nunu tarn facile palpare videa-
mur.
His ita prsemiflis proxime oftenden-
dum venit quibus fulcris Cor ipfiim
innitatur, quibus fuftentaculis alligetur
8c quam motui ejus inferviant hxc om-
nia aut faltem obfequantur.
Et quidem plurima funt qux fufti-
nendo cordi auxiliaresmanusprxftant,
praecipue autem a vafis fanguiferis
(quibus velut tot radicibirs accrefcit)
paren-
Cap. i- &• StruBura. w
parenchyma ejus dependet atque fiab-
tenditur, quin &, cum bafis cordis in
hiatus & orificia lata recipiendo expri-
mendoque fanguini contormata fit,
ita omnino fieri debuit , quo muneri
iftimagis opportunum atque idoneum
redderetur. Quam ftabile autem fun-
damentumad cordis motum perficien-
dum praeftent vafa fanguifera, poftea
fufius, cum de cordis mom, dicetur.
Quare quod proxime reftat, de ?ar-
tibus cordis agendum erit ; inter c las
fiquidem nervi valaque fanguifera ex-
ternam ejus fuperficiem perreptan ia
primo in confpe£fcum veniunt, prima
quoque ante c.eteras tra&anda funt.
Difceptatumeft olim, An vafa fan-
guifera acorde originemfiimerent, aut
potius in ip(iim terminarentur. Ve-
rum ex quo Cl. Harvetm prima vitas
ftamina atque rudimenta in cicatricula
nidulari docuit, atque ex motu &pul-
fu minutulx ejus bulla? artcrias velut
tot fiftulas & canales fanguini conve-
hendo excudi , non eft quod diu in
quaeftione hxreamus : Quod autem
venas <pe<3rat, cum fanguini tan turn re-
fcrendo
1 2 Cordis fitus Cap. i .
fcrcndo a partibus corporis omnino
nataefint, utique exiftimandum eft, ab
cxtrcmo undique corpore oriri , & in
cor, ubiliquorcm fuum exonerant, pa-
riter tcrminari : Nequc cnimquis dix-
critfluminaamari in quod fefe exone-
rate:, fed a fontibus & minoribus ri-
vulis originem foam haurire. Verum
alia font vafa qua turn originem a cor-
dc capiunt, turn in ipfum quoque ter-
minantur : Cordis enim parenchyrria
uti toti corpori calorem Sc nutrimen-
tum porrigit, ica & fibi eodem modo
proipicic ; neque enim seftuante intra
ventriculos fanguine folum calet, auc
fucco nutritio intra ventriculos coflto
faturatur, fed chylus qui parietibus cor-
dis fine manifefto vitx difcrimine ( ut
pofteapatebit) agglutinari non poteft,
per vafa una cum (anguine per totum
ejus parenchyma diftribuitur, ibique in
nutrimentum ejusfaccflit, & pro con-
tinuo dilpendio novo fubinde pabulo
reparatur.
Vafa autem qux fanguinem in cor-
dis parenchyma convehunt duo tantum
font, fed &: in duos truncos utrinquc
mox
Cap. i. &Stru$ura. 1$
mox ab origine divife. Quorum orificia
circa principium aortse immediate ex-
tra valvulasfemilunares aperiuntur, co-
ronarise inde di&ae quod truncis non
ftatim in parenchyma demiflis , fed
fa&o prius circuitu quo commodius
Undique fefe explicent, cordis bafin
ample&untur & cingunt : Et licet ab
ipsa origine in oppofitas cordis regi-
ones ab invicem recedant, circa ex-
tremas tamen panes rurfiis conveniunt
& paffim apertisofculis invicem com-
municant., adeo ut fi uni liquor aliquis
injiciatur, per utramquefimui&femel
dilpergatur : Cum enim eadem ubique
caloris vitalis atque nutrimenti necet
fitas urgeat, ne alibi deficiant, anafto-
mofi hac abunde providetur.
Uti autem arteriar dux fanguinemad
alimentum & calorem cordi fuppedi-
tandum, fubminiftrant, pariter & dux
venx abambim fiio coronarias quoque
di&se, reducendo fanguini inferviunt.
Et ne quis in pofterum dubitet an vena?
capillares apertis ofculis in fc invicem
hient, fi intueaturconum cordis vim-
tulini aut cujufpiam animalis reeens nati
in
t4 Cor^ fltm Cap.r.
in quo vafa hxc planiora exiftunt > &
culteIJi apice fanguinem ab hac in il-
lam venam urgeat propellatque, mani-
feftovidebic, liquoremlanguineum fa-
cile a vena hujus lateris in illain alte-
rius percurrere ; & vice versa. Idem in
vafis veficae, inteftinorum, ventrical^
& cerebri evenire certus fum, ur nullus
dubitemvafa capillaria (ejufdem gene-
ris) per omnes corporis partes in fefe
mutuo aperiri.
De Nervis cordi implantatis, Au-
thores qui cordis & fanguinis motum
nefciverunt , non immerito plerique
olim filebant > Atque proxime acce-
dunt, qui, circuJationem licet agnoC
cant, earn tamen tarn lento & teftudi-
neo paffii fieri ftatuunt , ut fanguinem
guttatim inftillari, & ebullitione folum
excitatum e corde prolabi autument >
atque proinde,an cordis motus ad lan-
guinis circuitum aliquid conferat pa-
rum folliciti, demufculosa cordis ftru-
£hira, atque numerofis nervis parum
aut nihil dignum opinantur ; verum (i
quis tendino£im&: fibro&m cordis fiib-
ftantiam* eamque cot nervis ubique
in-
Cap.i. &StmBura. 15
intertextamperpendat, exiftimareeum
quoque oportet , non tantam vim illi
fruftra datam, fed eidem officio cum
reliquis mufculis faceam acque confti-
tutam efle : Plurimas enim nervorum
fibras atque furculos a nervis oftavi
paris accipit, qui omnes inter arteriam
pulmonalem &: aortam incedentes in
auriculas utrinque varias propagines di-
mittunt> & deinde in cordis [ubftan-
tiam varie explicantur, qui incorde
vituli aut recens naci cujufpiam animalis
per totam extimam fuperficiem mani-
feftius apparent; quale vero minifte-
rium cordi ptseftant, poftea dicetur.
Interea advertere non alienum erit,
quomodo fpiritus pro diversa anima-
lium figura per nervos varie in cor in-
fluant : cum enim nulla vis aut facul-
tas fe movendi cerebro infit, qua fpi-
ritus animales (utCorfiiumfanguinem)
difpellat ; cumque liquor nervofus &
{piritus eo involuti ex natura fuafolum
deorfum velut aqua ex Alembico fuo
pondere deftillant $ ideo fit ut caput,
aut fpinalis medulla fupra reliquum
corpus in omni animalium genere
con-
1 6 Cordis fitw Cap. i.
conftituatur, autpro libitu erigi atquc
atcolli poteft: Et licet fatcndum fit, a
fanguinis in cerebrum appulfu fpiritus
per meatus & poros cerebri , prout
in reliquo corpore, propelli , atque
a fiibfequentibus continua quadam
ferie & fucceffione in nervos &: {pi-
nalem medullam urgeri, cum tamen
difficilius liquor ifte nervofus fiirfum
quam deorfum ufque impclli atque
protrudi poterit, turn fit ut cerebrum
aut faltem Spinalis medulla lupra reli-
quum corpus collocetur > quo liquor
animalis facilius in omnes partes fub-
jectas influat &:defcendat. Etquidem
huic conje&urae diverfiis nervorum e
fpinali medulla in Homirte atque in
quadrupedibus exortus primam mihi
anfam dedit ,• QuippeinHomine qui
capite & Ipina ere&a fa&us eft, nervi
omnes oblique exorti oblique etiam
deorfum ferunturj in Brutis autem
quorum medulla ipinalis fupra corpus
collocatur, nervi omnes rede deorfum
exorti, rede etiam e fpinali medulla
extra vertebras delcendunt : Quin &:,
cum propagincs nervofe a folo odtavi
Cap. i . &• StruBura. 1 y
paris nervo in Cor humanum inferan-
cur, in Brutis plerifque longe aliter
fereshabet, quippc prater propagines
a ncrvo o&avi paris diftributas plurimi
infupcr nervorum furculi a nervo in-
ter coftali ubi re&a fiiper Cortranfit
in ejus parenchyma dimittuntur, quo
facilius ad Cordis motum adjuvandum
influant, prout cuilibet in vitulis,equis
& majcribus Animalibus primo ftatim
intuitu occuifet; manifefto indicio
hoc ideo a natura quafi fubfidium Bru-
tis comparatum efle, ne capita* qua?
terrain pronaipe&ant, non fatis facile
aut copiose fpiritus animales impeni-
tent.
Explicatis ad htinc modum Vafis
Cordis, tandem ad Parenchyma feu
potius MufcuUrem ejus SubJianttAm
pervenimus, de qua quidem obfcrvare
eft, ipfam fiipra omncs Corporis Muf-
culos accurate conformari. Cum e-
nim ca^tcros orfrnes operis neceflitate
& conftantia mukum excellat, utique
par fuit ut ftrudurse quoque elegantia
eofciem longe iuperaret. Quanquam
autem nobiliori ufui deftinari & pecu
C Hari
1 8 Cordis fttus Cap . i .
liari quadam textura fiia multum prae-
ftare videatur, at hoc habet cum reli-
quis Mufculis commune quod iifdem
plane fibris&f inftrutnentis, licet diver-
fa ratione dilpofitis, turn fabrica ejus
turn moms inftituuntur. Quod ut
clarius innotefcat, Mufculi redi cum
obliquis conferendi fiint : Mufculum
autem quemlibet in toto corpofe cu-
ius fibre atque motus re&i funt non
unico & fimplici ventre (uti ab Ana-
tomicis ha&enus fcriptum eft, qui duos
folummodo Mufculos in collo bivcn-
tres agnofcunt) neque capite &cauda
donari 5 neque fibras ab altero extre-
me tendine in alium re&aferricertum
eft, ( prout in Tab. 3. Ftg. /. delineari
folet. ) Sed omnes biventres fiint ,
& fibre coram earner prout a diversa
origine ita in diverfos & oppofitos
fines feruntur. Prout Tab. 3. Fig. z.
exhibet. In qua
a a Tendines utriHque.
bb Due ventres five duplex Mtftulus
cum fib r is in opptfitos fines re-
fpicientibus.
Cap. i. &-$truBura. 19
c c Tendinis utriufijue pars exterior
in quern fibr& omms infertm-
tur*
Atquc hare quidem eft fabrica Mus-
culorum omnium in univerfo corpore,
live in femore, tibia, brachio, & collo
Humano > porro, Mufculi abdominis*
Maxillares, Temporales^Diaphragma,
Intercoftales externi & interni, uc vo-
cant, (quorum quidem finguli fiint unius
Mufculi bini ventres ) eodem ordine
&: modo conformantur. Atque ne
unum tantum fpecimen fimplicis cu-
jufvts Mufculi biventris exhibeam ,
libet unum & alterum Mufculi magis
compoliti Schematifinum proponere :
Qualem in Tab.y Fig.$. 4. & 5. Muf-
culi lumbaris in cane varia facies
manifefto oftendit. Tertia enim Fi-
gura Mufculi illius partem abdomini
proximam cum fibris omnino re&is
deorfiim in longum tendinem definen-
tibusexhibet. Iaqua
a Tars ejus carnofaproperenes.
b Pars ejus inferior ubi tendo ofji cru-
ris affigitur.
C % c c
;
20 Cordis fitus Cap. i,
c c Tibr& recle utrinque in tendinem
dejincntibus.
Quarta autcm Figura ejuldem MuC
culi lumbaris latus exhibet qua fpina:
vertebris accumbit/ quod quidem di-
verts quali Mulculis conftat, quorum
cujufque tcndo in diverfam vertcbram
affigitur. In qua,
a Mufculi pars' interior deorfum in
tendinem abiens.
b b b b b Mufculi par vi adverfi Ute-
ris quorum tendines.
cccccc In fingul'is vertebras juxta
Jit as implant antm & furjum
tendtmt.
Cujus quidcm utrliifque lateris du-
Hus atquc ordmcm, in Figura quinta
f imul repndentantur > Utuno intuitu
confter, cundem Mufculum die, fed
fibris in divert tendere.
In fexta autem Figura ejufdem Ta-
bula cxhibetur Mufeulus quidam ob
f onnam Plantar is mihi didtus qui in ex-
tremitate Cruris ovini occurrit, & ab
oflc femoris exoritur & in longum
ten-
Cap. i. &• StruBura. 21
tendinem definite, qui offi tibiae ovina?
annectitur : Ec cum alii Mufculi plu-
res, fibris fuis plumam cum penna ac-
curate rcferanc , hicquidem e duplicc
pluma conftat 5 atquc uti ad Mufculi bi-
ventris normam , ita tk ad fimilem quo-
que motum componi videtur. Verum
pra? his omnibus maxime compofitus
eft quern Mukulum Deltocidcm vo..
cant ; cujus quidem plures ventres
flint atque vario in oppofita relpe&u
plane oftendunt naturam , quanquam
in. diverfis corporis partibus circa for-
mandos Mufculos varia arte &: fepiiis
ludat, atfemperad Mufculi biventris
ordinem atque rationem collimare.
Proutin Jab. 4. luculenter appa-
ret. In qua
aaa Pars Mufculi Dekoeidis tendino-*
fk fuperior qua ajp fcapuU ejr clavi-
cqU anneclitur.
h b b b Pars tendimfa inferior qua
medio brachw anneclitur.
c c c Ventres ejits^fupcrius tendentes,
d d d d d Ventres ejus > deorfum ten-
dentes.
C 3 Quarc
22 Q&r&is fitus Cap. i*
Quare autem Mufculi biventres in
collo fic appellati jundis tcndinibus
in medio conveniunt contra quam
in aliis omnibus tonus corporis Mut
culis obfervaripoteft, in causa conjicio
effe, quod cum venam jugularem ex
utroquc colli latere tranfcendant, nifi
ibidem attenuari & per tendines com-
mitti provHum eflet , venam compri-
mendo Sanguinis e cerebro defcen-
fiim multum impcdirent. Prour in
Tab. 4. Fig.2. plane patet. In qua
a a Vena jugular is.
bb Mufculm biventer .
cc Due tendines.
d Vbi tendinis utriufque conjtm-
guntur.
Poteram hie plures alios Mufculos
re&os non injucundo lpe&aculo de-
lineare, fed cum omnibus eadem tex-
ture ratio proxime reftat ut often-
darn quid Mufculus cujus fibra: utque
motus oblique circulares liint cum
redo commune habet.
Ut
Cap. I. &- StruBura. 23
Ut autem, ad Geometric Leges,
linea reda oblique Index eft , ita ex
Stru&ura Mufculi redi tanquam com-
muni norma circularis hare Cordis
Machinaoptimeedifcenda eft. Quem-
admodumenimrcdus e duplici fibraru
ordineconftat, in diverfas&oppofitas
Mufculi partes tendentium, quae ubi
contrahuntur , tendines fuos propius
fibi invicem adducunr, ita&confimili
plane modo in Cordis Machina confti-
tuenda ejufque peragendo motu acci-
die Quippe e duplici fibram ordine
ab ipfo ortu in contrarias Cordis par-
tes abeuntium potiffimum conforma-
nt; quo neque quicquam luculentius
apparet, five fibrarum Cordis termina-
tionem, five dudum & feriem earum
perpendamus.
Etquidem inCordebeneexcodo &
ab auriculis luis &: vafis majoribus fc-
par&to , tendo fatis validus apparet qui
marginem ejus circa oftia undique cm-
git &: ampleditur, cujuspars aliquain
fummitate fepti in quibufdam anima-
libus in ofleam fiibftantiam induratur,
In quern quidem tendinem fibra; car-
C 4 neoB
i
24 fordis fitm Cap.t,
ncx quae externum Cordis ambitum
complicant & conftkuunt dextrorfum
ubique inferuntur. Verum fibra ear-
ner interiores qua: ventriculis proxi-
mo funt? du&u plane oppolito in ipfum
ilium rendinem inferuntur, uti videre
dkmlab.z.Fig.L. Ubi,
a Qftium qua Dexter ventricidus fan-
guinem a vena cava excipit.
b Oft mm qua. ipfum in fulmomem ex-
pelLit.
c OHium qua finijler ventriculus fan-
guinem a pulmone redeuutem ex-
cipit.
•d Ottium qua immijfum in aortam
expellit.
ceee Tendoundique circa. ofiia Cordis
confitm.
fffff libra abexteriore Cordis am-
bit u undiquaque redeuntts^ mttn-
dinem Cordis delate.
g g g g g Fjbra interiores duttu plane
exterioribus oppojito ineundem ten-
diwm deftnevtes..
Cum itaque conftiterit fibras Cordis
duplici & divcrfb modo terminari,
proxime
Cap.x. &-StruBura. 25
proxime oftendendum eft duftu quo-
que fimili per totum utriufque ventri-
culi circuitum complicarij exceptis
itaque pauefs & tenuioribus fibris quas
per extimam dexcri ventriculi fiiper-
ficiem rede furfiim elata? in balin ter-
minantur, uti in lab.i. Fig. i. delinea-
tor. In qua
a Bafis Cordis.
b Conns.
ccc Ftbr& re£te furfum verfnsbafin
tendentes.
Reliquae omnes utrique ventriculo
communes duplicem tantum feriem
atque ordinemfed penitus contrarium
affe&ant : Fibrx quidem re£tis hifce
exterioribus in dextro ventriculo
proxime lubjeQx oblique dextrorfum
afcendentes in balin Cordis tcrminan-
tur, & fpirali fuo ambitu Helicem five
cochleam fatis apte referunt. Prout
Zhb.i.mFig.}: viderceft. In qua
a Bafis Cordis,
b Conus.
c fibre que finiftrnm njentriculum
comphcant.
d £>ue
z6 Cordis (ttus Cap, i.
d Jgua Dextrum.
e Sinus in inter/lit to utriufque <uen-
triculi pro vafis Cordis excipien-
dk excavatus.
Externis hifcc fabje&se liint alias
fibrx prioribus prorfus contrarise : Uci
enim exteriores a finiftro Cordis la-
tere verfus dextrum porre£te ad bafin
ejus terminantur, hx duSta plane op-
pofito teruntun Emergunt enim cir-
cumquaque a dextro Cordis latere un-
de oblique verfus finiftrum htx, &
utrumque Cordis ventriculutncircum-
plexx ad bafin finiftri lateris afliir-
gunt, alteramque Helicem inverfiordi-
nis conftituunt. Proutin Tab.z. Fig.^
manifeftumeft. In qua
a Bajis Cordis.
b Conus.
c Dextrum latvs.
d Siniftrum.
c Fibr&dextriventrkuif.
f Fibra finiftri.
Quarum omnium feriem complica-
tionem atque ordinem facile percipiet
qui Cor bubulum aut ovinum excar-
narc
Cap. i. & StmBura. 27
nare tentavcrit. Qua? prioris ordinis
funt cuticula Cordis vixdum feparata
prima velut facie facile confpici pot
font, alias autem quae magis in pro-
fundo latent, non nifi prioribus ad-
emptis in confpe£tum veniunt. In iis
autem perfequendis magna non opus
eftcautela, ipfi enim tra&us eorum
& convolutiones adco plana? flint 6c
obvix ut filo quafi ducente ultro fepro-
dant. At vero licet fila cralliora in glo-
meres convoluta primo afpectu valde
referant,ad eorum tamenmorcm atque
eodem prorfus ordine ncn contexun-
tur > neque enim continuo quafi filo,
aut repetito fephis circuitu ventricu-
los Cordis circumambiunt , ideoque
vclut glomeres filorum perpetua ferie
revolvi nonpoffunt : licet enim externa
Cordis membrana feparata, quantum
ex ocuiis conjicere fuerit, putaret a-
liquis fibras omnes oblique a bafi ad
Cordis apicem uno & continuo du&u
pertingere, qui tamen ipforum du£his
ab alterutro extremo emetiri tenta-
verit , facile comperiet pauciflimas
carum vel dimidiatum faltem fpatii
iftius
28 Cordis fitus Cap.i.
iftius ambitum conficere, fed ubi pau-
lulum ab ipfo tendineemerferint, fiib
pnecedcntibus fibris mox intorquen-
tur, & vifiim prorfus aufugiunc : de fi-
bris enim obliquis exterioribus neu-
tiquam fileri debet, Nonomnes a bafi
in conum pertingere, fed quasdam iDa-
rum breviores fimt & ubi medium Cor-
dis ambitum extra attigerunt, inftar
arcus iriflexiftatimincuryantur, & in
tendinem alterius lateris & ventriculi
obliquo du&u inferuntur. Quae quali
ordine iiifledantur & fibris carneis
hinc inde communicatis quafi arrep-
tis invicem manibus fibi mutuo fuo
currant, ex Tab.z. Fig.^. plane conftat.
Ubi,
a Tendo circa oftium ventriculi dex-
b Tendo circa, oftium ventriculi Jini-
flru
c Yibra ab una tendine inaliumpar-
recJ* eum fibris intermediis hinc
tnde in mutuum fubjidium f or-
refifis.
d Locus ubi pofiqmm dextrum ven-
triculum
Cap.t. &$truBura. 29
triculum complex* fwt, incur *van-
tw> & oblique infinijlri ventriculi
tendinem definunt.
Perfpe&o fibrarum utriquc ventri-
culo communium du£iu, reftat ut, ab-
fciflb dextro ventriculo quo ordine fi-
ftiftri fibrx ferantur pariter expenda-
mus ; & quidem uti eidem officio
ambo inferviunt, ica fimilis ubiquc
taachine ratio atquc forma occurrh ,
duplici enim fibrarum ordine iifque in-
oppofitos omnino tendines definentib*
inftruitur. Fibre enim cxtcriores per
totum finiftri ventriculi ambitumdex-
trorfitoi complicate ipirali flexu ailur-
gunt ibidemque in bafin Cordis ter-
minantur uti Figura 6. exhibet in qu&
linifter ventriculus in latus recumbit
ut quo ritu fibre circa conum Coi-
dis convenruntjpalamfiat. Ubi,
a Bafts ventriculi.
b Conws.
ccc Vibra oblique dextrorfum afcen-
dentes verfus bafin.
d Latus dextro ventriculo proximum*
e Latwfiwjlrum.
At
jo Qrdi* feus Cap. I,
At nequc omncs in hocventriculo
ab ipsa bafi in conum pertihgunt, &:
non nifi pluribus abruptis £oufque fe-
parari pofliint, plurimas enim in medio
Cordis ambitu e eommuni via &
tra£bu dcfle&unt, & Tub fibris proxime
pracedentibus demerfe in tendinem
o^pofiti lateris oblique afcendunt, ad-
eoque breviorem dadu fuo circulum
defcribunt. Prout in Fig. 5. fupra
conftitit.
Interiores autem fibrx contrario
prorfiis incedendi ordine fiirfum ob-
lique finiftrorfiim omnes in bafin aC
cendunt, ejufque tendini inferuntur
atquc intcriorem ventriculi parietem
conftituunt.
Qux quidem contrarii ordinisfibrx
quotquot longiores fuerint ad conum
Cordis concurrunt, & circa ipfum in
fefe mutuo contorquentur, adeota-
men ut rcli&uni in medio centrum
tenuiflima Cordis pars fit : Cujus
quidem contorfionis modum atque
fibrarum in exteriore finiftri ventri-
culi parietccum illis in interiore circa
apicem Cordis concurfum & contor-
fionem
Cap.i. &*StmBura. 31
fionem apte fatis cxhibct Fig. 7. In
qua
a Tendo dextri Uteris.
b Tendo finiftri.
c ¥ibr£ aliquot exterior is parietis.
d Yibra interior is parietis e fibrarum
utrmfque or dims circa conum Cor-
dis contorfio.
Ex quo perfpicuum fatis videtur, fi-
brarumexterni&interni parietis pror-
fus contrario fibi modo f erri motufque
etiamoppofitosperficere, verumadeo
ut dum Cordis parietes in diverfa con-
ftringant, utrofque inar&ius &angu-
ftius fpatium contraiicre. Prout infra
magispatebit.
Unicum hoc comminifcendum re-
ftat, Non omnes quidem fibras in ten-
dinem circa oftia Cordis confitum
immediate definere , vetiim aliquas
in carneas quas vocant columnas ex
utroqueventriculi finiftri latere protu-
berances terminari; qux tamen co-
lumns varios tendines in me/nbranas
mitralesdi&as& cum ipfbtendine in
bafi
32 Cordis fitns Cap. i.
bafi Cordis eonjunftas emittunti Adc6
ut ad motum Cordis perinde fuerit
live hoc aut illo modo bafin Cordis
affequantur.
Vidimus hue u{que, quam Vario &
divcrfo ordine fibre earner Cordis
latera & patietcs cingunt: fupereft
unice, ut quam affabre omnes circa
conum Cordis complicentur, expo-
namus; quod quoniam elegantius de-
lineare quam defcribere in pro'mptu
eft, hocfolum advertere fiifficiet, prout
motus ordis & Sanguinis circularis
eft, it a & fibras omnes motrices u-
in circulum & quafi centrum adduci.
Prout conus Cordis taubuli exco&i &
abfeiili oftendit, in Fig, 8. Tab. z. In
qu£
a a a a a ¥ibr& extertores Jpirali duttu
in conum vtlut in centrum coeun-
Et ficuti interna: ventrical! fibras
contrario ad externas du&u feruntur,
triufque machinas life velut
Cap.i. &-Stru§tura. 33
ftabit quoque fibras ejus, inverfo pri-
oribus ordine, velut in circulum paritei
componi.
Quandoquidem denique majorc
nixu & vibratione opus eft ad fangui-
nem ha remotiffimas corporis partes
quam in vicinos tantiim & laxos pul-
mones propellendum, ide6 obfervan-
dum eft, ventriculum finiftrum majori
fibrarum robore, iifque cra/fioribus,
quam dextrum firmari.
Scrudtura Cordis exteriore ha&enus
perluftrata, de auriculis merito hk ali-
quiddicendum eft, neque enim iliinore
artificio formanctir, quam Cor ipfum,
licet minore mole conftent ; Quin &c
par utrhifque uflis &: fabricx ratio eft,
Mufculus enim utraque eft & duplici
fibrarum ordine conftruuntur *, Quini-
mo uti motiis earum Cordis motum
antecedit, ita & nervos ab oxStavi paris
fiirculis prius, quam ipfum attingunt,
fortiuntur : Et qxiidem Sbtx dupfiei &
Contrario refpe&u: in oppofitos ten-
dines feruntur, quippe tendo in Cordis
bafi auriculis etiam communis eft, eui
veluti fulcro innituntun ex alterfl
D autem
34 Cordis fitus Cap.L
autem parte auriculae dextrx qua ve-
nam cavamrelpicit, duriore& tendino-
fo plane circulo firmatur : inter quos
fibrae alix in hunc , in ilium alix ter-
minantur , uti in Cordis Humani au-
ricula dextra inversa & cxplicata con-
ftat, in Tab.}. fig. i. In qua
aaa Bajis auricula ubt tendim Cordis
unitkr.
h b b lendinofm cir cuius qua a vena
cava diftingmtur.
ccc fifard came hinc indcin di-
vcrfos tendines delate cum fibrillis
intermedtis quaji in plumam effor-
mat£.
d Vena magna cor onaria.
e e Vena alia minor es^kngumi a Cordc
referendo conJiitut&.
f Pars auricuU fuperior.
De ufii earum infra dicetur: interea
obfervandum ell, inter auriculam dex-
tram & finiftram, non earn proportio-
nem dari5 qualis inter Cordis ventri-
eulos mutuo interccdit. Ventricuii
enim eum fimul & arquis femper pafli-
busmoveantur, cumque ad regularem
be
Gap. i. &■ StriMura. 3^
& commodum per pulmones circui-
tum, plus fanguinis a dcxtro Ventre
ctilo fuffundi non debuir, quam per
iiniftrum expediripbtuit, neceffeideo
fuit, ut pari fere capacitate cdnfta'-
r£nr> paucilfimaenmi fanguinis parte
(qua? vafis lymphaticis in pulmone ab-
legatus* & pulmonis nutrimento atque
irrigationi infcrvit) excepta, utrique
Cordis linus a^qualem continent 5c
diftribuiint merifuram.
Cumitaque tarn regularis & unique
in omnibus conftans ventriculorum re-
fpeftus & habitudo fuerit,quid in causa
fit quod auriculas etiam pari invicem
proportione nullatenus rcfpondeant ,
aliud in promptu concipere non eft,
quam cum auricula? ad conjiciendum
in ventriculos fanguincm mtx atque
conftifutx vidcantur, fanguinis autem
e vena cava in dextrum Cordis ventri-
culum influxus lenis fit, ideo majore
illic & ampliore auricula opus eft, qua:
fanguinem tanta cbpia intra ambitum
fiium excipiat &: ventriculo injiciat>
quanta fere ad finiim illius explendum
fufficiat e veaipulmonali autem cum
D z propter
3 6 Cordis fitus Cap. i <
propter pulmonis in exfpiratione col-
lapfiim & fubfidentiam, languis ex-
prefliis confeftim be copiofius urgetun
hoc folum requiri videtur ut pr^eterla-
benti infiniftrumvencriculurn fanguini
motusfortior knprimatur, ejufque cur-*
fospromoveatur aliquantulum, adeo-
que tantx auricute (ubfidium non de-
fiderat.
Poftquam ad hunc taodum exter-
nam Cordis fiipernciem atque textu-
rarti explicuimus, proxime reftat> ut
quo intus apparatu inftruuntur omnia,
confpiciamus. Prout autem externa
Cordis fades lxvis &: #qualis eft
propter commodiorerri motum, itaob
eandcmeaufam interni ejusparietesin-
aequales maxime fiint & dilpari ritu
eontexuntur > quippeper totam intus
cavkatem in diverla interftitia & ful-
Cos Cor excavatur, tte fibris carneis
hue inde porre£Hs intertexitur : Ve-
rum nec in omnium animalium cor-
dibus xque hoc accidit, neque quibus
adfunt, fimili ordine atque mole fa-
bricantur. Quippe, uti Infigmpmm
Hdr<veim obfcrvavit y pro diverib ani-
malium
Cap. i. (sr-StruBura. 37
malium genere, atque ejufdem fpeciei
magnitudine atque robore plurimum
difcrepant. In majoribus cnim Ani-
nialibus, quorum fanguis longius trajici
& forriore motu urgeri ppftulat, veil-
triculi Cordis carneis fibris & parvis
quaff mufculis multifariam hinc inde
protenfis intus firmantur > atque in fcro-
liculos varie finduntur > quo que gran-
diora Animalia f uerint, eo majores at-
que pauciores \Hx Sbrx earner repe-
riuntur, fed & fcrobiculi altius impri-
muntur. In humano autem Corde, fi^
brx minoresfunt, fed perplexa &: rtiul-
tiplici feric dilponuntur, &: (iipra quiim
in aliis omnium cordibus quxha&enus
videre licuit , numerofiorcs exfiftunr.
Quarum quidem feriem atque ordinem
cxhibet Tab.^.Fig.i. in qua finiftri yen^
triculi interior finus explieatur. In
qua
a a Vena pulmondis rec~te ante ingref-
fum Cordis expiicatur.
b Auricula fini fir a Cordis.
C For amen 6*ddk> per quod fanguis a
vena, cava recie ante finiftri ven-
trical oft urn influit.
D 3 d d
3 8 £<W# fans Cap. i .
d d Du\e membrane mitrales.
ee Ciime a column*, ex utroque vw-
triculi Utere protuber antes.
f Ba/is Cordis, ubi fanguis e vena, pul-
monale in ventriculum tnfluit.
g Lochs fub mcmbrams mitr dibits ubi
cmittiturtn aortam.
\\ Conm Cordis.
ii i i Fibr& came* hinc mde per toiam
interior is ventriculi ambit um at-
text*.
Porrojiiti in majoribus Brutis ventri-
culi Cordis majoribus intus fibris
quam in hominc^ ica auricula quo-
que, ncmpe in equo & bove, largionbus
fibris veluti digins hue illuc protenlis
in divcrfa Ipacia diftinguuntur , quibus
invicem addu&is latera illartim ad
cxprimendum ianguincm mutuo com-
plicantur : Quin de cxterisventri-
culorum fibris nulii dubium ellc debet,
quin mocui Cordis & lateribus ejuf-
dem conftringendis inferviant.
Uti verofibras iftx carnea? ad Cordis
parietes conftringendos plurimum
conferunt, ita quo ar&ius hoc fiat &c
in-
Gap. i. (sr-StruBura. 39
interna ventriculorum partes fibi ma-
gis appropinqucnc > fiflura iftas five
liilci in animalium grandiorum cor-
dibus apprime coftducunt ; neque e-
nim lxvis & xqualis intus fiipcrficies
idem pateretur. Qupcirca htijufinodi
interftitia five fiffurx in ventriculum
potillimum finiftro occurrunt utpote
qua? huic fblum neceffarise atque ex
ufu efle videntur : Quippe cum par-
enchyma ventriculi finiftri e fibris ob-
lique circularibus pnccipue conftet,
atque undique in fefe velut in circu-
lum conftringatur , non potuit tarn
prope, &: in ambitum tarn ar&e con-
trahi, nifi excavati intus fulci &: rugse
hujufinodi motui locum accommoda-
rent > Ventriculi autem dextri paries
cum multo tenuior &c finiftri quafi ap-
pendix, ejufdem lateri attextus lit,
motuque tantum femicirculari coarde-
tur, in eo tarn profunda? fovea* non
admodum requiri videbantur: Verum,
cum propter lateris tenuitatem ab ir-
ruente fanguinis torrente aut luppreC
fum Cordis motum a nimia ejus copia
ultra debitum tonum diftendi eou(que
D 4 poflfk4
40 Cordujitm Cap. I.
poifit-, ut fibr<£ ejus icfe conftringere
iterum &: reftituere non vaJeant (quod
in finiftro ventriculo propter parietis
robur & craffitieni neutiquam timers
dunyeft) in dextro hujufcnodi inconi-
moda quo melius pr^ecaveantur, car-
neus quidam Mufculus rotundus &
fatis validus circa mediam ipfiusregi-
onem a fepto Cordis in latus oppofi-
tum porr igi tur ; prout in C orde ovano,,
bovino, aliifque videre eft ; in Humana
autem Corde dux vel tres earner hu-
juftnodi fibrx plerunque rcperiuntur >
quarum quidem ufiixn fi non adducen-
do ejus pariqti, at, fakem ne nimis
diftrahatur* plurimumconduciinL
Cordis interna facie hue ufque ex-
plicata, proxime reftat dicendum de
papiHh & colunmis carneis, ValvuliP-
que circa diverfit Cordis oftia confius,
turn qua (anguinem d venis excipit;,
turn qua qundem in arterias expel-
lit.
Quae itaque in dextro ventriculo
occurtunt papilte , funt carunculx.
quxdamteretes & oblongs, e lateribus
excrefecntes & forlorn poxce&x , £
quarum
Cap. I. &*StruBura. 44
quarum fiimnio apice fibr£ quxdam
tendinofas procedunt , & membranis
quse a figure Triculpides di&as fiint,
anne&untur. Membrane autemiffoe
circa marginem hujus ventriculi ex-
ottae, undique oftii ejus limencingunt,
adeo ut cum mucro Cordis in omni
Syftole verfus bafin adducatur, papU-
\x quoque furfiim motx fibras fiias
quafi lora mulrum relaxata remittunt ;
quo fit, ut membraneequoquc^ quibus
alligantur, laxe pendentes a fiinguine in
omni Cordis Syftole expreflb * quafi
vela a vento impleta furfum propellan-
tur, proindeque oftium illud Cordis
tkni accurate occludant, ut liquoris ne
una guttulla inauriculam renuerepoC
fit, led in pulmones, qua data porta, to-
tus expellatur : Verum, ut in omni
Syftole Cordis, cono ad bafin propi-
us addu&o, papilla* fibras ftias multum
relaxant, ita in diaftole conus iterum
recedens, papillas eorumque fibras
fccum finuilaeducin undefit ut mem-
brane quoque detra£he oftium Cordis
pronnus recludant, &: {anguini ab au-
ricula impulfo foras quafi aperianc.
Atquc
42 Cordis fttm Cap, u
Atque hxc quidem ita fieri & in
omni Cordis fyftole ac diaftole hanc
eflea&ionem&munus valvularum, fa-
tisconftat; verum agendi rationem&
perficiendi modum non riifi ex fitu &
ftru£tura papillarum quibus alligantur,
ita facile eft concipere. Nam, licet
certiflimum fit, mcmbranas tricufpides
i languine furfum in Syftole regurgi-
tants eoufque, veli inftar, inflari do-
nee ventriculi orificium prorfus obtu-
rent 5 quo tamen modo & partiuui
confirmatione hoc contingat , obfer-
vatu digniffimum eft. In his autem
tribus, reitotius ratio & machinas arti-
ficium confiftit.
1 Quod papilla? extra lateris interni
fuperficiem longius eminent
protuberant.
z Quod non in eadem omnes,fed in
di versa lateris parte,confitxfiint.
3 Quod papillae in latere membra-
nis, quibus alligantur, oppofito,
conftitutse funt.
Nimirum hoc fitu & fabric ft papil-
larum efficitur,ut membrane aliquanpo
femper
Cap. i. &* StruBura. 43
femper fpatio a lateribus ventriculi
diftantes primo quafi i&u fanguinis in
omni Syftole furfumrepercuffi, facile
attollantur ; cum enim, remiilispapil-
Jarum fibris, tarn laxe & tranfrerfim
fere in medio ventriculo pendeant,
fieri non poteft, quin a regurgitante
(anguine & intra ambitumipfbrumex-
cepto, non aliter quam vela a vento,
impellantur ? & quoufque lora re-
mittunt, explicentur: Illaautemeouf-
que cedere anaturadatum eft, donee
membrane undic^ue extenfe orificium
ventriculi omnino occludant.
Verum eaedem fibrse fi immediate
ex ipfis lateribus ventriculi orirentur,
utiqUe membrane interno parieti Cor-
dis propius accubantes fanguinem
retro excipere atque ab eodem (ur-
fum attolli non poflent, fed eadem qua
influxerit via iterum expelli paterentur,
Papillarum vero ufum atque ratio-
nem melius intelliget quifpiam, fi car-
neas columnas e lateribus finiftri ven-
triculi extuberantes atque eidem pror-
fus officio deftinatas attente perpen-
dat Non enim admouimfe&xfunr,
aut
44 Cordis fitus Cap.r.
aut membranas fibi annexas contra-
hunr (qu6d oftiolum Cordis apertum
potius retineret) fed ideo folum con-
iKtut# flint, & extra teliquam intcrni
venrriculi {uperficierti in tantum emi-
nent, tit unembranas a lateribus yen-
triculi fitis diffances teneant, qu6
facilius a fengurne ab infra foffulb re-
pulfe 6rificium illud Cordis, cui attcx-
tx f unt,prorfiis claudant. Quam quidem
membranarum fubleyationcm fie orifi-
cii iftjUs inde occltrfionenbimmiflb per
oftiumvel conum Cordis fyphone, &r
ilije&a aqua facile quis imitaripoterit,
&: aperte confpicere, modo auricula
& vena pulmonale ad bafin Cordis
prius. ablcindantur? Idemque pariter
ittji Cora qui fere repletum circa co-
num comprimatur.
In dextro ventrfctrlo membrane
omnes fibras fuas k papillis haud di-
re&e accipiunt, illarum tamen ope
hoc prxftant, ut fangttinis recurffim
parttenmpediantrqoippe cnmundlquc
contiguae fuerint, quampriratiminetn-
braiise ilte qux rede ftDras a papillis
infertas habent,, a fariguine fubleven-
tur?
Cap A. &*$tru&ura. 4$
tur, reliquas quoque quibus conjun&as
fijnt fimul attolli &; a fangnine fiipe-
riusyergente impleri & diftendi nec-
efle eft : Quod ut commodius fiat, ex-
iftimare par eft,{anguineminomnidia-
ftolein Cordis thalamos inje&um inter
membranas iftas &parietcs retro feih-
finuane, eafdpmque5quo pleniorventri-
culi cavitas evadit> eo magis attolli &:
quafi fufflari , prout ex aqua ad pleni-
tudmem ei inftillata^ vel #e fyplione
per apertum ejus orificiuniinjeaajap-
paret. Cui multumetiamconducit,
quod fibre a carneis columnis & pa-
pillis porre6be fanguini apertum per
ipatia fua tranfitilm pone membranas
iftas influenti praebent >• prcterquam
eiumquod fanguini quafi percribrum
iuccutiendo & mifcendo iorte mfer-
vire poffint, huic infuper ufui inpri-
mis deftinari videntur, turn ut mem-
branas intra debitos extenfionis limi-
tes contineant , turn ut fanguini adi-
turn faciliorem patefaciant, quo fe
undique in penitiftimosvencrictdofum
anfia&us & receffus commodius in-
finuet, eoqjueaddilatiopem Cordis^
46 Cot&ii fim Cap. r *
valvularum elevationem accelcrandam
magis conferant : Sanguis cnim Cordi
immiffus & intra fibras receptus mox
adplenitudinem affurgit, fimulque in-
tumefcentia fua membranas fiiblevan-
do fibiipfi hac via cxitum praecludit ,
adeo ut cum Cor fe conftringat^fangui-
nem per patulum orificium in adrtam
propellere neceflehabeat.
Uti autem finifter ventriculus, quia
majori open deftinatur & fortiore
nixu utitur, turn robore turn parietis
craflltie dextrum longc antccellere
dcbuitj- ita carnex columns: ejufque
fibrse &: menibranse ob eundem finem
dextri ventriculi confimilem appara-
tum magnitudine atque firmitate lon-
ge foperant : Quippe, uti Syftole fi-
niflri ventiieulimulto fortius vibratur,
ita robuftioribus hujulmodi machinis
opus fuit ad fuftinendum ejus impe-
tum, eumque per aortam dirigendum.
Sanguis autem, poftquam per arterias
cruperit, ne quacunque'de causa de-
nuo eadem via in Cordis finus regur-
gitarepoffit > - membrane tres a Figure
f emilunares diftx circa utrumquc Cor-
Cap*i. &*$tmBura. 47
dis oftium, turn qua fanguinem in pul-
monem, turn qua in aortam expellit>
conftitutx funt, quse a fanguine re-
prellb, fiquando id fieri contingat, ex-
plicate adeo ar&e iibi invicem adap-
tantur, ut arterial canalemprorfus ob-
turent. Prouc ablciilb fere ad radi-
cem arterial trunco & aqua vel fp'mm
immiflb luculenter patet : quasquidem
laxatas 5c languini emiflb cedentes
Tab.^. Fig.y exhibet. In qua
a a Pars finiflri ventriculi aperta.
bbb Tres valvuU femilunares laxe
concidentes ut fanguini erumpenti
exitam prabeant.
c Aorta trttncw apertm.
d d Du£ arteria coronaria immediate
extra valvulas femilunares ex ort&
trunco difcedentes.
e e e Radix aorta ubi cum tendine Cor-
dis unitur*
ff CMembraw mitrales divifa &
utrinque reflexa ut valvuU femi-
lunares in confpeftumveniant^
Ex quo valvularum fitu fatis conitat
quani facilem eje&o fanguini exhum
pra>
48 Cordis film Cap. i .
prasbeant > quantum vero eidcm^fi re-
gurgitare contigerit, reprimendo in-
ferviant, in Tab. 4, Fig^ etiam con-
ftabit. In qua
aaa Aorta truncm ad radkem ab^
bbb Tres valvuU femilunares ar8%
invicern fibi accedentes , & fiend
cptaji ore fanguinis recurfum ob-
ftruentcs.
c c Dua after?* coronaria.
Cordis domicilio hue ufque per om-
hes partes & receiliis luftrato, uti in
more pofitum eft, ita e re quoqpe erit
invifcre quali apparatu fanguim ad il-
ludconfluo &moxdifceffuro du&us &
via fternitur.
Itaque ante Hmen auricul-e dextra:
nempe eo loci ubi vena cava afcendens
cum defeendente eongrefla alveum
fuum in auriculam Cordis exonerate
parata eft, tuberculum quoddam a fub-
je&a pingueditie elatum & frotatu
valde dignum occurrit, cujtrs obtentu
fanguis per venam defcendentem de-
lapms in auriculam diyertkur^ qui
alioquin
Cap. i . &• Struclura. 4.9
alioquin in venam afcendentem de-
cumbens fanguinem per iftam Cor
verfiis afforgentem reprimerct valde
& recardaret r Et fiquidem in ereclo
corporis fittt atque figura majus inde
periculum immineret, ideo vena cava
in humano genere hoc majus &Ionge
eminentius obtinuit, adeo ut fi digi-
tum alterutri trunco immiferis, in al-
teram vix pertingas. Prout in Tab. i.
Fig.i. roftenditur. In qua
a Vem cava truncm reffo Jitti deften-
dens.
b Truncpis vena cava recia afcendens*
c TuberciHum retle inter utramque
intercedens.
d K^furicuU ofiium.
e Foramen ovale.
f Cor Uvumin proprio fitu retumbens*
g Pena Coronaria.
In quadrupedibus autem veluti Ovc,
Cane,Equo, Bove, ubi curfus fanguinirs
ab alterutro corporis extreme sequa-
billo* & quafi in piano 6ft, & propter
Cordis: dependents molem atque pon~
dxts uferque venae cavx truncus ali-
E quantulunai
50 Cordis fitus Cap.i.
quantuluminfuper verfus Cor dedives
mnt, licet ranto diverticulo opus nan
fit, omni tamen non prorliis deftitui-
tur. Prout in Taki. Fig.z. apparet. Ia
qua
a Vent cava afcendentls tr uncus.
b Vena defcendentis trnncfts.
c Tuber cuhtm utramque venam dijiw-
guens.
d Auricula dextra.
c Foramen ovale.
f Cordis oft ium.
g Vena Coronoria.
h Cor tpjwn e vajis fats propendens^
fed a pulmonibiis in hoc fitu fufful-
tum.
Porro ne fanguis hie in confluvio
seftum aut gurgftem faciat dum auri-
cula contra&a liberum ei ingreflumnon
concedit>ideovena cavahic loci inma-
joribus Animalibus tarn Homine quam
Brucis totacircumcircamufculofa eft,
turn ut vena? truncum intra juftos ex-
tenfionis limites coerceat, turn etiam
ut fanguinem quern finu fiio com-
ple&itur in auriculas amplexum con-
tinue
Cap. i. 6s StruBum 5i
tinuo 8c validius urgeat. Quern qui-
dem ut auricula ardius cortiprehendac
8c in Cordis ventricuium ulteriiis pro-
pellat , ideo fibras ipfius interna a ra-
dice auricula , ubi bafi Cordis con-
jungitur, re&a extrorfum verfus venam
cavara porriguntur, fanguinemque ab
ilia faggcftum in fe rapientes, quafi
digitis compleduntur &c continuavice
moxCordi tradunt : Etprofectofibrae
iffae in auriculis majoris Animalis ve-
luti Equi 8c Bo vis nmiarum digitos*
mole fiia sequant, atque officium pro-
cul dubio idem exequuncur.
Et uti ante dextri ventricult limen
protuberantia ifta in vcnx cava? afcen-
dentis cum defcendentis congrefftf
memorata impedic quo minus fanguis
ab ilia defluens, alterum abillaafccn-
dentem decubitu fuo deprimat > ita
extra finiftri ventriculi oftium non
minore artificio cautum eft^ne fanguis,
qui cum impetu projicitur, in has aut
illas partes inique diftribuatur t cum
enim oftium illud Cordis fiirfum rede
aperiatur, fi canalis qui primum fan-
guinis impulfum excipit re&a, pariter
E 2, act
5 2 Cordis fitus Cap. i .
ad capitis regionemduceret, fieri non
poflet quinrapide nimis fanguinem ifi
cerebrum fuminderet : Et propter vi-
brationis impetum ampliari fenfim,
adeoque partes inf erioris corporis vi-
tali fuo genio&pabulo fraudarenec-
eile haberet. Quod incommodum
utdivinus Artifex prorfus evitaret,ideo
in Animalibus quorum Corda fortius
moveiitur, aortas truncum (qui Cordi
proximus* eft) adeo aftabr£ contexuit,
ut fanguis in arterias axillares & cervk
eales aonrefte, fed ambituvelutfa&o ,
incurrat ; nam3 in medio inter ventri-
culufn & arterias iftas Ipatio, aorta
(vario tatnen in diverfis difcrimine)
plurimum infleditur : quo quidemfit ut
incurvacus ifte angulus fanguinis ejedi
impetum & primum idum fiiftineat ,
6 maximum ejus tdrrentem verfiis
aort;e truncum defcendentem dirigac
qui alitcr fiiperioribus arterice aortas
ramis nimius impenderetur eafque
plus fetis diftendere^&impetu fuo ca-
put cito peffundaret. Qvlx omniaplene
exhibet Jbb.i. fig*i- In qua
Cap. i. &-StruBura. 53
a %^£orU Human* radix.
b Truncfts ejits dcfcendens.
c AnguUi* ubi incur vat ur.
d ^Arteria axillaris dextrd.
c Artcria cervicalis dextra.
f Cervicalis Jiniftra.
g Axillaris Jiniftra.
h Z>/&* arteria coronarid.
In qua Figura,aorta in [c] incurvata
fanguinis a Corde projc&iimpetum &
torrentem in truncum defcendentem
plurimum refle⁢ ne vero totus iliac
propellatur ? arterial axillares & cer-
vicales intermedin eo modo conftru&ae
funt , ut prxterfluentis ianguinis par-
tem debitam neceffario exripiant?
quippe Iatus arteria? cujuflibet dextrun*
finiftro muko elatius eft, unde liquoris
inmajore truneo transfufi pars aliqua
intercipi oportet. Prout cTab.i. fig.2.
facilitis concipietur. In qu.i
aaa Pars arteru cujufvis dextra &
elatior qua excipit.
b i^Aagtdus aor t& incu r vat us.
ccc Later a at ter iarum demijja qua fan-
E 3 guinem
54 Cordis fitus Cap. i.
gumem pr&ier fluent em intereip-
unt , & ad qtu f unguis ullidt-
iur.
d Camlis aorta dcfcendens.
Si vero arterins iftx ex utroque latere
aequc rede difcederent , fanguts fere
totusillibatus earum oraprarteriabere-
tur, uti Tab. t. Fig.y. oftendit; quam,
licet nunquarn occurrat, apponere vi-
fum eft, quo prions ratio melius perct-
piatur.
Ancequam vero Cordis Mufculum
de manu dimittamus, (upereft ut ad-
vert amus quod in Fcetu adhuc inutero
conclufb upi refp initio libere fieri non
poteft , Sc proiudc totus fanguis per
pulmones pertraniire necefle non ha-
bct , Provide cautum elle ut maxima
pars ejus alia via transferatur 5 quippe
in fcetunodum exclufb immediate in-
fra tuberculum iliud nupef memora-
tum? foramen (Ovale didum) invenam
pulmonalem proxime adjundam rcda
ante finiftri ventriculi foras apericur,
per quod maxima pars fanguinis a
vena cav£ redu6l:i immediate antedex-
tri
Cap . i . &- StruBura. 5 5
triventriculilimem in vcnam pneumo-
riicam infufa cum rcliquo fanguine a
nutritione pulmonis redeunte fimul in
finiftritmventriculum deniittitur, Ne
autcm eadem via redeat, membrana
quondam undique foraminis ejus limbo
nifi in parte infima attexicur, & tan-
quam velum infra oflii ejus infimum
ambkum in venx pulmonalis trunco
laxe dependet , ade6 ut fanguini a
vena cava affluent! facile cedar, &: fo-
ras quafi ultro pandat ; ex adverfb
autem latere, fi ianguis e vena pulmo-
nali in venam cavam remeare forte
urgeatur, membrana ifh primo fangui-
nis appulfu vena: pulmonalis lateri
arde applicatur , adeoque incurfum
ejus omnino repellit, non ablimili
prorfixs modo ac dudus ureteris in-
ter dupliccm vefioe tunicam perfora-
te, liberum & apertum urina? influx*
urn, refluxum vero omnino prohibet.
Et fiquidem fanguinis reliqui in ven-
trictilum Cordis dextrum influentis,
8c ab lllo in arteriam pulmonalem e-
jedi copia omnemperpulmonesadhuc
pertranfire nulla cogitneceflitas, ideo
E 4 ad
56 Cordi*fitns Cap.l.
adpartcmejus apuJmonedivertendam
canalis infuper arteriofus cx artena
pulmonali in aortam ipfem aperitur,
wide fanguis e dextro yentriculo ex-
pulfas, magna cx parte per iftum cana-
lem in aortam trajicitur, atque una
cumreliquo languine in totum corpus
dUpergitur > quum autem foetus ex-
cluditur be refpirare incipit, foramen
& canalis ifte, utpote quibus nihil
ultra opus eft, fenfim & indies coalef-
cunt, donee hoc tandem penitus oc-
cluditur, ille in ligamentum imper-
vium paulatim degenerat. Cujus fora-
minis & membrane figura, in Tab. i.
Fig.}, conltar. In qui
aaaa Limbus foramink ovalis ad
quern membrana iHa attexitur.
bb Eadem membranajnfra foramina
orb it am dependens.
c Sanguis in vena cava affluens.
d Jit idem tn venam pulmonalem in-
flmt.
tec Zocus ubi membrmam repellit,
& per apertum qtiafi ottium in-
mrrit,
Cordis
Cap. i. & StruBura. 57
Cordis defcriptione jam tradita,
reftat ut varia ejus difcrimina , totum
in diverfi generis animalibus, avibus ,
pifcibus, ferpentibus, ranis, reliquifque
minorum gentium animalculis, recen-
feam > eorumque rationes explicarem :
verum cum tantus fit eorum ambitus
ut txdio majore quam frudu enume-
randa fint, lufficiet potiora eorum phe-
nomena, & qux ad Cordis in perre£H-
oribus animalibus hiftoriam elucidan-
dam maximopere inferviunt, hie loci
commemorare. In Avibus itaque, ve-
Juti columba,gallina,pullo gallinaceo,
anfere, aliifijue, Cordis fabrica fimili-
bus omnino fibris , iifque pro propor-
tione aeque magnis ac in grandioribus
animalibus contexitur: licet enim ex-
terius fepti tranfverfi latus quod ven-
triculo dextro proximum eft, lasvem &:
aequalem faciem exhiben at interior
reliqui& extimilaterispars tota fibro-
fa eft , quin & valvulis femilunaribus
qua in pulmonem & aortam utrique
ventriculi patent, ambo donantur 5 in
orificio autem five ingreilii in ventri-
culum dextrum valvuiae tricufpides
omnino
5 8 Cordis fitus Cap. r.
omnino defunt, fed illarum vice rede
fiiper oftium ventriculi qua auriculam
re/picit, carnea qurcdam valvula de-
pendctjfiguras prorfus femilunaris, quas
quidem verfiis Cordis conum patula
Temper, fanguinem in onuii contra&i-
one fotfufum, pleno &c aperto femper
ore mox excipit, & quo magis reple-
tur eo ar&ius ventriculi orificioincum-
bit, reliquique fanguiuis ibidem ef-
fluxum prohibet : quanquam autem
dexter ventriculus ex uno latere pla-
nus &: \xvis fuerit; finifter tamen in
onmi Volucrumgenerc, quantum curi-
que parvi fuerint , cx omni parte £-
brofus eft, carneifque columnis extra
reliquas fibras cminentibus, quin &
valvulis mitralibus adeo affabrecon-
ftru&is donatur, ut nihil fanguinis in
pulmones remitti finant* Jucundo
enim ipe&aculo conftat, fi cono Cor-
dis abfciffo aqua e fyphone in ventri-
culum injiciatur,membranas iftasquafi
fufflatas mox extun>efcere> & ar&iC
fime fibi undique occurrences, oftium
illud Cordis penitus pracludere i adeo
ut quacunque vi atque impetu aqua
Cap.2. &Stmclura. 59
inje&a fuerir, nihil praterfluere pari-
antur, fed per aortamtotaexilit.
Et uti inminoribus hifce ad languid
nem reliquo corpori diftribuendum,
partis hujus conformationem «eque ac
in majoribus animalibus perfeftam
efle conftaj: ; ita dubitandum non eft,
in minimis omnium Naturae produ&is
nunquam omnino defiderari, fed Cor-
de licet biventre non gaudeant, fim-
plici tamennonprorfiisdeftitutj cujus
tamen fabrica cum oculis non adeo
obyia fueritj de ilia amplius non dit
feram.
CAP. 11.
Cordis Motus.
IN priore Excrcitatione, lads fuse
egimus de Situ&Stru&ura Cordis >
ubi fabricam ejus perfediflimam ,
3c fupta omnem hiimam ingenii cap-
turn vario apparatu & arte conforma-
tam efle conftitit. Quis autem qua-
lilquc
60 Cordis motus. Cap. 2.
lifque machine hujus admirand# mo-
ms ufufque fucritj jam proxime often-
dendum eft.
Itaque nobilis hxc Cordis compares,
uti ex vario fibrarum ordine mulculi
nomen apud Htppocratem & antiques
medicos obtimuit > ita motum ejus pa-
riter Mufcularem efle, Infigniflimus
Harveitu ex Vivorum difle&ione rede
obfervavit. Nam cum ex omni parte
tendiz & fectwdum omnem fibrarum
duBum conjiringi , erigi , mimrari, &
durefcere in omnimotu : Illi videbatur >
quidni a&ionem ejus cum reliquis
mufculis communem efle pronuntia-
ret ? Id quod Cap. z. de Mom Cordis
conceptis fere verbis videtur aflerere,
Mufculi enim^ inquit, cum moventur &
tn atfu fun,t, vigor ant ur, tenduntur, ex
molhbus duri fiunt, attolluntur, & in-
craj[antury & fimiliter Cor. Poftquam
lgitur Hirveius Cordis motum, data
opera tarn accurate obfervavit, ipfum-
quecum maximo vigore atque impetu
vibrari docuit, miretur forte aliquis
Cl. Cartefium,H0gelandum,alioCq\iQ cele-
bres virus (five quod robuftam Cordis
fabricate
Cap.2. Cordis motus. 6t
fabricam , magnofque ejus in omni
Syftolc nixus, five celerem fartgukiis
mocum non fatts attente perpenderent)
dubitafTe, au Cor feiplum movcat, an
potius a fanguine moveatur. Quippe
cum diveribs liquores chymicc prae-
paratos , arque invicem commiflbs
magna parti urn lu&a atque effervef-
centia ebullire , incuinefcerc, &, nifi
liberoaeri exponantur, vala quibus
continentur diffringere obfervarent,
mucato vix nomine de {anguine eandem
fabulam narrarunc > quo autem faci-
liu&haec fententia fidem obtineat, fer-
mencum quoddam nkrofulphureum in
Cordis ventriculo pratertim finiftro
holpitaridocuerunt, fanguinem autem
particulis heterogeneis> 6c valde fer-
mentativis faturatum quamprimum hu-
jufmodi fomitem attigerit, illicorare-
fieri, inflari, ac turgefcere > ut jam am-
plius Ipatium requirens foo potius
quam Cordis impetu in aortam e-
rdmpere atque exilire necefle habeat.
Verum nec in fanguine talem ebul-
Htionem excitari, nec in Cordc hujuf-
modi fermemum adelfe facile crit
oftenderej
6% Cordis motm.
oftendere > quanquarn enim inter cor-
pora qu# ex (alibus oontraria prorfus
indole preditis eonftant, ubi commit
centur, magna efferveicentia atque
lu&a exoritur, multaque 'effluvia dif-
cedant ; diifimilis tamen omnino &
magis benignse nature fanguinis liquor
exiftit, quam ut in Corde aut vafis fins
tarn seftuose & fiibito eftervefcat;
quippe novimus* quam mitis ejus li-
quor, quam benigno pierumque fucco
perfufus, quam lenis & placidus ejus
in venis verfus Cor refluxus > atque
ubi exitus ei aperimr &* in vafcuja
excipitur , quam cito inftar la&icinii
concrefcit, & nullum ebullitionis aut
ludte indicium prodit.
In Corde autem hujufinodi fermen-
tum dari qui contendunt, unde iilud
continuo fuppeditetur oftendere de-
buiflent. Si enim arterias coronarias
ubique in Cor diftributas in ventriculos
ejus fuccum quendam effundere di-
cant, advertere oportet membranam
ventriculi interiorem adeo imperviam
e(Ie5 ut nihil in cavitatem ejus pene-
trarepatiatun prout a tin&ura quavis
arteriis
Cap.2. Cor^ motus. 63
arteriis iftis vi inje&l manifefto appa-
ret. Si autem a particulis fanguinis in-
ter fulcos & fifluras ventriculorum de-
litefcentibus fermentum hoc prove-
nire atque inftaurari alterant, certum
eft fcrobiculos &: fiilcos iftos ad accu-
tatiorem ventriculi conftridionem
fados eile, prout fupra didum; adeo-
que inomni Cordis Syftole, connivere
invicem dc arde coh^erefcere ut nulli
prorfiis appareant, nec quenquamre-
liquiis fanguinis recondendis locum
aut fpatium relinquant.
Quinimo tantum abeft, utebullitio
fanguinis in Corde, fi qua? daretur, ad
motum ejus quicquam conferret, ut
illi prorfus obefle atque adverfarivi-
deatur > quippe Diaftole non ab intu-
mefcentia fanguinis ventriculorum pa-
rietes diftendente, fedpartim expon-
dere &quantitate ejulHemab auriculis
injedi, nec non motu reftitutionis ex
parte provenit, idedque Cordis dia-
ftole luam atque auricularum Syfto-
lemcontinua vice excipit. Ad Syfto-
lem ver6 Cordis perficiendam, ebulli-
tionemnon convenire, exinde conftat ;
quia
6\ QordU motus. Cap. 2.
quia cum moms ejtfs expanfivus fit,
addidiicenddspotius quamcontrahen-
dos ejus parietes inferviret.
Preterea qux ebullitio tarn regula-
rise aut acquis vicibus, aut qux tali or-
fafmo agitatur, utpoffit taiito impetu
quorem c Cordein remotifliraas cor-
poris partes (& ultra Iongefi exitusda-
retur) ejaculari > Quinimo fi fangui-
nifuus motus debeatur,quid opus Cor-
de ka fibrofo & tot Nervis inftru&o?
cum fimplicioribus dc planis intus
ventriculis formari poller, fi&nguinem
folum exciperc, eundem autcm non
cxpellere, natum effet.
Deinde* fi copiam {anguinis quali-
bet diaftole in ventriculos Cordis im*
niilfam perpendamus, nullus in Corde
locus hujufinodi ebullitioni aptus aut
fatis amplus reperiecur. Neque enim
fanguis ex auriculis guttatim depluit,
u ti * Cartefio aliifque viuim eft > fedtanta
ejus copia ab auriculis immittitur, ut
tota Cordis capacitas penitus ex-
plcacur j quantumcunque autem in fe
qualibct diaftole excipit ventriculus ,
proximi Syftolo expellit totum, uti
infra
Cap
• 2. Cordis motus. 65
infra elarius patebit. Porro, cur in
finiftropotiffimum vcntriculo fermen-
tum hofpitari Sc ebullitio longe fpu-
mofior cxcitari dtcatur > quare non in
dcxtro ventriculo patiter cum utriuf-
que eadem adtio fit , atque fibrartim
craflitie &robore fblum ob caufam
(iipra craditam difcriminentur 5 deni-
que quare non in auriculis praecipue,
quarum motus primarius eft, & Cordi
non tantum primos ad motum impe-
tus fed 3c fomitem continuo fiibmini-
ftrant, fane nec video, nec rationem
reddipofle exiftimo.
Prseterea, brevem nimis in Cordc
moramtrahit fanguis, quam ut ab illo
tantam ebullitionem concipiat, quip-
pe ni£hi oculi citius per ventriculos
ejus tranfit, ut pulvis pyrius accenfiis
non citius deflagret ; cuietiam acce-
dit quod fanguis cx arteria emiffus
nullomodo rarefa&us aut fpumofus
fi vafculo propc admoto excipiatur ,
fed venofb confiftentia & ponderc, &
per omnia pmer colorem non abfi
milis.
F Denique
66 Cordis motus. Cap.2.
Denique motum Cordis a fanguinis
ebuilitione nullo modo dependere,
hoc ipfiim arguit, quod Cor vivehti
animali detradum 6c omni fangume
dcpletum velinfruftula divifum, non*
dum tamen a mom ceflac > quin &: ani*
maiium juniorum Corda longo tem-
pore poftquam e pe&ore cxifcifTa font
h leviter acicula irricenrur, ftatim
pulfus fiios repetere, eofque dm coh-
tinuare nimis notum eft; quin &, an-
guillarum Corda fimiliteracuftimulata
pluribus horn poftquam exempta font,
itcrum pulfare ahimadvertuntur * ut*
pote quorum /pirkus in materia magis
vifcosa irretiti atque implicati tarn
cit<5> avolare non poifimt.
Verum ut experimento mihi con-
ftaret utrum fanguinis ebulHcia ulla
omnhio aliquid ad fanguinis motum
conferred experiri fiibiit an dettafto
iinguinej aliifqueliqnoribus, qui minus
rareficri aut ebullire apri font, pari
copia pervenam fiippeditacis, Coriiv
tcrca motum fuum nihilominus con*
tinuaret. Itaque languinem e ?en£
jugulari Canis fere ad totius maffe di-
xnidium
Cap.2. (jordis motm. 67
midium detraxi, inje&a per vices in
venam cruralem pari cerevifias cum
pauco vino mixta? quantitatc ; & hoc
altcrnis vicibus toties repetii , donee
loco fanguinis pallidior lolum tin&ufa
loturx carnium auc clareto plurima
aqu& diluto fimilis e vena proflueret ,
Corde interim de pulfu priftino paulu-
lumtantumremittente, adeout totum
fere fanguinem cum cerevifia, priut
quam vitam cum morte commu-
tarec.
At fiquidem facilius eft experimen-
tum quam fidem facer e,hiftoriamhanc
unicam quam a medico fidedigniffimo
accepi aftruere libet > Adolefcenti
16 annos nato cum magna fenguinis
copia ( qua de causa non refert) per
biduum continue erumpcret, neque
medicamentis aut arte ulla cohiberi
potuit; jufculiseum reficcre & recre-
are amici & aftantes curarunt > cum-
que ea valde avide expeteret atque at-
fumeret , ftaxus iubinde concitatior
quoque fa&us eft5 dc tandem res eo
devenit , ut mafia far^uinis fere tota
emifla>quicquidjam efBueret^dilutum
F 2, &
68 £W» niotus. Cap. 2.
& pallidum, ianguinis ncquc naturam
neqiie fpeeiem pr& fc fenet, ipfi juC-
culo quod toties hauferat quam fan-
guini fimilius : Atque cadem forma
per diem unum aut alteram duravit hie
aqueus Ru'xus, conftartte interim Cor-
di motu iiio, donee fluxu demum con-
fopko Juvenis paulatim integral (alu-
ti reftituttis eft, & exinde in virum ro-
buftum & quadratum accrevit.
At priuiquam ultima huicargumen-
to janua claudatur, adverterc oportct
duo Htrvai obfervafa pofle hie & Co-
fereobjici, Sanguineni' ante formatum
Cor, &: port idem emortuum moveri,
unde kcile arguitur, moram ipfius non
poife a Cordedependere ; verum hike
in promptueritreferre.
i. Q\janquam agnofcendufn eflc ,
vhalem illam guttulam in cicatricula
hofpitantem* ealore ftictibatus exci-
taram fe expandere : Verum id dicen-
dum erit membrane earn continentis
beneficiodeberi, quae intumefeentem
Hlam guttulam reprimit fitnul ac coer-
cct. Cum enim liquor ille feminalis
intra cicatriculam contcntus a calore
externc-
Cap. 2. Cordis motus. 69
externo diu fovetur, (piritus in co la-
rentes klh quaquaverium explicant >
atque partim in niembranam conti-
nentem impingunt, atque invifcantun
partim, pro explicando fibi (patio,
niembranam illam diftendunt ; quae
cum locum iaus amplum concedcre
non poteft, quo fe a tcnfione ifta libe-
ret, feipfam contrahit & conftringit :
Quo fit, lit liquor intro compulfus, ex->
ltum quxrens , viam fibi faciat atque
canalem procudat 5 Atque ad hunc
modum ipfa witx noftne primordia &
corporis ftamina ortum ducere video-
tur. Cumque omnis infuper motus
mufcularis in contra&ione pofitus fit,
non tarn ab ebullitione ilia five partium
Ipirituofarum in iftaguttula expanfione,
led a veliculx iftius Syftole motus hu-
jus principium ordiri putandum eft.
Quippe qua! veficula ipfo (anguine
prior er at ; & poftca, ubiinfanguinem
mutaturifte liquor, & a£hiatur,r fimul
ea motus fuos exerit : Veficula enim
pullans ab ipfo principio, liquoris in
fanguinem mutati non tan turn con-
eeptaculum , fed &: machina motiva
F I eft,
70 Cordis motus. Cap«2#
eft 5 qui hujus nixu &c beneficio ex-
tra cicatricuke ambitum fe profert >
& arterias, pro dilatando fibi fpatiOj
venafque pro reportando pabulo, pro-
cudic-
z. Quod ad undulationem iftam
fanguinis in vena cava poft emortuam
auriculam v arbitror illam nullo fan-
guinis iftteftino mom , fed yaforum ,
a fpiritibus per nervos ubique diftra-
&is, corrugatione contingere : Non
alker quam ipiritusirtmufculis ubique
oberrantes > motum Ulum tremulum
poft mortem diu protrahunt. Atque
ha&enus de fermento hoc quod in
Cordis ventriculo, potiflimumfiniftro,
imagiuantur aliqui, qu6d fanguinem
affluentem ebullire faciat. Sequitur
aliorum qu# ad hanc proxime accedit
fententia perpendenda > qui Ignem
quaii veftaLem quendam in Corde con-
ftituunr, qui immiffum ianguinem fic
accendat, ut in arterias ftarim exilire
debeat- Parum abeft enim, quin fan
guineni per vices influum a Cordis igne
non aliter accendi & ftatim prorum-
pere opinentur, quam fi vcntriculi
ejus
Cap.2. Cwdi* motus. 71
ejus candentes prorfiis eflent 8c igniti,
8c fanguis velut pulvis pyrius a primo
ignis conta&u in flammas accendi
aptus ; quod quantum a ratione abut,
mox expenderoas.
Prxterquam cnim quodarduum eft
concipere, Sanguinem eoufque rare-
fied, ut> in Cordis ventriculos una-
quaque diaftole dilapfus, tam fubito
folutis omnibus patticulis, vclut pul-
vis pyrius accenius > in vaia exiliat j
(quod nulli liquori concerTum eft:)
hoc accedit, quod Cordis pulfus
multo celerior eft ftatim a paftu 8c
pleniore potu > dum chylus adhue
crudus y 8c proinde rareficri minus
aptus, cum reJiquo (anguine Cordis
ventriculos pertranlit.
Tantum etiam abeft ut credamfan-
guinis motum a fua in Corde acceru
Cone ulla dependere , ut nec Cordi
calorem faum jure aliquo debere vide-
atur: Quanquam enim Cor caloris
fons , ( unde calor in cotum corpus
emanat, ) refte iaris agnofcendus lie :
non ideo taincn in illo folo calorem
iftum excitari, aut langttinemab illo
F 4 tantum
72 Cordis, motus. Cap.2.
tantum incalefccre , vcrius forte di-
cetur, quam aquas riiermarum a baJ-
neo ubi crumpunt, & non ab inceftino
parrium xii\iy quas in vifccribus tcrrx
in tranfitu lambunt alluuntque, calo-
rcm fuum conciperc \ nihil enim in
Corde eft quod tanto calori produ-
cendo fufficiat : Conft^t utique Cor
ex fe non calere > fed, qucmadmodum
fanguine per arterias in depofito
omnino aiitur, ita quoque foveri de-
fiderat. Tarn enim intenfum calorem ,
(uti Vclthujim dicit,) in Corde reperiri,
qui vi (ha & calore prcprio in affufo fan-
guine tarn Jub'itam & fortem ebullition
nem cxcitet, non eji verifimtle > neque
ea Cordis fir ma & conjlans par Hum con-
(InuttOy at tot anms ferendo fit tarn
acrtm c/ibrem ; Non expcrimur. etiam
digith in Cor anima/is. ddjficli & adhut
viventk immifiis tarn wter/fmn calorem 5
ntc etiam pwguedo qua circa Cor eft> in
tan torn durittempojfet concrefcere.
Cordi itaqucnonmagis tribuendum
eft quam vaiis & vifccribus omnibus
iifqueprxcipue quae in pe&oris &: ab-
dominis claullro conclufa fimt, quod
fanguis
Cap.2. Cordis motus. 73
Cinguis tantum incalefcat : Quippe,
uti fanguinem in extremis partibus,
ubi exteino aeri fere nudus & expo-
litus fertur, refrigerari accidit > ita
pariter certum eft , ubi in pe&oris &
abdominis cavitatem recipitur , in
locis adeo conclufis protinus incalct
cere ; atque hinc eft quod homines
obefi & P^gui aquiliculo donatio quo-
rum vafa fanguifera profunde magis
& quali in carne fepultas latent , pra
macilentis frigoris patientes fint >
quanquam Corda hujuftnodi prapin-
guium hominum non adeo vegcta &
robufta , ac illorum qui raagis funt
graciles&ftrigofi.
Sanguini itaque in totum debemus
quod Cor ipfiun caleat, quod corpora
noftra calore fuo a&uet &: vivincet.
Concedimus interim, licet major illi
calor quam cseteris Mufculis a natura
datus non fit, in quantum tamen con-
tinuo motu &: in loco adeo conclufb
indefinenter exercetur, ita prx cete-
ris corporis membris calore magis
conftante & vegeto donari j unde
forfanfit3ut fanguinem in fe reccptum
74 Cordis mom. Cap.2.
aliquanmlumacontaftu fiid magis ad-
hucfovcat, calfaciatque.
Qui bus rite perpenfis clarum fore
arbitror , Nec motum Cordis a fan-
guinis ebullitioncj nec languinis calo-
rem a Cordis foco ullo, omnin<> de-
pendere.
Sed quandoquidem ccrtum eft nos
igiie pliriquatn poetico &metaphorico
incalefcere,opene pretium foret proxi-
mo in toco pleniiis explicare , quo-
modo (anguis ipfe xftuitr in fe con-
cipir, & calorem toti corpori fiibmi-
niftrat. Verum cum prater fiifcepti
operisinftitutumfuerit, atqueinfuper
CL Willifwm in tra&atu De Ardma, de
Sanguinis quoque incakfeentia , aliquid
meditari compererimjrei medico adeo
injunus efle nollem, ut ei anfam hujut
modi atque occafionem prseripiam.
Cum ex pramiflis Citis conftiterit
motum Cordis non dependere a {angui-
ne, proxime dicendum reftat, quibus
inftrumentis& machinisperhciatur.
Ea autem fiint vel proximo, qua? mo-
tum ejus immediate perficiunt, vel re-
mote qua? ipfum adjuvant.
Qu<e
Cap* 2,' Cordis motus. 75
Quae motum ejus perficiunt ab ipfo
Corde proxime petenda font ; quip-
pc in illo ipfo partes motui ejus ci-
endo pares atque accommodas adelfe
omnes exinde conftat, quod nullus
Mufculus iis inftrudior fit : Nervis
enim copiofe ei infertis & per totam
cjusfuperficietadenfe explicatisipfiim
inlpirari, fibris quoque omne genus,
quaquaverfum intertextis 6c undique
complicates firmari , atque tendinofb
margine bafin ejus cingi, clarum & ob-
vium eft > nec in animalis vel minimi
Corde cujus fabrica oculi aciem non
eliidit, iftorum quicquam omnino de-
cile aut defiderari videtur.
Qui quidem machinx apparatus
certo demonftrat ipfiim protfus Mut
culum efle, motumque cum reliquis
Mufculisomnino limilem Ibrtiri. Quo
au?em Cordis matum clarius explice-
mus> a fimpliciore Mufculi re£ti motu
tanquam rcliquorum omnium norma
ordiemur.
Itaque Mufculus re&us uti eduplici
ventre cum appenfo utrique tendine
conftituitur, ita motus ejus duplex
quo-
76 Cordis motus. Cap. 2.
quoque eft; qu*ppe cum utriufque
ventris fibra: in oppofitos tendincs at-
que fines terminentur, ut ut membra,
quibus per tendines conjundi fint, una
cademque opera propius invicem ad-
duci videantur , non uno tamen utri-
ufque mom hoc peificitur : Quippe
cum a contrariis metis licet ad idem
centrum fe contrahant , inde tamen
fit ut oppofita ofla aut membra cui
anneduntur , utriufque adverli con-
tradioni fimul obediant, proindequc
ardius (ibi mutud acccdere debcant \
ade6utmDtus omnis muifcularis non
aliter perfici videatur, quam ubi duo
homines accept* invicem dextra in
mutuum amplexum fefb arde & propius
attrahunt. Et cum mufculi cujuique
neque unicus venter fit , neque fibrx
una &: continua ferie ab uno tendine
m alium pcrgant, verum e duplici muf-
culo &fibris in oppofitum refpicienti-
bus conftet, dubitari obiter poflet,
Annon adverse eorum contradioni
cujufque mufculi motus quam fimplici
ejufdem inflation^ meliore jure de-
beatur: Quin&> fi mufculi motus in -
flando
Cap.2. Cordis motus. 77
flando fieret, quid impcdit quo minus
cujufvismufculifibne (qua? rc&x funt
be per tenuiflimas iblummod6 mem-
branarum fibrillas inter fecohxrentes)
a fc fnutuo difflentuf- atque divellan-
tur, coufque foltem, ut fibrarum di-
ftra&io dolorem inferat ? Cui eciam
accedity quod Mufculus ab hujufinodi
tnflatione extrorfum diftemus vel
maxime apparere deberet ; verum cx
adverfo conftat,Mufculumin ornni mo-
tu admodum ar&c 8c infefeintrorfiim
eonftringi, minorari & durefecre., ad-
eoquc modo inflationi prorliis conrra-
rio moveri.
Prarterca ft ab explofione diverfe
indolis fpirituurn fibi mutuo in Mu£-
culo concurrentium, five aeris cum
fpiritu anhnali concurfii fiat, cum utri-
que continuo influant, quidni perpc-
tuo motu partes omnes excrceantur J
Et quid Animx in nos impcriuih valet
ii folum inftin£him motus prarffcaret &
fomitiigniario tantum accendendoin-
ferviret, turbinemqueexcitaret, quem
pro libitu fiio cohibere rurfiis non po-
tcrit ? Ccncvix credible eft rcsadco
diverfas
78 Cordis mom. Cap* 2*
diverfas faltem in corporc bene con-
ftituto exiftere, aut invicem committi,
aut quas anima fixo nutu non potent
coercere.
Non enim tarn fclopeta in nobis
explodere exiftimanda eft anima,
quam enfem quafi vibrare, & hii c illiic
variecontorquere, adigere, retrahere?
quern &c pro placito fuo recondere
item poteft : Cum enim motus noftros
regerepoffimus, & quocunque placet
gradu moderari , cumque MufcuK in
id fa&i videantur, ut fibrammab op-
pofitis trahentiumnixu atqueope mo-
tus fuosperficiant, non video quarea
principio tarn violento ejus modum at-
que caufam petere debeamus. Verum
hxc obiter di&a funto.
Quoniam vero Cordis Stru&uram
reliquis in corpore Muiculis ratione,
a tut configura, analogameffe & con-
formem? prius oftenfiira eft s reftat ut
motum quoque ejus confimilem eflc
& fecundum omnium fibrarum dufihim
peragi ■> evincam.
Cum itaque motus cujufque MuC
ouli biventris ubique fiat a fibri$ car-
neis
Cap<2. Cordis motus. 79
neis oppofitos tendines infefead me-
dium contrahentibus &. cum ad alio-
rum tiormam Cor duplici quoque fi«
brarum indiv<rfai^^icientiumordine
potiffimum conftet /> quatum qua: ex-
teriares funt a Ixva dextram vertiis
porre&ae undique parenchyma ejus
cirgunt complicantque, quasverdpra-
fundiiis latent, du#u plane conttario
feranrur > Fieri non poteft, ubifibrae
ilia? fimul contrahuntur, quatenus pa-
rietes Cordis undique adducunt, quin
ipatia vencriculorum intus coardkari
mulctim& conftringinecefle fit, aded
utnonineptelinteoutrinquc ad expri-
mendam aquam contorco, aut cm-
menas a duplici filoindivedatrahente
occlufecompararipo/fiti quippe fibre
in conftrigendo Corde idem omnino
prxftant, motumque primario effi-
citmr
Quin cum fibrae Cordis aliquot
zc&x> alia* onines circa conum & u-
niverfum ejus ambitum contortx ob-
Jiquo&oppafitQ dudto /piralibusvehic
lineis in bafiiUcrminennir, nonlblum
fit, ait queries fibre bar utrinque ccn-
trahuntur,
8o Qor&umotus. Cap.2o
trahuntur, ventriculorum firms intus
comprimant &: anguftent j fed ut co -
num bafi propiiis adducant : Fibras
enim cum quolibet nixu fiid bafin
Cordis dcducere conentur, ilia au-
tem a fulcro tarn inflabili & firmo
dependeat. ut attra&ioni earum neu-
tiquam cedere poffit, fieri nequit ,
quin mobile ad quiefcens aecedat, un-
de turn Cordis compages conftri&ior
fit, turn conus ejus ad bafin propius
accedat ; quod non aliter omnino ne~
que diffirnili plane modo fit, quam in
communi lufii quis de fune pendens
addu&is fortiter brachiis fete erigit &r
in ahum evehit.
Quin & (ut obiter hoc moneam)
cum omnis motus contra&ione per-
ficiatur, & Cordis fibne ad conftrkli-
onem fcliim fa£te fint> apparet quoquc
C ordis motum totum inSyftole po-
fitum efle> cumque fibra? ultra tonum
fuumin omni conftri&ione ejus ten
dantur, idcirco ubi nixus ifte abfblvi-
tur, motu quafi reftitutionis Cor ite-
rum relaxacur & languine a venis in**
fluenre rurfus diftencittur s a nujlo
cnim
Cap . 2 . Cordis mot us. 8 1
cfiim cordis motu, nifi cenfionem
fuam remittente', &: ab irrucntc fan-
guinediaftole ejus libratis adeo vicibus
fiicccdit.
Ex perfpe&o aiitem cordis motu ,
auricularum ille faci'lius cognofci po-
teft , fiquidem fibre utrique auricula-
rum communes ab una in alteram
porre&a? efficiunt forfan ut firnul
motus ineant; at cum fibre earner a-
lix in tendinem cordis communem
protenfe fint , alia: vero in circulum
neryofiim vena? cava? proximum iiv
ferantur, quatenus ab oppofitis parti-
bus fefeinvicem trahunt, fpatium in-
ttis coar&ant valde, adeoque fangui-
nempariter contentum in cordis finus
depellunt.
Motum autem cordis a fibris fuis
perfici non alio opus eft indicio, aut
argumento/ quamquod ventriculi ejus
pro vario ufii atque motus exigentia,
taiito inter fe difcrimine, fibras quod
fpe&at, conftruantur : Quippe uti
non aeqtris viribus ad breve atque ad
longutri iter confieiendum opus eft ,
ica proas Unguis ad minorem diftan-
G tiam
82 Cordis motas. Cap,2.
tiam, vel procul projid'& propelli de-
beat, vencriculi pariter craffioribus vel
tenuioribus fibris donantur > ideoque
iinifter ventnculus, ut labore & pen-
fb, ita & fibrarum robore dextrum
miiitum antccellit. Sed licet dextri
ventriculi Rbrx multo magis graciles
8c tenues font, nullo tamen eorum or-
dine deftituitur ; neque inde putan-
dumelt, nonomnino, quianon«eque
fortiterpulfarc; multo minus propter
finiftri tantum viciniam moveri ; quip*
pe liee t dexter finiftro aecrefcatf fk
totus ad ilium in omni Syftole con-
trahatur, adedque dimidiatum tantum
circulum motu Itio defcribat > Nor
tamen akcrius adminiculo , fed pro-
priis fibris liocperficit: Quippe tantum
abeft ut finifter ventriculus ad dextri
mo turn conferat, ut fepti tranfverfi latus
quod cavitati dextri ventricuU proxi-
mum eft, fere Temper ( praefertim in
minoribus animalibus ) planum & in
minoribus Ixvclit t idem tamen feptum
qua finiftri ventriculi cavitatem reipi-
eit totum fibrofiim &: altis fcrobicuJis
excavatumefti kdiciofatismanifefto*
ad
Cap.2 . Cwdis motm. 8 3
ad finiftri tantum ventriculi conftri£to-
nemconferre, ut fiiperius monftravi.
Atqueex hie etiam interioris fepti
fibrosa textura > abunde conftat , ad
ventriculi finiftri motuiftmultum con-
duces neque vero alirer fieri potuit,
cum feptum hoc finiftri vena*iculi pars
fit,, fibraeque toti ejus cireulo undi-
quaque continue & communes fue-
rint.
Et fiquidem fulcos iftos & iriter-
ftitia in fepto excavaca ad ar&iorem
Ventriculi conftri&ionem infervire
oftenfum fit , patet inde, quam in-
eptc ad (anguinis ab uno ventriculo
inaliumtranfitum ifta infcrvire dican-
ttin cum revera nullibi pervia fuerint,
fed huic foliim muneri deftinata.
Vidimus hue ufque quam robufta
cordis fabriea, quam fibris undique
firmatafuerit. Proximo incumbit, ut
quali vi motus fiios exerat, videamus :
Et revera nemo ejus fabricam fatis mi-
ran aut attente fatis perpendere vide-
tur, qui illud non cum maximo vigore
atque impetu vibrari concedit > Si-
quidem non folum a fanguine tanta vi
G 2* pro-
84 Cordis motuf. Cap. 2.
proje&o , fed &r ipfo corde maiiu rra-
dtaro, vel abfciflb ejus cono & digito
immiflb, manifefto apparer, maximo
illud robore &: nhcu moveri arque
conftringi > adeo ut , ex Syftolc ejus
non folum venrriculos anguftari, fan-
guinemque ob fpatii defe&um expri-
mi> ted cor cum impetu & vigofe vi-
brari, atque (anguincm vegeto & vali-
do parietum (ubfiiltu 6c concuflionc
excuci atque expelli conftet > quin,
ut id faltem hoc in loco commemorem,
quod cor a (pafino aliquaiido correp-
rum tamo imperii eoncitari, ut coftas
ipfas perfregille, omnemque ejus Sy-
ftolen a cubiculo in platea procul cx-
audiram fuifle ; Item, ab affiduo rho-
racis a cordis moru &: diverberatione,
indumenta veluti flabello motirara >
veriim eriam thoracem arque fternum
ab illo motu e (ede naturali deje&a at-
que extuberare roa&a a Femelio,
$orcsio,& C. Pifinc fcriprum eft > Eriam
hoc acceditv quod in equis alongo
curfu redetinribus, fingulos cordis pul-
fits e longinquo exaudiri folenne fit ;
quippe fanguis tanta vi & impetu tunc
lemporis
Cap, 2. Cordis motus. 85
temporispervafatrajicitur, utfingulos
pulfus longc procul enumerare atque
#que eerto edicere poilis ac fi digitum
falienti arterix juxta admoveris, quin
&: fepe obfcrvavi in viris non admo-
dum robuftis dum in lcdo decumbe-
rcnt, cortinas ad omnem cordis mo-
tum fuecuti, &accuratum pulfus ryth-
mum fervare.
Quae cum ita fc habcant , oppor-
tunum erit in quirere quomodo cordi
inftin&us fiii motus advenit & undc
vis ilia five robur data funt, ut per to-
tum vitas curriculum mo turn fuum in-
definenter prxftare valcat.
Atque hie de modi ratione qua cor-
dis motus perficitur dicendum eflet »
fed cum nimis arduum fit de ea quic-
quamriteconcipere, atque dei folius,
qui fecreta ejus rimatur, motum quo-
que ejus cognofcere prserogativa fit ,
in eo ulterius perfcrutando opcram
non pcrdam.
Sufficiet itaque hoc in loco adver-
tere tantiim , cordi vim illam & vigo-
rem quo fanguinem in finus fuos con-
tinuo illabentempari&: conftantipaflu
G j expellir,
86 Cordis motus. Cap.2.
expeUit, a nullo intus contento exci-
tari , fed fuperne & velut coelitus a
capite in illud defcendere. Si quidem
enimnobili/fimi atque fumrne neceffa-
rii tifus foerk, idco pro motu ejus
praeftando tarn fedula & folieita eft
natura, ut, praeter infignes nervorum
propagines ubique in illud denfe di-
ftributas , pro continuo etiam fpiri-
tuum animalium influxu > cerebellum
in fiiper, quafi perenne eorum promp-
tuarium, eiaccommodaverit : A cujus
benigna & conftanre influentia adeo
dependet , ut, fi Ipirituum influxus
velmtnimo tempons momento impe-
diatuiy motus ejus illico deficiat. Ner-
visenim oefcaviparis , in cervice ar&e
ligatis, autpenitus abfciffis (quod ani-
mali peiindeeft,) mirum di£tu quanta
fubito mutatio 1 Cor quod moderate
antea & asqualiter motus fiios obiit ,
ftatim ab inje&a ligatura palpitare 3c
contrcmifcere incipit, atque ita diem
tinum & alteram miferum animal Cor-
de tremulo & pe&ore admodum fiif-
piriofo languidam vitam protrahit, &
brevi tandem exlpirat.
Quantas
Cap. 2. Cordis motus. 87
Quantas autem cordis anguftiasex
pracilioneautligaturaifta mox patitur
animal, fatis conftat ex immediate
confequenti corporis lu&a &: conten-
tion, qua: tanta 3c tain vehemens eft,
lit, nifi hrmis vincuJis cobibeatur ani-
mal, difficile fitipfum in eodem loco
aut corporis fitu continere.
Cur autem ab hujufmodi ligatura
animal non ftatim extinguitur, ratio
hxc eft i nempe, quia prater &ppe-
tias a nervo recurrente allatas, etiam
infra ligaturam illam diverfe propa-
gincs nervofe a plexu intercoftali fiib
ingreflu pe&oris in nervos octavi paris,
prhijfquam fiirculos fuos cordi dimit-
tunt, proxime implantantur > quarum
ope pro lilftentando debili motu, quo-
ufque fanguis fluxilis & tenuis eft>
Ipiritusutut in minorecopia fuppedi-
Cantor : Veruni cum propter cordis
languorem & fatifcentiam liquor (an-
guinis ftagnare &: grumefcere incipit,
ftibfidiaria; iftaefpirituumcopia: adpul-
fiim continuandum diu pares non
funt, ut necdfe fit vitam ob defedum
iftius motus tandem extingui. Ha?c
G 4 ita
88 Cordis motus. Cap. 2.
ita effe tarn certum eft, utnullus du-
bitem , fi nervi ifti paulo infra com-
municationem illam cum nervis inter-
coftalibusligarentur, quin animal fta-
tim fyncope &: cor afpheuxia corri-
peretur : cujus quidem experimen-
tum commode fieri nonpoteft> quia
nervorum communicatio ilia fub ipsa
clavicula lit &: juxta vala fimguinis ma-
jora, ut nec oculis diicerni poflir, nec
digiris explorari.
Cum igitur mo turn cordis ab in-
fluxu in nervos, ci copiofe infcrtos, Ib-
lumperfici oftenfum fit; proxime di-
cendum foret , quot modis &: quibus
de caufis motus cordis alter etur.Quo-
niam veto pro magno partium con-
fenfu &c fympraxi, cordis motus pluri-
mum intenditur & remittitur , idea
ad rem fore arbitror, fi prius often-
dero qu#nam partes ilia: funt, & qua-
le praeftant fubfidium.
Et quandoquidem cordis proxima
eft cum pe&ore & pulmonibus affini-
usy eaqueneceffitudinenaturx mutua
ipforum opera conjundta fint, ut neu-
trum fine altero commode moveri
poffir3
Cap. 2. Cordis motus. 89
poffit , vel diu fiiperefle > C unique
pulmones interim nullo fuo nifu, fed
fecundaria tantum opera hoc perfici-
ant > diaphragmati potius & mufculis
intercoftalibus acceptfum rcferri de-
bet , quod ill! liberum aeri commea-
tum in fanguinem conccdant.
Quicquid igitur aut du£tum pulmo-
num inxus obftruit, aut ipfos extra ni-
mis comprirxiit , vel diaphragma &:
mufculos intercoftales libere contra-
hi & reJaxari omnino prohibet, aut
valde impedit, cordis quoque motum
fimili modo afficiet. Siquidem par-
tiuin iftarum affe&us, quales font an-
gina, pulmonis vomica, tuberculum
intus enatum, hydrops pe&oris, em-
pyema, paroxyfimi Ipafmodici, rifiis
immodicus &continuus, quatenusvel
canalem afpcrx arterix vel vafa pul-
monum fiinguifera occludendo , vel
onere dc mole fua cor & pulmones op-
primendo, vel liberam pectoris ad ex~
cipiendum aerem expanfionemcohi-
bendo impediunt , cordis motum va-
riismodis alterant.
JLongu
Cordis motus. Cap.2.
Longum autem omnino eflet ex-
plicare,quomodo fingularishic affeclrus
accidat, auc in cor fecuadario redun-
dat : In quantum tamen ex mom
pectoris depravato, atque diaphrag-
maris pttecipue,fanguinis & cordis mo-
tus fepe &graviterpervertitur; ope-
ra? prerium erit oftendere quinam po-
tiffimum iflius partis affectus fuerint
& quomodo labem fuam cordi affi-
gunt:
Refpiratio autem a duobus pnecipue
impedituf , a rifu nempe & fingultu.
i. In rifii enim diaphragma a muC-
culis tnfimi ventris, vifcera faa in id
impellentibus, in pectoris cavitatem
liirfum ufque adigi, Sc tremulo gradu
vduti ad aerem per partes excutien-
dum , pro formando intra laryngem
rifu, relaxari videtur ; quo fit, ut, cum
pericardio ipfi accrefcat , cor ipfum
ejufque bafin ad fua iplius vafa, tarn
qua langumem excipere quam qua
cjicerefolet, ar&e adigat, impingat-
que > adeb ut, occlufis quafi cordis
foribus, circuitus fenguinis pro tem-
pore intermittatur qu6d ex tumore
venarum
Cap.Z. (Cordis motus. ft
venarum omnium in collo, facie, &
fronce plane patet. Quamprimum
autem rifus definit, & diaphragma ad
debitum iitum rediens cor iterum de-
ducit, ut lyftolen fuam & diaftolem
repetere valeat , fanguini circuitus
fuusredit & venarum tumor ifte, qui
prius in rifii apparuit, vafis iterum de-
Kletis omnin6 evanefcit : Rem ita fe
abere conftat , quoniam in longiore
rifii prarfertim in parvulis (quern nutri-
ces fepe jufto diutius provocant) non
folum facies a nimia fanguinis copiS?
propter impeditum ejus recurfum,
liyefcit > fed & mors ipfa importunas
iftas blandidas aliquando excipit :
prouthiftorix paflim teftantur.
In finguleu, (qui quidem, Iic£t
hoxam atque occafionem ventriculo
plerunque debeat , diaphragmatis ta-
men proprie affe&us eft * & ideopro
libitu noftro fpafmum ejus imitari, aut
fpiritus retentione pro tempore cohi-
bere poffumus . ) Cum diaphragmatis
circulo nervofb pericardium uftdique
accrefcat, fieri non poteft, quin con-
vulfione fiia hoc in confenfumtrahat,
adeoque
Cordis ynotw. Cap.20
adeoque motum cordis interturbet*
Et licet brevishujufmodi affe&io mag-
nas cordi moleftias non faciat, infe-
bribus tamen malignis, ubi diutius &
per plurcs forfan horas & dies perfe-
verat , cordis mufculum adeo laceffit
& defatigat, ut, pofthujufinodi irrita-
tionis txdium , nihil magis quam de
cordis dolore 8c anxietatc conque-
rantur *, quin & puHiis plurimum in-
termittit : fieri enim aliter nonpoteft
quin a partium iftarum adhxfione9 &
^terius fpafmo , mutua ipforum opera
impcdiatur > neque enim diaphragma
roties & tarn violenta Syftole corripi
poteft, quin cor limul fecum traliat,
adeoque antipraxi fiia motum ejus
durante, paroxyfmo multum peryer-
tat.
Uti vero fanguinis & cordis moras
a cerebro totus dependet, proutfupra
patuit j ita ne tanta beneficia alterutri
gratis data videantur, advertere obiter
non alienum erit > quod, quamquara
cerebrum ipfum in partes omnes infe-
noris corporis velut rex in fuos fub-
ditos dominatur, & pro nuru &: im-
Cap.2. Cordis motus. 93
perio fuo omnia regit &gubernat ; non
camen ita fupra eas fitum eft, ut abs-
que illarum ope & minifterio, fpfiim
fuperefte poflit, aut quicquam valeat.
Q^uippefpiritusanimalcs, vitaque ipfe,
a continuo fanguinis in cerebrum ap-
pulfu adeo ex adverfo dependent , uc
omnimodx ejus (iippreflioni mox fyn-
cope & lypothymia fiiccedant > & qui-
dem ii diutius affe&us ifti perfeverent,
animalis vitaprorfus evaneick. Cuius
ratio alia non eft, quamquod, ut fpiritus
animales conftante fanguinis influxu
pro motu cordis & pe&oris continu-
ando e cerebro per nervos deftillant,
ita conftante fanguinis penu in cere-
brum depofito relarciridebeant; ideo-
que fidebito & perpetuo ejus veftigali
defraudetur, cerebrum quafi ecclip-
lin patitur, & animal fenfa motuque
privatum fuo pondere concidit > uti in
fyncopeaffe&is videre eft.
A mutua vero cordis cum cerebro,
& fibi invicem accommodata opera,
tota fensus motufque ratio dependet :
Dum fcilicet a cordis motu, fanguis
continuo in cerebrum & cerebellum,
pro
94 (yrdu'rtu&u.. Cap*2«
proextillandis (piritibus tranfinittitut ;
& Ipiritus 4 vice versa, per nervos in
cor influences, motum cjusperennem
8c conftantem viciffim confervant:
Adeo ut cordi debeatur , quod ipiri-
tus in cerebro nunquam deficianti
quin & cerebrum hoc agit ut cordis
motus nunquam ceilet.
Uti autem hxc ambo mutuum fibi
fobfidium &: minifterium preftant ut
neutrum fine altero fupereire queac *
ita non minore officii neceffitudine a
ventriculo utrumque dependet : Quip-
pe vitx hoftrx rano in his potiflimum
confiftit, utcibus in ventriculo tii chy-
lum prspparetur, ut chylus in corde &
vafisappenfis affimiletur in fanguinem*
be denique utpurior &fubtiMima pars
fanguinis in cerebrum extilletun
cumque a fanguine noftro plurima
fefhper effluvia fecedant, atque con-
ftans malfe fanguinis &lpirkuum ani-
imHumdilpmdiumfiat, neceffeeftut
continue & recenti pabulo vitalis ca-
lor refociJletur; atque idcirco anatura
caurumeft, ur pari proventu chylus in
ventriculo conficiatur , qui liquorem
foiguinis
Cap.z. mom. 95
fenguinis pereuncem aeque certo re-
farciat. Vcrum nequc hoc folum fiif-
ficit, uuchylus ufque in debita copia Sc
menfiira languini fiippeditetur ; fed,
ut is ie&e prius conhciatur> fumme
neceflarium eft : Quippe fi, ex mala
conco&ione, chylus> partibus /pirituo-
fis & a&ivis nondum fermentatione
diflblutis & liberatis, crudus & impu-
ratus fanguini mifccatur ; nunquam
poftea volatilis aut fpirituofus fiet:
(pari modo ac, ficerevifiamnovellam,
vel vinum infermentatum deftillati-
oiii tradas ; non nifi crudum &: aufte-
rum minimequelpirituolum liquorem
cxcf ahes : ) Ec prbinde cum neque
laudabili fanguini generando, neclpi-
ritibus rite extillandis aptus fuerit,
ceconomia animalis defe&us hofce
vcntriculi fecundario luit s verumita
ut in ipliim cor proxime redundent.
Adcoque ubifl;omachus cibumrcjicit,
aut acceptiim non rede concoquit >
pulfiis ftatim a naturali tenore valde
deficit: Proutin cache&icis, & cra-
pula frequeare debilitatisj cuUibet ob-
iervareeft.
Atque
$6 Cordi* wotus. Cap.2.
Atque haec fiint inftrumenta, &r
cau& proxime-remotx, quibusmo-
tum cordis fuftentari aut alterari con-
tingit. Reliant alia? propiores, &ve-
lut inteftfha? caufe > qua? motum ejus
alterant, & labefa&ant : Idque qua-
tuor prafertim modis accidir, i. Cor-
dis ipfius *» x. Vaforum continentium;
3. Sanguinis; 4. Spirituum influenti-
um culpa.
I. Et primo quiddm de iis qux ab
ipfb corde , ejufre Perrcardio prove-
niunt> dicendunv
1. Cum enim non folum ad fangui-
nis motum expediendum rcquiritur,
ut uterque cordis vcntriculus turn fi-
bus caVitate,tum pulfimm numero invi-
cem refpondcanr > fed &: ad continu-
andum languinis eircuitum eumque
fucceflive ulque & in jufta copia per
vafa rite propellendum, ex rei natura
neceff arium fucrit ut pari robore ad
foftentandum hoc munus latera cordis
firmentur: Exinde fequitur, ubiquic-
quam horum defideratur , fanguinis
quoque motum inde multum alterari.
Quandoquidemvero ifte error natural,
quo
Cap. 2. Cordis motus. 97
quo ventriculorum cordis exa&a
habitudo non fit, raro aut nunquam
occurat > non eft quod de eo verba
faeiamus. Sed cum parenchyma cor-
dis variis morbis & mjuriis obnoxium
fuerit, mojtum ejus multum quoque
alterari neccfle eft. Si enim cordis pa-
renchyma,aut nimiapinguedine onere-
tur,aut inflammatione^ulcere^bfceftuj,
aut vulnere taboret5adeo ut fine magna
moleftia atque difficultate aut abfque
gravi offensa fefe vibrare & contra-
here non poffit 5 mottim fuum valde
remittitj&fanguinem quantum poteft,
licet non quanto opus eft reliquo cor-
pori diftribuit > unde fimguinis quo-
que motusdebilis admodum&langui-
dus exiftit.
2. Uti aut em cor proprio veluc
affe&u intus aliquando laboran ita
quandoque, five fuo, five capfula? fuse
vitio, ab extra opprimitur. Quemad-
modum enim aqua ifta pcricardio in-
clufa ad lubricandam cordis fuperfi-
cicm & facilitandummotum valde in-
fervit > ita nonnunquam evenit > ut
nimia copia cor opprimat & inunder,
H quum
98 Cap.a.
quum cnim in Cordis hydrope invo-
lucrum iftud impletum fit , & latera
ejus ab ificumbcntc undique aqua e-
oufque comprimantur, utproexcipi-
endo fanguine jfatis dilatari nonpoflint*
turn pullus valde diminuitur, donee
tandem inundante rnagis aquaprorliis
fupprimitur , unde lyncope & mors
ipia fuccedit. Pari ritu hoe fieri vide-
tur ac in hydrope pe&oris, ubi pulmo
latis diftendi non poteft ; quia cum
cavitas thoracis aqua repletur, prodi-
Jatatione pulmonum nullum reftat Ipa-
tiumi unde morbo ifto affe&is diffi-
cilis, 5c randem nulla relpiratio fiiper-
eft , licet ftimmo conamine fpiritum
attrahere contendant > prout inhujuC
modi #gris nonraro obfervavi.
Atque, ut obiter liic dicam, cum
aquas iftiuspcricardio contents nimia
copia cordis motui adeo officiat, ut
iplum tandem obruat fiipprimatque,
verilimile eft cordis palpitationi fiic-
ccdere potius,quam concitatum hunc
cordis motum ab ilia irritari > quod
quidem eo magis verifimile eft quod
aftectus- ifte fanos &improvis& fepe ,
Cap. 2. Cordis motus. 99
aliifque de caufis exorkur, &: nullo
figno aut indicio advetitum fuum de-
nuntiat ; pfout in affeclu illo magis
explicando infra dicetur.
3. Atque, prout capfiila cordis non
uno nomine illi officium pr^ftare di-
citur, turn quod illi irrigando & ab ex-
ternis injuriis rriunicndo inferviat; ita
nequc uno modo ipfi nocumento efle
aliquando accidit. Sicuti enim aquam
nimis in fe accumulando cordi nocu-
mentum aftert *> ita, ubi ilia prorfus de-
ficit, ar&e ade& cordi accedit, ut ipfi
tandem undique adh^refcat > unde,
ciim diaphragmati accrelcat quoque,
cordis motum cum illo confundere 8c
eommittere, necefle habet : Quod
quanto ucriufque impedimento atque
incommodo fieri debeat,fupra oftendi ;
Atque ex hac hiftoria magis patebit.
Uxor cujuldam civis Londimnfis
artat. 30 Annorum, olim fatis fana& a-
lacris per tres ultiipos vitas fuse an-
nos moefta valde & melancholica, por-
ro & ad motum quemvis arrhela, cum
pulfu parvo & Temper intermit tente >
de dolore infuper cum inligni grava-
H z mine
ioo Cordi4Motus. Cap.2#
mine prarcordia infcftantc continue
fere querebatur > quin &c crebris lipo-
thyfniis,& a leviquoyis corporis mom
fpirituum deliquiis & extremorum in-
frigidationi obnoxia demum evaferat:
hi quo ffcatu a niillis medicamentis
juvata, candcm viribus fenfim attritis,
interiit. Cadavere apcrco circa vif-
cera inferioris vcntris nulla omnino
vitia app^rcbant; dam verd alias partes
perfcrueamur., cordis alfe&ionem de-
prehendirtnis, in quam* omnium malo-
rum caufas merito referamus. Tho-
race enkn apcrto pulmones fetis (ani
fuerunt* cordi tamen coti pericardium
ubique adeo ar£te accreverar, ut digi-
tis non nvfr aegrc* ab illo feparari potu -
eric > porro hxc membrana non, uti
oportuit , tenuis &: pellucida , fed
craffiv opaca 3c velut callofa evaferat >
hiftc cum nulla intercapedo prolibero
cordis motu, & nulla, quahume&are-
tur, aqua adfiierat, nihil minim fi de
malis his omnibus continuo querere-
fur. Prxterea cum pericardio humano
diaphragma femper accrefcat, ubi cor
jpfom quoque pericardio uniriaccidit,
Cap. 2. Cordis motus. 101
fieri non potulc quin in omni infpirati-
one cor etiamfecumdeducere, adeo-
que motum ejus tamdiu fiftere &fiip*
primefe neceife habuit ; unde pulsus
ifta intermiilio omni infpirationi per-
petua vice ram conftanrer fuccede-
bar.
4. Quemadmodum vero ( ur mo-
do di&um erat ) cordis motus ab in-
cremento hujus aquas omnino luppri-
mi; ita ab aliis capfute hujus incolis
valde irritari, atque perverti nonnun-
quamfojet : Quippe fef3enumer6 ver-
mes, intra capiulam hancgeniti, ar-
rofione fua magnas cordi aliquando
moleftias faciunt ; atque cordis tre-
more, anxietate, pujfu fepe intermit-
tentp, dolore pungente, &: fyncope, fe
produnt : Quam quidem fymptoma-
tum atque animalium catervam cata-
plafinate t folm dinar &^ tanaceti , &
abfynthii vulgaris , acgtp <vini albi acer-
rimo incottis , & cum pauco mithri-
datto mixtis , regioni cordis bis appli-
catio penitus dilfipatam vidi. Atque
ha&enus cjuidem de iis alteration!-
bus dictaz^i eft, qua? ab iplius cordis,
H 3 cum
ioz Cordis motus. Cap.2,
cum pericardio fuo\ culpa proveni-
unr.
II. Cum vero ad fanguinem in om-
nes partes debite diftribuendum , u-
trumque cordis ventriculum, turn finus
capacitate turn pulsus rythoio, invi-
cem neceflario convenire , oftenfum
eft; ita vaforum ad ventriculos cordis
accurataquoque analogia& commen-
furatio mutua e<Ie debet. Sed cum
cor id ipfum fit, quod fanguinem a fe
propel lendo, vafa ad ilium coiivehen*
dum fimul procudit ; non eft quod
fieri potfe credamus, utpars aliquafit,
ubi vafa fimul non adfuerint \ Quare,
cum vafa. fanguinis duplicia lint & di -
verfo muneri deftinata, turn cordis &c
fanguinis motui reciproco infcrviant ;
openr-pretium erit advertere , quo -
modoutrique aut opcm fuam conferre
pata fint, aut poftea impedimento ali-
quando elfe poffint.
Notum itaque fatis eft, arterias pro
fanguine a corde excipiendo, &into-
tum corpus deferendo > venas autem
ad eundem reportandum , & cordi
inferendum, conftitutas elfe : Et, pro
fanguinis
Cap.2. Cwdu-motou. 103
£uiguinis impulfu atque impctu lufti-
nendo, illas crafliore tunica > has ve-
ro, in quibus fanguis curfii magis
leni decurrit, tenuiore multum do-
nari.
At ficuti vafa fanguifera ab ipfc
ortu a (anguine extra propulfo, aut in-
rus redeunre, conformata fuerint ; ita
deinceps poltea ab ipfo varie immu-
tari polfunt > Verum ita, ut cordis &
fanguinis motum valde alterent. Et
iiquidem arterix proxinium cordi
minifterium prxftanr, primum quo-
que earum defecius explicare opor-
tet.
Quandoquidem igitur artcriarum
trunci craffiore & robuftiore tunica
donantur ; idcirco, ubi languini in
omnes partes aequus & apertus adieus
patet, intra debitum ambitum ubiquc
continentur ; ubi vero eas a materia
aliqui impa&i oppleri intus atque
obturari , vel a partium marcefcentia
obliterari &; exarelcere, vel ab exter-
no aliquo corpore aut accidente du-
ftum cujufpiam comprimi aut con-
ftringi contingin Quoniam fenguinis
H 4 copia
jo4 Cordis ntotus. Cap-2.
roti corpori commenfurata, & vis illi
a corde impreffa eadcm eft ; ubi-
cunque fanguinis curfus in arteria ali-
qua impcditur, proximo 8c focise ejus
totum impulfi fanguinis impetum fufti-
nere debent , & copiam ifti deftina-
tarn in fefe omnem excipere unde
nunquam non accidit, ubi du&us ali^
cujus arteria diu obftructus aut liga-
tus fuerit , quin fanguis in proxima
fibifpatium amplius aperire atque pa-
tefacere fatagat *> acque, dum hoc fiat,
moms fanguinis in arteriis omnibus
juxta pofitis multum corripi atque im-
petuoiius trajicL, ncccffe habet. San-
guis fc. in hoc vafc obftru&us & pr#-
peditus, in proxima impelli magis at-
que arietare debet, donee pro expli-
cando fibi ipatio ilia multum dilata-
verit.
Quod vero arteriarum alicubi ob-
flxu&io , idem earum marcefcentia
atque cxtenuatio reliquis vafis pras-
ftat. Cum enimventriculi cordis, 6c
fanguis, omnibus vafis commenfurati
fint fi pars aliqua aut membrum
corporis marcefcat, languis ifti prius
deftinatus
Cap.2. Cordumotus. 105
deftinatus in alias panes corporis inv-
pendi debet > proindeque turn vafa
ejus dilatare magis, majufque incre-
mentum deferre ; Atque ideo Do&if
Glyjfeniusy in Rachitide affedis , he-
patis & capitis magnitudinem ab ali-
arnm partium marcefcentia re&iffime
deducit; ingeniumque fimul cum ce-
rebro, ob majorem fanguinis copiam
aflufam , incrementum capere obfer-
vat. Quippe cum pars aliqua corpo-
ris marcefcit & extenuatur, fanguis
ifti parti impendi folitus in alias cor-
poris partes mandari debet : Et, cum
nulla pars corporis, hepate& cerebro
mollior, & impulfui fanguinis magis
cedere apta fuerit •> facile ab irruente
{anguinis majore copia diftenduntur
ea, &: in tantam molen^ atque incre-
mentum afTurgunt.
Pariter omnino, & ubi arteriam a-
liquam conftringi aut comprimi con-
tingit 7 curfus fanguinis in vicinis par-
tibus majore impetu & vi accelera-
tur. Ligata enirn arteria cervicali
alter£ ; pulfus ftatim in adversa cer-
vicali,, turn etiam in axillari unique,
propter
l o6 fordis mollis. Cap.2.
propter majorem (anguinis copiam
affufam, valde augetur. Quantum
autem arteriarum licet minorum con-
ftri&io ad motum fonguinis in aliis
corripiendum valet > ex ar&a lumbo-
rum ftridtura, qua ad arcendum f rigus
utimur, clare apparet cujus quidem
ratio non ea tola eft, quod Veftes
corpori ar&ius complicat, fed quate-
nus motum (anguinis in minoribus &
exterioribus vafis coar&at, curfum
ejus in interioribus conoitatum magis
& plenum intus reddit. Ideoque qui
renes a natura calidos obtinuerunt,
nullo modo veftes lumborum regioni
ar&e alligari patiuntur, ne fimul cum
repreffo ianguineab exteriore corporis
ambitu, majus incendiu intus excitent,
Uti autem arteriarum minorum con-
ftri&io ad reliqui corporis commodtfm
aut detrimentum fope fit > ita, cum
vaforum ad cordis ventriculos exa£ta
commenfuratio fuerit, & fanguinis
copia omni fyftole ejc&a aortae ranis
omnibus proportioned > fi decurfiis
ejus per ipfiim ejus truncum paulo in-
fra cor impediatur , non line maxima
cordis
Cap.2. Cordi* motits. .107
cordis moleftia &: periculo contingit 1
quatenus nempe languis toti corpori
debitus, & jufta menfura proportiona-
tus, a dimidiata ejus parte totus ex-
clpi non poteft, adeo ut neceflatioin
ipfiim cerebrum & cor redundet j
ciimab illo propter Ipatii defe&um ex-
pellinon poteft, ipfius ventriculosop-
plere nimis &fuffbcarenecefle habet:
Atque hoc quidem in variis canibus
fepius expertus fiim , quod cum, a-
perta thoracis larva parte, & immiflb
paulo infra cordis regionem digito
aorta: truncum defcendentem penttus
ad fpinam comprefferim ; tanta cor-
poris conrentione atque ejulatu ob-
nitebantur, ut cor ipftm poene e
pedore exfcindi magis tranquille fer-
rent. At vero cum, {anguine plurimo
detra&oprius, idem experimentum in
aliis repeterem , adeo ut partes fupra
compreflionem (anguini reliquo exci-
piendo pares &: fatis capaces fuerint;
nullo fere moleftia: figno digiti adpul-
fum patiebantur.
Uti vero fanguis alicubi prxpcditus
vafaproximapro expedicndo fibitran-
fitu
lo8. Cordismotus. Cap. 2.
fitu brcvi dilatat •, ita aliquando live
yaforum debilitate , five quod languis
in partem aliquam jufto magis quam
pro ejus u(u derivatur atque allicitur,
vafa quibus defertur copise fuse atque
impetus i^cremento adeo diducit at-
que diftendit, ut in proximas partes
minus copiofe &c debite influat. At-
que hinc eft, quod, gonorrhoea fimpli
ci, aut fluore uterino nimio laboran-
tium fpina adeo debilitetur, ut vix
ere&i incedere aut fefe quoquomodo
fle&ere queant ; non quod fpinalis me-
dulla, aut nervi inde orti, fiiccum
fuum (fi quis hujufmodi fit) nimisin
teftcs aut uterum imoendendo fuo fe
fraudent gcnio $ quippe non adeo
Jiberales font aut effe poflunt , prout
quidam vane commenti lixnt, paucit
fimx. enim &: vix vifibiles nervorum
fibrx inteftesdiireminantur : ratio au-
tem potius in hoc fita eft, quod ar-
terix fpermaticas &: uterina? laxata? ,
fiiccum fanguinis nutritium nimia &
plus folit£ copia in teftes & uterum
deponunt ; &c proinde arterias ver-
tebrates, e regione oppofitas, fuo fc
{anguine^
Cap.2. Qordumotm. 109
fanguine, & fpinalem medullam ab
iis irrigandam fuo quoque alimento
defraudenr, quod ex medela quoque
magis patet : quicquid enim va(a
fpermatica conftipat & conftringit,
•arqualem pariter fonguinis diftributi-
oncm, fimul & debitum partium tonum
reftituit.
Sicuti vero arteria? cujufpiam ob-
ftru&io aut conftri&ia qu#vis fangui-
nismotuminpartibus vicinis concita-
tiorem reddit ; ita, ubi canalis ejus ali-
quis aperitur auc prorfiis difcinditur ,
adeo ut fanguinis torrenti exitus pa-
tear i quoniam per aperrum quaii ofti-
um magis libere & expedite effluir,
quamper poros corporis urgeri pore-
rat, ideo ubi facilius poteft, copiofius
affluit, & via qua datur liberiore erum-
pit s adeo ut pulfus fimul cum influxu
ejus in vicinis partibus multum dimi-
nuatur. Atque hinc optima reddi po-
teft ratio, quare arteriotomia, ad do-
lores, inflammationes, & plurahujuC
modi fympcomatamitiganda in tantum
conferat, ut prafens juvamen afferre
Temper videatur : Hoc autem ideo
accidit;
i i o Cordis motus. Cap.2 .
accidit > quod cum fanguis, per arte-
rias ecorde impulfus, xgre magis U
difEcuker per poros & habitum cor-
poris circulatun idcirco, ubi liberam
& apertam vlam na&us fuerit , torus
torrens ejus fimul erumpit &: exundat*
unde proximis vafis fblito fuo liquore
depletis & deftitutis , impetus 8c pul-
fus inibi multum diminuitur : Pari
quippe ritu hoc fieri vidctur ac cum
fluvius , in duos amnes aut rivulos di-
vifiis, in piano fbloplacide & ^equis pat
fibus decurrat > G. alter deje&a ripa
(qua prius continebatur) extra alveum
pneceps ruat > non fblum fluentum
ejus quod ultra hoc apertum praecipi-
tium pergit, quin &proximus amnis
quo cum per diverfas foflas &: rivulos
(quafi tot anaftoraofes) communicat,
ftatim fubfidit, & in curfii fuo retar-
datur > uterque fc. amnis, faciliorem
exitumna&us, quo magis libere poteft,
decurrit : Similem plane in modunt
fe haber in vafis corporis > expertus uti-
queium, fi arteria cervicalis ex hoc
latere aperiatur, ftatim pulfiim alteri-
ng cervicalis multum fatifcere ; patiter
etiam
Cap. 2. Cordis motus. lit
etiam fi arteria cruralis altera pertun-
datur, pulfiim ilico arteria* oppofiti
cruris plurimum deficcre.
Vidimus hue ufque quantum vafis
cujulpiam arteriofi dilatatio > con-
fin &io , atque amputatio ad motum
fanguinis alterandum prseftet > fuper-
eft, ut idem a venis contingere poflet,
oftendamus.
Cum itaque non tarn rcfert, quibus
de caufisvense dilatentuf, quam, quid
earum dilatatio ad fanguinis motum
alterandum faciar, explicare; notan-
dum eft dut ob partis cujuldam com-
preffionem, aut fanguinis. copiam, vel
( five id ipfius ponderi, five relaxato
venarum tono , five cordi fanguinem
non debita vi impellenti debeatur)
refluendi difficultatem, venas potiffi-
mum ampliari 5 & propterea in gravi-
dis, propter venam cavam & utramque
iliacam in infimo ventre a mole uteri
comprefTam, t um propter fanguinis &:
humorum incrementum & difficilem
ab inferioribus partibus afcenfuim &
in triftibus &* melancholias, propter
cordis motum laxiguidum > venas
i t2 Cordis motus. Cap. 2*
tibiarum in magnos varices diftendi
fepe numero contingit: fanguis fa
in reditu prxpeditus, aut fufficienti vi
atergo nonimpulfus, in venis inferi-
oribus diutius fiftitur, & tandem pon-
dere fiio ac mole eas diftendit, ut fibi
amplius fpatium acquirat. Atque
ided ubi le&o rursus fe tradunt, vel
iftse f cecum enixas funt, propter faci-
Jiorem fariguinis verfus cor recurfum,
vena? iftasprotinusinaniuntur : verum
cum longa confuemdine ampliatse
fuerint , non ita facile in priftinum
tonum reftitui poflunt aut coar£tari ,
quin, {anguinem a corde & vena cava
divertendo , circulationis filum feri-
emque valde in turrumpant ; unde ,
pulsus deficicntia, & virium languor
propter venas illas valde dilatatas fitc-
cedunt : Atque hoc non ita pridem in
quodam ruftico, quadraginta circiter
annos nato , & longa triftitia pcene
confedo, accurate obfervavi > tantd
cnim varice five vena dilatata in parte
anteriore tibix finifteeaded verelabo-
ravit , ut magni farciminis inftar a
malleolo ad genu ufque turgeret, 8c
C ap. 2 . Cordis inotus. 1 1 3
ejus inceflui valde molefta fuerit ;
quantum quoque ex tumoris magnitu-
dine conjicere potui, fere duas libras
knguinis continebat : Cum vero in
humum recltnatus ribiam erigeret, aut
manu faccuiumiftum {anguinlsfiirfum
verfus leviter urgeret , tumor exfan-
guine in venam cruralem 3c cavam
tranfmiflb , paulatim evanuit > cum
autem in pedes iterum ere&us ftaret,
intra breve ipatium folliculus iftc in
priftinam molem affurgebat ; quod a
fanguinis novi inflrixa fieri certum eft :
Cum vero pneter ponderis illius mole-
ftiam fe infuperimbecillum, &fipau-
lo diutius ifte tumor perfeveraverit
{c valde languidum conquereretur,
( quod detento fanguini &: inter-
cepto cordis pabulo imputandum
puto) ad utramque moleftiam prse-
cavendam conlului ut valde ftri£ti
caliga aut fafcia tibiam Temper ac-
cmgeret, & emplaftrum aftringens
imponeret, quo in pofterum valde
levatus f'uit.
Uti vero venarum alicubi dilatatio,
fanguinis fupplementum & influxum
I debitum
ti4 Cor^ wotus. Cap.2,
debitum divertendo, cordis motum
valde diminuit; ita ubi venae in angu-
ftum adeo ambitum compinguntur uc
fanguini commeacum latis liberum
non concedant, idem omnino incom-
modum cordi advenit : Quippe in
valde obeffs animalibus propter venas
a nimia pinguedinis mole & incrc-
mento compreflaS , quia fanguis pro
mom cordis continuando debite lup-
peditari nonpoteft, proinde in vafis
fiiis & corde ftagnare & concrefcere
aptus eft , adeoque morti r epentinse
(prxfcrtim quibus a natura cor vege-
rum & robuftum datum non eft) ob-
noxios reddit. Ut autem vena? cujuf-
piam 3 minoris licet, compreflio San-
guinis motum inihibendo aliquantu-
lum alterat , ita quo plura & majora'
eorum vala obftru&a aut conftrifta
fuerint , eo prsefentius cordi pericu-
lum impendit. Et ficuti aortse paulo
fiipra diaphragma compreflio fangui-
nem toti corpori debitum &c omnibus
fimul vafis quantitate proportionatum
in partes folum fuperiores congerendo
eaput ip(um& cor obruit & pefliindats
m
Cap.2. Cordis motus. 115
if a fi vena cava paulo fupra diaphragm
ma in dextropedoris latere, ubi trun-
co ab omnibus parubus diftindo $c
difcontinuo verfus cor inccdit, adeo
arde ligdtur ut fanguinis per illam af-
fluxus prorfus fupprimatur , did vix
poteft , quanto animalis detrimento
hoc fiat : Quippe licet ab injeda
vcnx ligatura nullum doloris aut <cru-
ciatus fenfum corporis contentione
aut ejulatu fatctur, mox tamen ade6
oblanguere & fatifcere incipit* ut pe-
dibus vix ftare poflit; quin & non tarn
procumbere quam in terram ruere &:
concidere femel vidi ferociorem mo-
loflum ? non aliter quam fi vita omni-
no deftitutus eflet. Ratio autem,quarc
canto difcritnine venam cavam & tarn
tranquille ligari, aortam vero aded
anxie comprimi fuftulerint , alia effe
non videtur > quam quod vena inibi
ligati fanguis toti corpori debitus,
interiori folum parti ejus plurimum
impenditur i adeo que caput vitali
ejus influxu valde orbatum Ipiritus
pro cordis motu fuftentando impertirc
adeo pocens non eft ; ut utrumque
I % vacillare
u 6 Cordis motus. Cap, 2,
yacillare &: dcficcre multum neceffe
fuerit, quod nullo utriufque dolore
pcrficitur : Comprefla autem aorta
lupra diaphtagma, fanguis qui maxi-
ma ex parte inferior! corpori & vifce-
ribus Vcntris debetur , totus fiiperiori
& minori parti fiiffunditur> quern
cum exciperc omnino incapax fit,
nimia ejus copia prorfus opprimi &
fiiffocan debet ; at que ideo cum
mox cerebro &: cordi ipfi > tantam
nioleftiam afferat , ad primam com-
preflionem animal rem tarn inique
patitur &" lummo conatu amoliri niti-
tur. Quod qiiidcm expetimentum cum
non uno refpe&u oBfervatu dignum
fir, non abs re fore arbitror fi admini-
ftrandi methodumhic oftendero : Per-
forato itaque dextro latere thoracis
infra feptimam & otiravam coftam
paulo intra regionetn cordis , & tnw
miflb digito venx cavx fituspalpan-
dus eft, deindc pectoris Iatus illud
ad venanl quam propc compellcn-
dum eft, quo filum ei faciliusobduca-
tur, arquein ifto peftoris fitu ar£te
ftringendum eft vinculum 5 dein
peftote
Cap. 2 Cordis motus. \ 1 7
pe&ore rehxato vulnus confuendum
eft : Pera&o autem experimento ca-
ms mox oblanguet valde, 8c intra
paucas horas expirar. In diffe&iau-
tcm abdomine magna feri quantkas
innatare confpicietur, nonaliterquam
li afcite diu laboraflet j quod quidem
ab impedito fanguinis ab arteriis in
venas circuitu fecerni prius expertu*
f ucram > haud pridem enim venas ju-
gulares f'ubdudto iis filo in cane arfte
ligaveram , & poft aliquot horas,
partes omnes fiipra ligaturam mire
intumefcebant, & intra duos dies canis
quafi angina fiiffocatus interiit : Toto
hoc tempore non folum lacrymse co-
piofius fluebant, fed & plurima faliva
ex ore profluxit , non aliter quam fi
raercurio aflumpto fiuxus ille conci-
taretur > poft obitum cutem ejus a
partibus tumefa&is fcparavi, atque ex-
pe&avi quidem ut partes tumefadx
fanguine extravafato turgerent ; led
aliter omnino evenit, fiquidem nul-
lum veftigium aut colorem fere fan-
guinis oblervare potui > fed mufculi
omnes & glandule fcro limpidomaxi
I 5 mt
1 1 8 Cordis motus. Cap.2.
me diftentx 3c admodum pellucidas
apparebant > quodclare arguit excon-
ftri&ione venarum cum fanguis ab
arteriis in venas tranfire nequit , lb-
rum utcunqtie fecerni ; utpote velut
in filtro meatus apcrtiores & poros
configurates 3c aptiores habens in
quos fluat ; craflior autem {anguinis
pars propter meatuum dilproportio-
nem non omnino in illos recipitur ,
Be propterea intra vafa fiia ftagnare
cogkur. Quantum hxc ad Afcitis 3c
anafarcs cauias inveftigandas condu-
cant, aliis judicandum relinquo; hoc
folum advertere oportet afciten non
ex ruptis lymphaticis fcmper, fi omni-
no uixquam, provenire \ Quippe plu-
nmas oves hydrope pe&oris atque
abdominis defun&as diirecui, in qui-
bus vafa lymphatica ita turgida 3c re-
pleta ubique inveni, ut nulquam ma-
gis ; adeo ut fiquis venarum lym-
phaticarum hifloriam plene abfolvere
in animo habeat , nulla corpora ad
votumeju5&; propofitum magis cefle-
rinto
Ha&enus
Cap. 2. Cordis motus. 1 1$
Ha&enus oftenfum eft qua cordis
& vaforum ejus culpa motus ipfius al-
teratur :
ILL Sequitur, ut in quam criming
Jtufpicionem yenerit fanguis , & quo
ejus vitio cordis motus bedatur, expli -
cemus.
Atque tribus praseipue mo.dis cordis
mo turn pervenit,
i. Incraflauone&coagulatione.
2.. Abundantia nimia.
3. Defe&u.
x, Motus cordis a {anguine altera-
tur, cum aut ab alieni mixtione, aut
propiarum partium feceffione coagu-
latur, & grumefcit, adco ut viam fibi
ipfi & tranfitum omnino prxdudat,
prout inpefte & veneno aliquando ac?
eidit, undegraviffimailla lymptomata,
cordis fc. anxietas, tremor, palpita-
tio , pulfus intermiflio , & tandem
fyneope &: mors repentina (uccedunt,
Qux omnia in majore moloffo poft in-
je&am libram femis ladisrecentis mo-
dice calefadi (experimenri gratia) in
venam cruralem detra&a prius,pari faii-
guinis copia, quo ladi rccipiendo
I 4 locij
no CoT&tsmolM. Cap. 2.
locus cfler, non fine magna commife-
rationc femel vidi ; Vix cnim (emi-
hora elapfa eft, quin maxima prsecor-
diorum anxietate, & opprellione cor-
dis, & diaphragmatis fumma conten-
nonc (pro cxpediendo fanguinis cir-
cuitu} afficiebatur '> quin & mox ere-
bra palpkatione, tremore, & gravifli-
mis fulpirjis fuccedentibus , tandem
inter miferandos plandus &c querelas
lyncope extindus eft. In dilfedo^mox
obfervavi venam cavam , utrofque
cordis ventriculos 5 vafa pulmonum
atque aortam, lade cum fanguine
penitus conqreto impleta 5 & adeo
inter fe compadus ciim lade (anguis
firit, ut digiris* non ita facile divelli aut
feparari porerat : Unde fimilem in
pefte coagalatioirem effe non eftqu6d
dubitcm , cutn iifdem prorfiis fi'gnis
& iymptomatibus fcprodac.
z. Sicut autem maffe fenguineas
concretio & grumefcentia vias fibi in
vaiis &c corde obftruendo ejus mo-
turn tandem eludit, fiipprimkquej ita
fi nimiafanguiniscopiafucrit, aut plus
debita feri aut chyli quantitate tur^
Cap. 2. Cordtsmotus. 121
gefcat, vafa fua & vcntriculos cordis
ita replet aliquando aggravatque ut
diftendi nimis fit necefle, fatis autem
contrahi non poffint : adeoque, nimia
ejus plethora penitus obruantur. Ac-
que ideifolenne eft, homines lauto &
pleno vi£tu femper utent^s, atque e-
brios praecipue frequenter fuftbeari,
nifi larga & matura venx fedione vafa
fanguinis deplcantur, & clyfteribus
aliqua pars crapula? detrahatur , quo
libera rurftts circulatio fiat.
3. Quemadmodum vero fanguinis
plethora cordis ventriculos ejufque
vafenimis implendo fiiffbcat, & cor-
dis motum opprimit ; ita e contra
ci\m tanta fanguinis ja&ura & vafo-
rum inanitio fueiit5 ut ventriculos
cordis irritet folum, & non fatis ex-
pleat , cor in opere fuo £epe fruftra-
tum a mom defiftit > uti in hasmor-
rhagiis magnis, &duiturna fame fepc
contingit.
IV. Hactenus oftendifle (ufficiat
quantum cordis motus a feipfo, vafis
fius> autfanguine alteretun ultimo
explicandum rcitat ? quomodo pro
vario
122 Cordis motus. Cap,2,
vario fpirituum influxumotum ejus at-
terari contingar.
Prout autem regdaris cordis moras
a debito fpiriruum per neryos influxu
omnino dependet, ita pro vario illo-
rum influxu moms ejus plurimumal-
teraxur.
i. Acceleratur cordis moms in
exerririo concitatiare , quatenus a
motu mufculorum Cuiguis in ven-
triculos ejus uberius urgetur atque
ingeritur ; quern aim necefle habeat
pari paffii expedire > in cerebrum
quoque non aliter ac in csteras
partes majore copia fuffundit # un-
do fpiritus etiam pro mutuo prx-
ftando beneficio ad cordis motum
corripiendum majore quoque copia
in iplum amandanrur. In febribus
quoque cordis mocus valde corripitur ,
non quod fanguis immaniter ebulliens
in aortam exilian fed quia asftus ejus
& caloris fenfiis cordis ventriculis
infeftus, &: in cerebellum tranftniflus,
fpiritus ad motum ejus pro exigentia
accelerandumirritat, partim quoque
quia partes aliqme fanguinis efterae&
Cap-2. Cordi* vnotm. 123
indomita: in cerebrum depofita:, ipi-
ritus inibi hofpitantes exagitant & in
orgafinum rapiunt : Prout etiam a po-
tu vini generofi 6c liquoris cujuflibet
admodum fpiricuofi moms cordis
mire augetur > quia partes lpirituofe
ab hujufmodi liquoribus in magna
copia in cerebrum extillatas fpiritus
cerebri incolas in fimiles tumulcus in-
citanc.
z. Diminuitur cordis motus in mag-
nis hasmorrhagiis, jejuniis , diuturna
quavis aegrirudine feu masrore, longo
languore, affe&ibus {yncopalibus, fe-
bribus malignis ; in quantum vei ob
ianguinis inopiam, autrecentis pabuli
defe&um, aut longioris morbi depra-
dantem calorem, autmalam fimguinis
diathefin, ufque adeo degener & de~
pauperatus eft /anguis, ut exhaufta,
efeta, vel veterana ejus mafia fpiritL-
bus in cerebrum extillandis omnino
impar fit : Et exinde propter fpiri-
tuum aut non re&am conftitutionem,
aut nondebitaminfluentiam five pena-
riam , cor motum fuum remittere
neceile itabet s donee fanguis vel
1 24- Cordis morns. Cap.l.
copia augetur, vcl novo pabulo recre-
ating aut crafis ejus emendatior c-
vadit.
Acquc hxc quidem fecundaria ce-
rebri & Ipirituum culpa accidunr \
proxime oitendendum, quofuofpiri-
tuum vitio cordis motus akeratur.
3. Depravaturnempeinpaflionibus,
velutiira, gaudio, terrore fiibkos
quum {piritusnimia &plus folita copia
aut ma/ore impetu cordi advolant,
motumque ejus maxime corripiunt, 8C
horrendis aliquando fubfultibus exagi-
tant & con vellum . Quern quidem affe-
ctum, quum non faris forfan perpende-
rent, dirninuto vocabulo palptationem
aurhores paflimnominarunt .-At rcvera
cordis mufculus uti eafdem cum ceteris
mufculis a&iones perficit, ita abiUHem
morbis haud immunis eft ; quippe
ipafino & motui convulfivo aeque ob-
noxius eft& fepius multo tentatur. In
palpitationc enim fic di&a (qui motus
convulfivus vere eft) cor tarn violenta
fyftolefsepenumerocorripitur, utipfas
coftas loco (iio moviffe, atque perfre-
giifenotum fit > quin aliorumlpaC-
morurq
Gap. 2. CorAumotm. 125
morum more, ab iifdem caufis exci-
tatur, & periodice recurrit; &utific
correpti occafionem plerumque
fubito terrore, vel ira accipiunt , ita.
fimili quavis de causa in eofilem a£-
fe&us denuo incidunt , a qua primo
cxcitati fiint s ubi enim {piritus lemcl
in tumukum & confiilionem a&i im-
petuosc nimis in cor delaci fuerint,
deinceps poftea ob levem quamcun-
que occafionem pariter irritati > ean-
dernviam & choream affe&abunt, &
fimili Ipafmo cor corripient : prouc
videre eft in iis qui palpitationi fie di&x
obnoxii Cant.
4. Prout autem fpiritus in cerebro
& cerebello in tumultus & orgafinos
a#i cordis mufculum aliquando nimis
exagkant: Ita fepe accidit, ut, fpiri-
tibus alio raptis aut diftra&is, illc
adeo arde &rigide ftringatur ut a dia*
ftole diu vacet. Quare nihil magis
folcnne> quim, foeminas hyfterica
pailione aut epilepfia affe&as, ingra-
vcfcente paroxyfmo, de cordis Ipafmo
& conftri&ione (quafi manu compri-
jneretur) pluujnum queri > quo tem-
pore
12 6 C°rdi*motus. Cap. 2.
pore, fi digitum arteria: applices, ne
minimum quidem pulfus vcftigium de-
prehendes : Atque ideo, difcuiro pa-
roxyfino , de magno cordis grava-
mine 8c oppreffione conqueruntur >
quia, ob impeditum cordis motum,
fanguis in eo ftagnans & grumcfcens,
llludoncrefiio opprimit, &valdegra-
vat : Qua de causa epileptici pleri-
que, durante paroxyfino, peftora fiia
repetitis iftibus concutiunt & cofttun-
dunt , quo cor ad mocum incitent,
& a congulatione fanguinem impedi-
ant : Quod fi diutius paroxyfmus du-
ret, penculum eft ne talis coagulatio
fanguini inducatur,quam cor nunquam
iterum dillblvet & excutiet > unde lon-
giores epilepfiae paroxyfmi fepe ill
fhorrem terminantur.
j. Quemadmodum vero ipiritibus
alio diftradis cordis moms pro tem-
pore ceflat > ita ubi influxus eorum
penitus intercipitur , ejus motus om-
nino deficit: UtiinApolexli, in qua
tota medulla oblongata fimul & femel
obftrui, & proinde tota fyftafis ner-
vofa inde orta eclipfin pari videtut 5
uadc
Cap. 2. £ordis motus. 127
unde cor fimul cum reliquo corpore
fenfiz motuque penitus privatum, & ab
opere fiio feriatur $ donee paroxyfinus
forte difcuffiis fiierit , quod rard ad-
modum affe&uiilli conceflumeft.
Cum ex predi&is conftitk, motum
cordis aliunde dependere, atque ex
confenfii partium diverfas mutationes
fiibire ; proxime incumbit ut often-*
dam , qui affe&us & fymptomata di-
verfas moms ejus anomalias confer
quantur.
Prout autem mrikx ac diverge al-
terationes in ejus mora fiunt > ita
panes alix qux proximum cum corde
confenfiim habent, diverfimodenoxam
ejus participant. Cumq* cordi nihil ipfb
fanguine magis affine fuerit >. nihilque
lit a quo cerebrum propius dependets
nihil eft quod, iftis citius, cordis in-
ordinationem aut defe&um luit.
Noxce autem & fymptomata quae
fanguinis liquori inducuntur, duopra^
cipuc fiint.
1. Si cordis fyftole, qua liquor fan-
guinis conquaflatur ufque, & adven-
niculi latera & vaforutn parietes alii-
ditur,
128 Cordis mom. Cap.2.
ditur , paululum diucius elanguefcat ;
fiiccus ejus nutritius in partes fece-
dere, grumefcere, & gelatinse in mo-
dumincraflari, candemque intra fibras
cordis hinc inde pendentes implicarii
Sc ipfis ventriculorum parietibus ac-
crefccre, & a cordis aeftu indurari in-
cipit > eaque quantitatis mole fepe-
numero augeri, ututramque cordis
cavitatem fere expJeat, motumque
ejus mulrum diminuat. Atque hoc
in tabidis , cache&icis , fcorbuticis
folenne Sc familiarc eft ( utpote quo-
rum pulfusdebili$& intermittens efty)
ventriculos cordis & vafa omnia (an-
guifera chylo coagulato infarila &
fere repleta efle ; prout in pluribus
hujuftnodi defundis & longa #gritu-
dineattritis, praefertim fi fob iftoJan-
guore i n le&o decubuerint, fepe ob-
iervavi > adeo ut mirandum fuerit cor
tillo modo conftringi , aut reliquum
fonguinem ad hue fiuidum ad vitam
Sc calorem in partibus confervandutn
in vafis iftis praterlabi pomi^e ; quin
& femel, in quodam Oxanii tabe ex-
tin&o, & paulo ante obitum Jipothy-
mm
C ap % . Cordis matus. 129
mix frequenter obnoxio , obfervavi 3
dextriventriculi oftium ufqueadeo ab
hujufinodi carnea concretione obtu-
ratum, eamque tarn ar&e inter fibras
tricufpides impa&am fuiffe, ut pennse
anferinse aditus in ventrieulum 5 pro
influxu fanguinis, vix reftaret : Quin
&: finiftcr Ventriculus pari fere modo
obmratus fuit, ut a*gre oftium cordis
digitis recludi potuerit Quin &
hujufmodi concretiones uique adeo
in carnem mutatas vidi , ut plurimas
venas & fibras in iis adverterem ; quas
cumin fruftula diflecarem, fariguinem
non liter quam fipars aliqua corporis
incideretur,recentem effuderunt ; cla-
ro argumento , nutritium in {anguine
(uccum alimentum partibus prxftare*
cum ita intra vafa liia non folum in
parenchymata concrefcere, fed' in ip~
ium carnis colorem & fubftantiam
mutari aptus fit. Cujus quidem co-
agulationis hxc ratio effe videtur >
quod, cum cordis motus diuelangue-
at> & fimul seger Ic&o affixus fit ; ex
piano & sequali ifto corporis fitu, fan-
guis lento fluxu delatus, ob motus
K iftaro
13 o Cordis motus. Cap. 2.
iftam tarditatem &moram (pnefertim
cam {ucchs nutritius in {anguine ad-
modum glutinofiis fit, ) fenfim con.
crcfcit, ic> pro cordis & vafbrum con-
tinentium figura, varie configuratur ;
unde pro cordis polypo , verme , &
ferpente kiterdum habitus eft. Ex
quibus conftat , quanta cum militate
exerckia & agitationes corporis ad fa-
lutem conferant ; nam quo faspius in
corde fanguis conquaffetur, ad vafb-
rum parictes allidatur, in habitu cor-
poris a contra&ione mulculorum agi-
tctur & eoneutiatur, & denique per
poros corporis urgeatur ; eo magis
attenuari, &: aftagnationibus iftis libe-
rari necefle eft, in quas aliter pars
fenguinis nutritia fatispronaeft.
2. Uti adcbili &parvo cordis motu
fanguinis ftagnatio be concretio indu-
citur > ita, e contra, ubi motus cordis
cumrobore aliquali &: vigore vibratur*
mixtio ejus optime confervatur : Si
vero intenfior fiat motus, ex violenta
coneuffione fanguinis Bquor valdc at-
tenuator, unde exercitio, balneo, la-
conico ficco aut vaporariOjfiidor foper-
venit:
Cap. 2. Cordis motm. 131
vcnit : Qui fi diutius &c ultra quam
per eft provocecur > propter feri de-
fectum, fanguis, vehiculo fuo fpolia-
tus, circulation! ineptus redditur > &
cor ipfum, propter ipirituum difpendi-
urn, in opere fuo delallatur *, unde
lypothymia& fyncope fuccedunt.
Atque hxc funt fymptomata & ef-
fe£his> qua?, ob cordis niotum hoc aut
illo modo alteratum, in ipfiim fangui-
nem proxime redundant alia aurem
funt qua: partes continentes. p&ritqt
afficiunt.
1. Cum motus cordis debilis Sc in-
ccrmitfens eft, hos capitis affe&ns.,
fc. vertiginem, fcotomiam, caligincm
oculorum^ & lypothymiam toducit ;
Quorum lymptomatum ratio in hoc
fitaeft > quia, cum fpiritus animales
vitaque ipfa a continuo fanguinis in
cerebrum appulfa dependent , fi cur-
fiis ejus fiftarurpaululum autfuffitienti
copia non fiippeditetur, turn, propter
ejus dcfechmi, caput ftarim vacUlat,
oculi caligine obducuntur, & tota cor-
poris compagesinpronumruere apta
eft » atque ideo iyncope affe&os in
K 1 dorfum
13 2 ffifdi* mouis. Cap.2.
dorfum & humum fternimus, ut citius
ad vitam reftaurentur > quoniam, utut
cor debile fuerit, poreric tamen, ineo
lieu, (anguinem quafi dudu horizon-
tali in caput projicere, quamquam in
credo corporis iitu Cmguinem eo fuf-
fanderenonpotuerits ex cujusinfluxu
ienfus &:vitaredit, 8c imago ilia nodis
ftatim evanefek.
z. Ex adverfo autem, ubi cordis
moms cornpitur, &: fangiiis impetuofe
nimis in caput trajicitur \ membranas
vcllicando &: iuncutiendo, capitis do-
lorem infert ; &:fpiritus animales, per
tomnum in cerebro concentratos &:
quafi ab opere feriantes , rapidiore
niotuftio exagitans &locopellens,vigi-
lias induck * Non abfimili forfan ritu
ac, juxtalcncm 8c placide murmuran-
tcm rivulum , fomnus nos cito occu-
pat ; at, juxta vortices & cataradas,
terrorc potius exckamtir & expergtf-
cimur.
Atque hi funt effedus prascipuiqui
motus cordis varios velut umbra cor-
pus lequuntur : Proxime reftat , ut
oftendam, quomodo fluxus fenguinis.,
pro
Cap. 2. Cord?* moms* 133
pro divcrfo corporis fitu & figura, alte-
ratur •> quid alterationern iftam con-
fequitur.
Quemadmodum (ut ptius dictum)
pro animalium diveriitate, influxus
lpirituum in cor diverius quoque eft >
ica , pro vario corporis fitu &: hgura,
ianguinis per partes fiuxus difcrimcn
(libit. Ciim cnimcertiflimumikfan-
oruinis venoii rcfluxumnon ab attra&i-
one cordis ulla , fed a propuHu arte-
noli Ianguinis provenire > facile eft
concipere, quantum partium quoque
iitus ad facilitandum aut retardandum
hunc motum conferat. Veluti enim
inhomine, cum in pedes erigitur, lan-
guis a venis jugularibus, &c vena cav4
defcendente, citius & facilius fuo quafi
pondere in cordis finus delabitur *
((imili modo atque venx, in manu ele-
vatamox vacux ; in demifla verd, tur-
gida? & plenx cernuntur ;) qui ver6
eft in partibus inferioribus > & vena
cava afcendente , difticilius & contra
naturam fuam, fblum ab arteriofo (an-
guine verfus cor propcllitur, &: vi qm~
damurgetur > in planum autem jacemc
K 3 corpora
134- C^fo* motus. Cap. 2 .
corporcfanguis xc^ue facile ab utrilque
rcdit: Operas pretium erit adverrere,
in quo membri fitu fanguis citius par-
tem earn pervadat, &rquid citior &
tardior ejus curfus producat.
Prout itaque nox & di es> fomnus 8c
vigilia, fnutuo fe excipiunt &: vices mu-
tant*, ita fitus corporis humani, pro
naturx indigentia, ere&usaut proclivis
eft.
i. In Homine iraqqe erecfco> quo
niam fanguis a fiipenore corpora nullo
fere alterius adminiculo fatis facile in
cor defluit ; & fanguis in inferiors
parte corporis non nifi fanguinis ar-
teriofi impulfu, & quandoquc mufcu-
lorum contradhone in exercitio, xgrc
ufqucfurfum urgetur : Ideo circuitum
ejus in partibus fiiperioribus ccierio-
rem quoquc fieri necefle eft. Quod
& poftea magis patcbit.
2a In proclivi autem corporis fitu,
cum corpus a mom quoque epiefcit,
prout partes extreme magis ireliquo
corpore elevantur, ita circuitus fan-
guinis citius aut tardius per illas ex-
peditur
Effectus
Cap.2. Cwdu motm. 1 3 5
Effe&us autem&: incommodaqu^
celerior aut tardior fanguinis tranfitus
in partibus' poft fe relinquit, duo prx-
cipue font.
1. Hutnoris (erofi accumulatio.
£. Viralis colons diminutio.
Qu3B& inextremas corporis partes
(pedes & caput) maxime redundant.
1. Jn pedibus, praefertim morbido-
rum, & eorum qui exercitio commo-
de uti non poflunt , cum fanguis
grius ( dum ere&i flint ) verflis cor at
cendat, ideo ftagnatione (iiA & tranfi-
tus mora vafa capillaria minora fiia
copia diftendit, & in habitu corporis
aggeritur, unde pedum tumores a?de-
matofi & hydropici : Rem ira fe habere
conftat, quoniam ciim ledto fe tra-
dunt, &pedibuscumreliquo corporc
in a»quali fitu collocatis recumbunt,
ferum illud cum venofo (anguine per-
circuitus reforbetur> unde partibus
iterum inanitis, tumor ante proxi-
mumdiemprorius evanefcit.
2. Prater autem humorum congefti-
onem&tardiorem in partibus interio-
ribus circulationcm , ctiam caloris
K 4 dimi-
13 6 Cordismotus. Cap.2,
diminutio fupervenk > ut ut de die mi-
nus frigoris fentiamus , quia exercitio
& ambulatione fanguis ufque propel-
fitur, & proinde novo fangukri & a
cordis quafi incude adhuc recenti via
aperitur.Ink&o etiamrepofiti fipedi-
qus reliquo corpori declivioribus qui-
eti nos tradamus ; non ante incaleC
cent , quam pedibus magis clevandis
ledus eomponkur : Onus quidem
hxc ratio efle videtur , quia ex ele-
vatione ifta fanguis venofiis citius a
pedibus recedit & proinde liberies &
copiofius fanguis arteriofus influit ;
&, cum illo calor in partem rcftkui-
tur.
Atque hoc adeo familiare eft plerif-
que frigidioris temperature homini-
bus, quorum fanguis ferofo latice ma-
gis abundat 3 ut propter frigoris fen-
fum fomnus non ante obrepat, quam
le&us ad pedes altius erigendos de no-
vo fternitur.
Uti autem pedes propter tardio-
rem fanguinis venofi rccurfum intu-
mefcunt, &: infrigidantur ; ita cere-
brum, fx caput in fbmno nimis demif-
ium
Cap.i. Cordis motus. 137
fum fuerit, licet calvari^ integumento
iiiclufum frigus minus fentiat, quia
tamen ex ifto fitu Unguis non ita fa-
cile redit , inundationem & irrigati-
onem nimiam confitetur ; quis enim
ex illiseftqui itacubat, quin proximo
mane de capitis torpore, fomno-
lentia, gravedine, aurium tinnitu, fa-
ciei in tumefcentia conqueritur ? qui
omnes affe&us,poftquam exporre£tus
eft, & fanguis denuo humores iftos
ferofos in tranfitu reforbens lecum in
cor detulerit, paulatim evanefcunt.
Et cumfomni obiter hicmentioin-
cidit,Qpportunum erit hicpaucis often-
de^ quis capitis fitus inter dormi-
endum maxime faluti confert. In
quantum igitur cerebrum humanum
rete mirabili (quod feri (uperflui par-
tem a (anguine excipiat & a cerebro
prxvertat ) omnino deftituitur, atquc
vafa fanguifera tortuofo licet du&u
ad frangendum fanguinis impetum for-
mata fuerinr, eum tamen illibatum in
cerebrum deponunt, prout %b. j. fig*
3. oftendit. In qua
a a Ar-
138 Cordis moius. Cap.2.
a a Arteria duo, car ot ides ubi os cal-
<varU intrant.
b b Vbi Jinuojb ducJu per ipjitm fe-
runtur.
c c Vbi ofctdis recta fur film hiantibus
in cerebri bajin fanguinem emit-
mnt.
d d Arteria vertebrates ubi intra col-
variam penetrant.
e c Vbi ambo earum trunci in unum
coeunt & canali reclo verjusar te-
rras carotidas incedunt ut cum tis
anajlomoji jungantur.
Ide6 fieri non poteft quin ferofior
& aquafior fanguis , pnefcrtim fuper
planum jacente corporc & capite pa-
liter relinato , in cerebrum influar :
Ciimqueprxterea inejufinodi fitu fan-
guis in caput fufiufiis, non tam prom-
pte &* fubito quam cum erc&i fumus
a cerebro recurrat ; necefle omnino
eft, ut ipfiim, &; pneterea totum fyff e-
ma nervo&m , a nimio fcro irrigetur.
Id quod malo fiio experiuntur, quot-
quot affe&ibus {pafinodicis , hydropi
cerebri, vertigini, paralyfi , fenfuum
torpori,
Cap. 2. CoY&ismoiui. 139
torpori, & hujufinodj capitis morbis
obnoxiifiint: Sienim, capite dcmiffo
& cum reliquo corporc xquali, fomno
fe tradant > propter cerebrum & ner-
vos fero nimis irriguos, proximo mane
dc vertigine, fcotomia, capitis grave-
dine , membrorum tremorc , linguae
balbutie, totius faciei tumore pafliro
queruntur > & pra fe ferunt ; quin 8t
fiepenumero inter dormiendum aut
turbulentis infomniis aut incubo ten-
tantur,& toto mane infequente torpidi,
fomnolcnti, & graves fibi videntur,
fomnumquc vix aut ne vix diu poftca
excutiunt : E contra qui capite altiore
decumbunt, quia ex ifto litu fanguis
ejufque ferum fuo pondere a cerebro
facilius delabitur, ideo dulccs &: qui-
etos licet breviores fbmnos capiunt,
& proximo mane multo alacriocres Sc
yegetiores evigilant, &adomneopus
&: fludium magis prompti atque expe-
dite funt.
Atque hie advertere obiter alienum
non erit inpeffimum ilium aliquorum
morem qui no&urnis & fens pota-
tionibus (prafcrtim in magnis urbibus
&
143 Cordis motus. Cap>2.
& acadeniiis quo tempore a ftudiis &
negotiis maxime vacant) potiflimum
indulgent > quo quidem nec cerebro
magis adverfum aut injurium quic-
quam poteft efle. Cum enim prop-
ter proclivem corporis fitum , urina a
rcrubus fecreta nonita facile &prorn-
pte uti ciim creffci fumus in veficam
per uteteres tdelabatur ( quanquam
nec diifit endum eft ureteres non aliter
quam xibphagum ex tunica mufcu-
lofa conftare , adeoque non Colum
convehendo fed propellendo etiam
fero infervire , atque pro rei exigen-
tia dilatari aut conftringi polfe).
Cumquc vciicx cervix, ex proclivi fi-
tu, minx pondere non adeo gravetur,
atque fpintibus per fomnum in cere-
brum aggregatis & quiefcentibus ve-
fica oneris ejus fenfum non ira perci-
piat, fed officii quafi oblita, ea copia
minx aliquando diftenditur, utmajori
rccipicndcS fpatium vix detur ; inde
fit ut> propter impeditum per rcnes
&: ureteres urinx decurfum, intotum
corpus regurgitet > &: nifi diarrhxa
proximo mane feccdat , aut nocturno
fudore
Cap. 2. Cordis motus. 141
fudore evacuetur, in cerebrum pars
ejus deponi debet : Et, longa hujuf-
modi confiietudine, eoufque illic ac-
cumulari > donee tandem in paralyfin
tremorem, hydropem cerebri, lethar-
gum, aut apoplexiam coniiciat. Rem
ita fe habere, mala &c crebra aliorum
experientia fepe cdidici ; multoties
enim obfervavi plurimos homines, in
culpata? aliter valetudinis, in hoc vita:
genere fibi nimis indulgcntes , hujuf-
modi morbos frequenter incurriffc.
Qua.' mala ut dfugiat aliquis , qui
bibendi tamen couiuetudine abftinere
non poteft, conliilo ut non le£to pri-
us fe tradat quam confeius fibi fuerit
fe maximam ingefti liquoris copiam
per veficam it erum reddidiflc ; quam
multo largius 3c citius evacuabit , fiy
veftibus exutis aut paululum relaxatis,
aeri ambienti fe caute exponat ; pro-
hibita enim tranfpiratio 3c conftri&io
corporis ilia mire auget urinx copiam.
Quod ex hoc conftare poteft, quia fe-
pius vefica & majore quantitate uri-
nam reddit cum corpus aeri expofi-
tum eft , quam cum teporc ledi re-
laxation
t^z CordLmotm. Cap.20
laxatur ; adeo ut fi quis lefto exper-
re&us ftatira urinam tota node col-
le£tam reddat3 veficam itcrum exone-
rate coa&us erit , & majorem urinse
copiam (fi hyemalis & frigida tem-
peltus fuerit) intra quartam horse par-
tem ab ultima mi&ione reddet, quam
pluribus horis per {bmnum prius ac-
cumulate fuerat > non aliter quam fi
quis veficam exojieret antequam na-
tandi gratia inaquam' dcfcendat,quam-
primum tamen frigidx immerfus fu-
erit, excontra&ione cutis & pororunr
occlufione majori menfora urinam
mox iterum deponct quam antea,
licet longo tempore in veiica congefta
fuerit.
Quin ex cautahac (a leclo abftmen-
tia priufquamlargam fatis urinx copi-
am reddidiffe fecurus effet,) novi
quendam pocula ad fcram plerum-
queno&cm* vitamquoque foam ad
multos annos imo advividam, viri-
demque ut aiunt feneefcuten* protu-
HlFe.
Verumhsec obiter; &quoniam fo-
ils corporis fitus ad planum proxi^
Cap. 2. C°rdi*MOtus. 14.3
me accedic , non abs re eric paucis
oftendere quid incommodi quoque ey
ilia corporis pofitione , in fbmnis e-
venir. Quod utclariusfiao prsemit-
tere oportet, animalium cerebrapro
diversa corporis figura varie quoque
conftituta effe, nullibi vero magis
quam quoad finus &: vencriculos cere-
bri difcrimen occurrit. In quadrti-
pedibus enim quse prono in tcrram
capite feruntur, uti cerebellum fupra
cerebrum aliquantulum incurnbit, ita
&: iinus laterales inter urrumque dc-
fcendentes fuperiores quoque font, dc
ventricukis paritcr quartus cerebello
fubje&us fupra reliquos cerebri ven-
triculos collocatur.
In homine autem , cui caput fupra
reliquum corpus eminet , cerebrum
titique cerebello incumbit, (inter-
cedente tamen dura rhatre & ad u-
crumque calvarias latus fatis firmiter at-
censa, ne cerebellum pondere fuo
comprimat ) pariter quoque & finus
daterales magis indemiflb fiti funt, &
ex latere inferiore occipitis utrinque
cblique feruntur antequam in venas
jugulares
144 moius. Cap. 2.
jugulares terminantun undefitutpro-
ftrato in lcdfcum corpore ex fupino
ejufiiem fitu, ubi collum occipite ma-
gis attollitur,fanguis in venas jugulares
afcendere potius quam infiucre nec-
effc habet > atque hinc eft quod,
propter retardatum ejus motum &
circuitum, continuo aggeftus, nec
faciiem extrum na£his5 profimdas iftas
foveas utrinque in occipite imprimit >
atque prout homo in hoc aut illud la-
tus quiefcere folet , ita linus illi plus
in uno latere quam in alio temper ex-
cavantun prout cuilibet internam oc^.
pitis partem in quo cerebellum recum-
bit contemplanti facile patet : Ob
fanguinis autem refluxum impeditum,
&c vaforum exinde intumefcentiam,
foveas iftas in occipite imprimi, ex
hoc conftat , quia fiipra finum longi-
Tiidinalem > e quo languis fatis libere
decurrit, ne minimum ejus in calvaria
vefhgium cxtat, nifi in inferiore pane
tibi in finus lftos laterafes fcfe exone-
rat. Si vero refluxus ilia cohibitio
in tarn durum os temporis tra&uadeo
valeat* ut finuolbs & profiindos tragus
in
Cap
2. Cordis motus* 145
in eo (ibi excavct; quanto magis fanguis
ipfe ejufqueferum in cerebrum rcdun-
det, ipfumque aggravet : & licet vena:
omnes fanguinem quaquaverfiim a ce-
rebro excipientes in finus non dire&e
aperiantur, fed velut du&us communis
in duodenum, aut ureteres in veficam,
fc. intra duplicaturam dura matris ali-
quanto Ipatio incedanu Et,quod maxi-
meobfervari dignumeft, non ofculis
verfus occiput (qui re&ior exeunti fin-
guini in finus laterales via forct) fedver-
lus frontem, retro quamcurius ejus eft,
apertis hiant ; quo quidem fit, ut in rifu5
lpafinis5&c. in venas cerebri a linubus
refundi auturgeri non poflit > fed quo
magis finus ejus copia turgefcunt, eo
rriagis duplicaturam iftam comprimen-
do, regurgitationem ejus in venas pro-
hibet, qua* omnia melius percipicntur
ex Tab.y fig.4. In qua
a a Sinus longitudinalis apcrtus.
b Origo ejus circa os crifta galliuH
impria eft.
c Vbi in fwus laterales utrinque fefs
exonerat.
dd Duo finus laterales.
L e Si-
146 ffirdismotmCa$*2*
e Sinus quartos.
£ f Locus ubi finus omnes fanguimm
extra calvariam tn vena* jugula-
tes deponunt.
h h h h Ven& ex utroque cerebri latere
fanguimm in finum defer entes.
iiiii Ojcula illarum ubi fanguimm
retro quam fangtiink in (inucurfus
ejl exonerant.
'tab. 6. Fig. 1. Exhibet finus cere-
bri lateralcs prout in venas jugulares
extra calvariam terminantur. In qua
a Pars finus longitudinalis abfeiffa.
b b Duo finus laterales.
c c Locus ubi Jinus later ales utrinque
in ojfe occipitis ampliantur & fove-
as tn ojfeexcavant.
<i d Vbi fanguinem extra calvariam
deponunt.
e e fbi finus laterales in cgrefiu ex-
tra calvariam cum finubus verte-
tralibus cowtmunicant.
f f Duo finus tortuofi m calvarid ofie
excavatiad reprimendam fanguinis
regurgitatwnem in finus cerebri.
gg T>h$
Cap. 2. Cordis motus. 147
g g Dud ductus immediate extra cal-
variam per auos glandula. pituita-
ria inhumam ccrebro aquam> quam
a ventricnlis cerebri excipity in ve-
nam jugular em utrinque exonerate
h h Venx jugukres.
At vero quocunque modo five in
finibus five in venis fiftitur, malum ta-
men in cerebrum refilit , atque inibi
futuris morbis & materiam congerit
& fomitemabundefubminiftrat,- quip-
pe ferum ob hujufmodi caufas inter
anfra&us cerebri accurnulatum, piam
matrem eoufquediftendit, donee tan-
dem vel acrimonia fua earn erodit , vel
Copia fua perrumpit > unde in bafin ce-
rebri defluxens, medullam oblongatam
atque nervos ex ea ortos, ftagnatione
fuacorrumpit, aut acredine fua con-
tinue) laccflit ; unde hydrops cerebri,
convulfiones & dims mortis apparatus
in capite accumulatur : Si vero ferum
illud a fubftantia cerebri imbibatur >
paralyfesjfenfuum torpores,lethargum?
fomnoientiam, aliofque graves affe&us
capiti inducit.
L 2 Prx-
148 Cordis motus. Cap. 2.
Prseterea* cum ventriculus quartus
cerebello fubjedus, multodeclivior &
magis in profundo fitus fit quam re-
liqui in cerebro ventriculi , &: quam
jpfum etiam infundibulum ; ideo fit
ut lympha in ventrrculcs cerebri e
plexu choroeide fecreta,in ventriculum
quartum reliquis magis declivem, po-
ems quam infundibulum defluat, pr#-
fertim fi capite reclinato fomnum
quis capiat > ex quo quidem hiimo-
rum decubitu cavitas ilia plurimum
repletur, & eoufque aggravacur, ut,
ponderis ejus fenfu nervis prarcordio-
rum communicato , fepe cordis op-
preflio, &c incubus inducantur. Atquc
ideo fblenne eft hydrocephalis fere
omnibus, utnunquam fupini impuni
dormians ; quin in latus hoc aut illud
decvimbere cogantur, quo melius hu-
jufmodi moleftias prevertant : Imo
novi quendam ineubo olim maxime
obnoxium, virum alias robuftum 6c
fatis lanum> qui per duos annos
nunquam in dor(um converfus dormi-
vit, quinfimul affedluifto corriperetur ;
adeo ut neceire haberet fervum con-
tubernalem
Cap. 2. Cordis motm. 149
tubernalemineodem lecto dccumben-
tern admittere, qui ftatim ac gemitus
& fufpiria, quibus affectus ifte incipere
folebat, exaudiret , ipfum in latus al-
teram converter et ; quo quidem fa&um
eft femper ut infukus ifti prarcaverert-
tur.
Quin 3c plurimos infantes recens
editos, ft motibus convuHivis obnoxii
fuerint , nunquam diu aut placide in
eunis dormire , fed variis Ipafmis 8c
artuum fubfultibus corripi obfervare
eft. Cujus quidem hxc caufa videtur,
quod fiquidem eorum cerebra multa
aqua abundent , ex hujufmodi fupino
decubitu, qualis in cunis eft, aqua in
ventriculis cerebri contenta propter (i-
tum magis declivem in ventnculum
quartum potius quam ad infundibulum
defluit, & proinde medullam oblon-
gatam (ex qua ncrvi pracordiorum ori-
untur) valde aggravat, & comprimen-
do illam , (pirituum in nervos tran-
fitumimpcdin unde cordis gravamen,
& motus convulfivi tandem fuccedunt,
Atque hoc ideo magis veriflmiJe eft,
quia in contrario fitu, fc. intra ulnas
L j nutri-
t5o Cordis motus. Cap. 2.
nutricum, vel in earum finu , ubi ca^
put magis attollitur, placide &fecure
magis obdormiunt : Hoc ipfirm prx-
tereaobfervare contigic in Academico
Oxon.4. ab hinc annis hydrope pecto-
ris extinfto ; qui poftremo morbi de-
curfu, fomnum nifi prona facie Sc in-
clinato capite capeffere non potuit ;
fi enim capite in pulvinar reclinato
fomno fe componeret, intra tertiam
horse partem horrendis infomniis &c
terroribus triftis temper evigilavin
quki & tremore cordis &cjufdem op-
preilione maxima diu poftea affli&us
fuit. In cerebro autem poft mortem
aperto ventriculi aqua fumme diftenti
reperiebantur, nulla autem prxterea
notabilis culpa in toto capite appa-
ruit.
Et fiquidem pluribus cxperimentis
certomihiconftet nihil catarrhiacere-
bro in partes inferiores ullas defcen-
dere, prrufquamhicde tabula manum
aufero, operas prxtium eritoftenderc
qua via atque dufifcu aqua omnis e
plexu choroeide 6c glandulis pone ce-
rebellum in ventriculos cerebri , &
per
Cap. 2. C°rdi*motitt> 1 5 1
per inRindibulum ingiandulam pitui-
rariam depofita Sc percolata, extra cal-
varix limites defcratur. Et qtfidem
in cranio vitulino olim expertus fum
aquam aut lac ip(um in foramina, in
ofle calvarise pro fero a glandula ex-
cipiendo excavata, inje&um, ftarim
omne in venas jugulares utrinque ex-
ilire & cfliindi ; adco ut humor omnis
a cerebro fecrctus in hoc animali in
finguihem denuo redundet, atqiie ex-
oneretur : Quod ipfiim in cranio hu-
mano nuper etiam expertus film i
quanquam enim in ofle calvarix ho-
mana:, glandule huic fiibje&o, fora-
mina occurant nunquam , at mem-
brana in quam recumbit, pluribus in
locis ad modum cribri perforatur, per
qua? aqua deftillans ab aliis vafis ex
utroque felte turcica:, ut yocant, la-
tere, ubiarterixcarotidesjuxta afcen-
dunt, hiantibus quafi ofculis excipi-
tur , & in venas jugulares utrinque
paulo infra finum tortuofum effundi-
tur; quorum du&us facile patebunt,
fi aqua aut lac e fyphone in venam
jugularem utramvis paulo infra tor-
L 4 tuofum
1 5 % Sanguinis motus C. 3 .
tuofum finum vi injiciatur, mox enim
conlpicietur, prope glandulam pitui-
tariam diverfis in locis erumpere ac-
que fcaturire: certo utiquc indicia,
quicquid feri a cerebro fecernitur, in
fanguinem denuo refundi> eique com-
milceri.
C A P. III.
wnis Motus &- Color.
De edentate circulationis ejr qua fit
differentia inter fanguinem venofum
ejr arteriofum,
POftquam ad hunc modum con-
ftitit qualis cordis fabrica fit,
undc ejus motus provenit, qui-
bufque dc caufis motus ejus alteretur^
&: quales effect us 6c fymptomata alte-
rationes iftae (anguini inducant, reftat
utquam celeri curfu languid omnis per
cor circuletur proximc oftcndam.
Cap. 3- &- color. 153
De mom fanguinis per ventriculos
cordis quxcunque ante Harvemm au-
thores tradiderunt,ram inania & f utilia
font ut Iponte foa jam evanuerint:
Quinimo & inter pofteros qui in-
ventam ab ipfo circulationem amplexi
font, utcunque, ipfa hypothefi cogen-
te, to turn fanguinem tranfire cor &
circulari ftatuunt , detranfitus tamen
celeritate & quantitate fanguinis qua-
libet vibratione expre/Eitafcripferunt,
ut fabricam cordis motufque ejus non
fatis attendifle videantur : Nam pie-
rique guttulas aliquot, ant fcrupulum,
aut drachmam unam , pauci femhm-
ciam tantum fanguinis fingulis pulfi-
bus expclli concedunt. Et quidem
fatendum eft in diyerfis animalibus pro
varia corporis magnitudine, cordis
ventriculos plus aut minus continere
& ejicere ; yerum in homine aut ma-
jore quovis animali tarn exiguam quan-
titatem quolibet pulfo tranunitti,quam
fit inconfol turn affcrere ex fequentibus
patebit.
Equidem in ea opinionefum totam
fanguinis maflam qualibet hora non
felem
i54- Sanguinis motus C.3,
femel atque itcrum fed fepe cor trajicc-
re, quod ut magis perfpicuum redda-
tur, fedulo advercendum eft quantum
fanguinis in cordis ventriculos, quoties
dilatantur, influin quantumque exiis,
dum conftringuntur, effunditur : Cum
autem in omni diaftole ventriculos
{iimrna diftenfione dilatari ex autop-
fia appareat, contra vero in fyftole
cordis latera tarn ftrifte invicem coire
& coar&ari ut digitum minorem ( fi
cono aMciffo introiniferis) ipsamanu
vix fortius comprimas •> hinceftqu6d
cert till mum arbitrer utrumvis ventri-
culurn in diaftole tantam fanguinis co-
piarru quantam capere poteft, recipe-
re ; in omni autem fyftole, quicquid
prius reeeptum eft,totumpenitus ex-
pellcre. Atque hoc quidem in cordi-
bus&atiriculisanimalium recens edi-
torum, ranarum, anguillarum, & fer-
pentum oculis ipfis plane obvium &
perfpicuum efb quippe quorum corda
& auriculas in qualibet fyftole, excuflb
onini fanguine, ita penitus deplentur
utprorfus alba? appareant > rubicundus
vero color in diaftole ( cum fanguis
iterum
Cap. 3. &* color. t55
iterumin eas influit) per vices iplis re-
dit > quin & idem cordibus majorum
animalium contingere extra dubium
eft, licet ob parenchymatis craffit-
iem tam clare oculis percipi non
poffit.
Quo fuppofito fi pulfiis etiam nu-
merentur, haudarduum eritconjicere
quantum fanguinis intra horx fpatium
per cor trajicitur ; fupponamus itaque
in fano & vegeto homine cordis ven-
triculum finiftrum duas uncias> prout
Clarijf. Harvard obfervavit , fimul ca-
pere (quanquam multo capaciorem in
aliquibusfepeobferyaverim) & fi tota
ilia fanguinis quantitas in omni fyftole
e corde expellatur ; numeratis intra
horam duobus millibus pulfuum (qua:
quidem minima omnium computatio
eft ) necefte eft fanguinis uncias qua-
tuor mille intra horam cor trajicere.
Totidem vero uncix trecentastriginta
&; duas libras conftituunr, dato autem
in hoc homine viginti quinque libras
fanguinis incfle (qux major eft quanti-
tas quamplerifquehominibus a natura
autab Anacomicis concefla* eft, dicunt
enim
1 56 Sanguinis motus C.3.
cnim totius fanguinis in corporc hu-
mano contend menfuram raro viginti
quatuor libras excedere, aut minorcm
eife libris quindecem ) certiflime fe-
quetur , totumhujufce hominis fan-
guinem intra unicam horam fexcies
per cor circulari. Vcrum cum raro
accidac tantam fanguinis copiam ho-
mini fano mefle, aut cor tarn paucis
pulfibus intra hora decurfum moveri,
rationi confonum eft fanguinem in
plerifque aliquanto ikpius quam cor-
dis ventriculos fexties pertranfire.
Atque ita fe liabet in omnibus ani-
malibus modo integra valetudine fru-
antur ; aliquando autem multo celerius
prout in febribus , exercitio violento,
& motu cordis convuKivo tranfire
putandum eft: *> pulfiis enim tunc longe
velociores funt, &:proindefanguis du-
plo fepius trajicitur. E contra autem
in i&ero, fcorbuto, aliifque hujufinodi
affedibus, propter quos cordis moras
languidus & iiic'equalis evadit , aut fi
quando vafa & ventriculi ejus chylo
grumefcente infcrciantur5(anguis mul-
to tardius pcrtranfit > Quinetiam re-
Cap.3- &- color. 157
fpe£hi tempcramenti, fexus, & xtatis
pulius variari fblet, uc trajedifengui-
nis menfuram , atque circuitus vices
accurate xftimare acque definire im-
poffibile lie; ac in fanis Scrobuftis ani-
malibus fanguinem multo velocius
fcrri & cor ipliim pervadere, quam vul-
go creditur auc hadenus fcriptum eft,
ipsa ventriculorum cavkatc &r pulfuum
numcro fatispatet : Atque ita omnino
fieri debuit, ii partes fanguinem ipfum
conftituentes, & nifi perpetuo & con-
citato mo tu exagitentur, ab invicem
lecedereSc grumefecreaptas quisredc
perpendat.
Verum ne quis b xc ita dida intelli-
gat,quali fanguinisportio aIiqua,utpote
qux vafis cordi propriis aut viciniorl-
bus, & ab ejus fonte non adeo remotis
feratur y non multo citius & frequen-
tius, quam reliquus per extrema cor-
poris delatus, per cor circuletur ,* ipfa
enimvaforum & partium vicinitas a-
liudarguit. Verum hoc eft quod con-
tendo , licet omnes fanguinis partes
non acquis palfibus aut tot vicibus per
cordis finus deferantur/ quascunque
tamen
1 58 Sanguinis motus C.3.
tamen ea (anguinis copia aut quanti-
tas fuerit , tantam certe &r toties per
cor circular^ proutpriusdi&um eft.
Quam celeri autempaffu fanguis
omnis a corde per totum corpus tra-
jicitur, non aliunde facilius eft con-
cipere, quam ex {eri cum eo mixti ci-
tillimo per renes decurfu : Quippe
cum du#veltres librae cerevifiie matu-
tino hauftu in ventrem demiilx intra
femihoram fere to tar, &: citius multo
fi frigida tempeftas fuerit, aveficaite-
rum rcddantur ; & cum ferum illud
plerumque dimidiata rantum fanguinis
in renes delati pars fuerit , quidni at-
fcrere tas litquatuor vel fex libras fan-
guinis fero diluti per duas arterias e-
mulgentes (ut vocant) in renes a cor-
de tranfinitti. Si autem per vafa tarn
parva , fi cum reliquis conferantur,
tanta liquoris fanguinei copia tantiilo
fpatio pertranfeat, haud arduum erit
intelligere , quam concitato motu
reliqua languinis mafla omnis in caste-
ris corporis partibus feratur : Quod
magis adhuc manifeftumapparet in iis
qui aquas aciduias minerales tanta
copia
Cap. 3- & color. 159
copia exhauriunt, ut aliquos noverim
qui duos fere congios aqua? unico
mane partitis hauftibus epotaverint,
atque intra quatuor horas totam fere
iterumper veficam reddiderunt. Qua?
aqua? copia fanguinis quantitatem in
plurimis hominibus plus duplo exec -
dit, & pariter certum eft: earn per u-
trofque cordis ventriculos una cum re-
liquo fanguine fepius pertranfiiffe ,
antequam per renes fecerni, aut a vefi-
ca deponi potuit : neque enim alius a
ventriculo & inteftinis liquori cuili-
bet nifi per cor & fanguinem in renes
& veficam tranfitus aut via a natura
conceditur ; fi autem tanta copia a-
qua? ( qua? ut prius di&um dimidiata
tantum fanguinis in renes delati por-
tio eft) tarn exiguo tempore &: per tarn
exiles arterias pertranfeat, quid pre-
cor de reliqui fanguinis tranfitu per
vala omnia majora exiftimandum eft ?
At neque conje&uris folum fed
& experiments infuper demonftrare
facile eft celerem hunc fanguinis a
corde proje&i motum ; fi enim Un-
guis ex uruca arteria cervicali aperta
intra
l6o Sanguinis motus
intra duodecimam hone partem fere
totus effluat, quidni conjicere licet,
totam fanguinis maflitm multo brevi-
ore Ipatio per cor cixculafi : Qui e-
nim ram cito per unicum arterix ra-
mum fere totus effiinditur, quanto ci-
tius idem ex trunco aorta?, aut omni-
bus ejus ramis fimul difciflis effluc-
iret ?
Sedut accurate magis fanguinis cur-
fus & admiranda celeritas xftimetur,
experimentum hoc unicum proferri
fofficiet. Nimirum in cane majore u-
tramque arteriam cervicalem difcidi,
fimulque per orificium iri finiftro
pedoris latere t regione cordis fadum
digito aortx truncum infra cor com-
prefli ne quid fanguinis per illam de-
fcenderet, &: arterias denique brachi-
ales fob axillis eoardari curabam, quo
fadum eft ut omnis fere fanguis per
ccrvicales (prxter ilium in vertebraleS
tranfiniflum) e corde impelleretur ; at-
quemirum didu,intra vigefimam horx
partem totus effluxit > adeo ut negan-
dum non fit omnem ejus mafTam ifto
Ipatio cor tranfiifle : Quinetiam ob-
fervare
Cap J. & color. 161
fervareeftinvulneribus, ubi arteria a~
liqua magna difcinditur , quam brevi
momento ita truncati languincm fere
omnem cum anima prof undunt, quern
tamen neceflefuit totum prius per cor-
dis ventriculos circulari.
Verum Iiic objici video cor inter
hujufinodi vulnera 6c torturas multo
celerius pulfare 3c proinde fanguinem
multo citius trajicere ; at fi fanguis^
poftquam iffoe incifiira faite fint, pauld
fiipprimatur > adeo ut dolor omnis 8c
metus prius evanefcant, quod ck6 in
juniorious canibus fit , qui hujufinodi
injurias neque tarn xgrc , nec tamdiu
in animo ferunt, pulfiim cordis non
ita corripi & accelerari certumeft. Et
revera licet fatendumfit,poftquamplu-
rimus fanguis profufus eft 8c animal
pcenefatilcere incipit, pulfiim celerio-
rem reddi , id tamen non antea fio
quam vala omnia ita depleta fuerint, ut
reliquus cordis ventriculis fatis implen-
dis non fiifficiat > atque ideo pio con-
tinuo languinis difpendio pulfus con-
tinuo minor be crebrior redditur, ufque
dum fanguinis influxu penitus defi-
M cient
162 Sanguinis motus C.3.
eiente etiam cordis motus ornniiio
ceflet.
Si autem objiciatur fanguinem fa-
cilius & proinde citius ex arteria dif-
cifla effluere, quam per habitum cor-
poris circulari, cumillic libero & pie-
no torrente, hie non nifi per varios
anfra&us & obices , & ipfius quoque
carnis anguftias atque poros in venas
feratur, non alio fbrfandifcrimine, ac
cum fluvius aperto alveo magis celeri-
ter decurrit, quam fiper cribrum tra-
jiciatur.
At huic objeftioni facile eritreferre,
quod, non obftantibus vifcerum &:
habitus corporis anguftiis, fanguis
licet non a:que celeriter a venis ac ab
arteriis apertis effluat , in ipfis tamen
vcnxfe&ionibus quamdiu cordis mo-
tus viget, non multo tardius ei&ndi-
tur 5 quippe in canibus faepenumero
expertus fum , fi collo ardfce ligato &
aortx trunco infra cor, prout fadum
prius, compreflb, quo fluxusfanguinis
in caput dirigatur, vena jugularis alte-
ra difcindatur, pari pcene Ipatk) ac
copia ex vena ifta, ac ex arteria cer-
vicali
Cap. 3. &* color* 163
vicali detrahetur, faltcm ufque dum
maxima pars fanguinis adimicur i Po-
ftca vero cum ob tantum ejus difpen-
dium, cordis moms oblangueat> re-
liquum , protf t debilius a corde pro-
pelli , ita mulro parcius & tardius c
vena quoquc profluere agnofcendum
eft.
Pofito autem tam ecleri fanguinis
circuit u (quern etiammefatisprobafle
arbitror) utique non apparebit tantum
effe difcrimen inter fanguinem arteri-
ofiim & ilium in venis contentum>
quantum vulgo creditur.
Qui funt utriufque fanguinis varii
reditus , & veftigalia ex quibus con-
ftant, alibi a me diftum eft , eodem-
4jue in loco diiTerui de coloris diverfi-
tate & a qua causa differentia hxc
inter utrumque maxime notabilispro-
cedin Verumcumpro tuenda& con-
tinuanda nimis per omnia biolychnii
cum Jampade analogic Do&iff. Wtl-
lifii authoritati & prseconceptas opi-
nion!, quam propria encheiria? hac
in re magis confifus fuerinu atque'
iongior dies me aliud jam edocuk ,
M * fen*
Sanguinis motus C.3.
fententiam priorem meliore mutare
non ptgebit > neque enim aliorum
dogmata & opiniones vexare, autpro-
priam mutando mihi ipfi ludibrium
facere in animo eft, fed quid ratio
fuggcrit & experientia confirmat, a-
pud me plus valuk Sc femper obti*
ncbic.
Itaque coloris diverfitatem quse in-
ter (angutnem venofum & arteriofiim
invenitur, a fanguinis in corde accen-
•fione (fi qua tamen illic concedenda
lit) neuriquam dependere certum eft:
Pofito enim illam potiflimum in corde
fieri , cum par fit utriufque venrriculi
officium, neque alios ob ufus quam ut
fupra dictum eft fibrarum robore &
craffitie difcrepent , quidni color in
dextro parirer immutari debuit > At
certo conftac fanguinem ex arteria
pulmonali edudtum venolb per omnia
fimilem efle, craflamentum ejus nem-
pe atri coloris eft , & fuperficie tenus
fblum rutilat : Quinimo nec a finiftro
cordis ventriculo novum hunc rubo-
rem fanguini impertiri certiffimo ex-
perimento conficiecur > fienimalpera
arteria
Cap. 3- & color. 165
arteria in collo midara difcindatur, 6c
immiflb fiibere ar£te defuper ligetur,
ne quid aeris in pulmones ingredia-
tur, fanguis ex arceria cervicali (imul
difcilfa efflucns (fakcm qui aliquandiu
poft pr^focatum pulmonem crum-
pet) totus venofiis pariter 5c atri co-
lons perlpiciecur , non aliter quam fi
cxvena juguiari pertusa profufus dfet.
Hoc ego faepius expertus fum, idem-
que ex eo adhuc clarius apparet quod
fanguis intra finiftrum cordis ventri-
culum & aortse truncum ftrangulati
animalis auc morte nacurali confedti,
in quo aeri in fanguinem commeatus
praxluditur, totus venofb fimilis Tem-
per reperitur.
Poftremo ne quis ultra vel dubitan-
di locus fuperfit, experin animum
fubiit in cane ftrangulato, poftquam
fenfiis ilium 3c vita omnis deferue-
runt, an fanguis adhuc fluidus invent
cav^undique in dexcrum cordis ven-
triculum & pulmones impulfus , pari-
ter flondus pet venam pneumonicam
totus rediret ; itaque propulfo lan-
guine, atque infufflatis (imul., nec nont
M j &
t66 Sanguinis motm G,$9
& perforates pulmonibus , expe&ati-
oni eventus optime refpondit , fiqui-
dem seque purpurcus in patinam red-
ditus eft ac fi ex arteria yiventis de-
traheretur.
Quemadmodum yero fenguinisar-
teriofi colorem floridum & purpura-
fccnrem non ah accenfione in corde
ulia, aut alibi alias acquiri oftenfum
eft,, ita neque ater languinis venofi
color ab ulla ejus in venis extinftione
dependet : Si enim hoc fieret quidni
fanguis arteriofuspoftquam extravafa-
tus eft, cum jamprocul omni dubia
penitus extinguatur, fimilcm colorem
obtineret.
Quocirca cum ita fe res habeatj
proximo in loco yidendum eft, cui
tandem fanguis acceptum refert quod
colore tamrutilo &purpureo pcnitus
imbuatur : Atque hoc pulmonibus to-
tum tribuendum eft, fiquidem expcr-
tus fum languinem , qui totus yenofi
inftar atro colore pulmones intrat, ar-
teriofum omninp & floridum ex illis
redire * fi enim abfcifsa anteriore
parte pectoris &fblle in alteram arte-
riam
Cap* 3. color. 1 67
riam immiflb pulmonibus continenter
infiifflatis, &, quo liber per eos aeri
tranfitus fiat, acu fimul undique per*
foratis , vena pneumonicaprope auri-
culam finiftram pertundatur, (anguis
totus purpiireus & floridus in admo-
tum vafculum exiliet ; atquequamdiii
pulmonibus recens ufque aer hoc
modo fuggeritur, fanguis ad plures un-
cias, imo libras per totum coccineus
crumpet , non aliter quam fi arteria
pertusa aliqua exciperetur. Quod
vero fanguinem e vena pneumonica
detrafitum venofo fimilem prius fcrip-
feram, id etiam expertus dixi, led
cum pulmones perforatos continenter
infiifflando animali vitam tamdiucon-
fervarenondum experimento mihi in-
notefceret : Adeo ut aer omnis e pul-
rnone prius exclufiis fuerit , quam
venam pneumonicam arripere &
pertundere potuerim: Quod expe-
rimentum quo pulmones in conti-
nuadiftentione, ialva interim anima-
lis vita, diu continentur, Celeberri-
mo Domino Rob. Hookc deberi, atque
M 4 inde
i6S Sanguinis motus C-j.
inde mihi anfarn hujus eonficiendi da-
tam cfleagnofco.
Verum li quis comminutionifanguinis
in pulmonibus, potiusquamaeris cum
{anguine mixtioni, floridum hunc ip-
iixxs colorem tribuendum efle conten-
dat, perpendere oporter an revera
ianguis in pulmone magis quam in cor-
poris mufculis, fi omnino seque, cora-
minui atque confringi polTit > quippe
cumpulmones in continua dilatatione
ad experimentum hoc refte confici-
endum contineantur, non video quo-
modo alker quam per poros eorum
tranfeundo, ficut in reliquo corporis
habku, comminuatur.
Pra:terea colorem hunc rutilumpar-
ticulis aeris fefe in fanguinem inflnu-
antibus omnino'deberi exeo fatisper-
ipicuumeft, quod ticut inpulmonibus
per totum floridus reddkur, quU in
illis aerper omnes fimguinis particular
diffufus cum ipfo intimius permUcetur »
ka fanguinis venoli in vafe excepti
fuperficies &" pars furnma , quatenus
aeri expoiita eft3 coccineum quoque
colorem
Cap.3- & color. 169
colorem aquirit : Qu# fi cultello aufe-
ratur, proxima quas fubjacet a fimili
aeris eonta&u in cundem brevi muta-
bitur. Quinetiam ft placenta (angui-
nis poftquam diu refederit, invertatur,
brevi Ipatio cuticula ejus exterior &:
lumma ( dummodo ianguis fit incor-
ruptus) purpureum colorem induit ,
quia & vulgo notum eft fanguinem
venofiim in patina exceptum be diutina
agitatione commotum, quo aerem
penitius intromittat, purpureum om-
nino evadcre : Necmiretur aliquisfc-
cretionem aut admixtionem aeris fiin-
guini tantas colorum mutationes con-
ciliate, cumvideamus alios etiam li-
quores, prouteorum pori lucis radios
plus minufve excipiunt aut refringunt,
diverfas quoque colorum Ipecies
(ortiri.
Si per quospulmonum meatus ipi->
ritus aeris nitrofus in fanguinem tran-
fit, eumque copiofius imbuit, a me
quseras, oftende &: tu mihi quibus po-
rulis alter ille fpiritus nitrofus qui in
nive eft,perdelicatulorumpocula tran-
fit &: adliva vina refrigerat : Quod fi
yitrum
iyo Sanguinis motus C.3.
vitrum aut mctallum fpiritui huic non
fintimpervia, quanto facilius laxiora
pulmonum vafa penetrabit ? Deniquc
ii fuliginibus & fcrofb humori exitum
nonnegamus, quidni per eofdempo-
rulos vel fimilcs nitrofo huic pabulo
introitum in (anguincm concedamus.
Quare fanguinem in fiio per puL
mones tranfitu aerem haurire, cjuique
admix tiani floridum fiium eolorem
omnino debere maxime verifimile eft;
poftquam autemin habitu corporis &
vifcerum parencbymatis aer rarfus a
(anguine magna ex parte avolavit, at-
que per poros corporis tranfpiravit,
fanguinem venofum illo privatum ob »
fcuriorem & nigriorem UUco apparere,
rationi pariter confentaneum eft*
Ex quo conjicere facile eft, quan-
tum fanguini beneficium ab admixto
aere accedat, quantumque interfit,
cum felubrem temper &ferenum hau-
rire , quantumque aberrant illi , qui
aeris hoc cum fanguine commercium
omnino negant > abfque quo fieret uc
poffet aliquis non minus faJubriter ver-
iari in pasdorc careens quam inter
araaj
Cap.4- & color. 171
amse miffimavireta, ubicunque fc. ig-
nis &t commode ardcre poteft, ibi&
nos asque commode rdpirare.
CAP. IV.
De fransfujlone Sanguinis ex ani~
mali alio in aliud : gno tern fore
(jr qua occajione ab Mthore in-
vent a Jit.
QUas ha&enus di&a fiint de fan-
guine ca pertinent ad circular em
ejus motum, qui intra (pb&ram
unius corporis abfolvitur > Nimirum
collatis quafi rationibus accepti atque
expenfi, menfuram liquoris & terrw
poris fpatium, quo fanguis per ventri-
culos cordis e venis in arterias ejufdem
wimalts trajicitur, ad calculos revoca-
vimus. Nunc quod porro tradituri
fumus, De iffim transfuftone ex hoc in
aliud
17^ Sanguinis Cap.4.
dmd animal nelcio ante triennium
proxime elapfiim, an cuiquam inje&a
fit aut perficiendi Ipes aut expcriendi
cogitatio. Nam 3c poftquam in publi-
cum propofita res eft tanquam magnos
ufus in medicina habxtura > pleriquc
tamen operis difficultate abfterriti &
novitate perculfi , aut manus ab ex-
peri memo abftinebant prorfiis > aut
fruftra admovebant : Ut tandem ye-
lutiobfoleta Pythagors fabula* &"vani-
or altera itiTt^uz^s optari potius
ab inconfoltis quam a fapientibus {pe-
rari videretur.
Itaque lubet mihi rem totam , ut
gefta eft, exponere, fimulque often-
dere, 3c qua ratiocinandi ferie, a me
primum excogitata atque fitfeepta, 3c
quibus demum mediis 3c auxiliis ad
iffeffum ferdutta fit.
Complures anni liint cum alios
Qxomi viderim, 3c ipfe experiendi
causa, varios liquorcs opiatos, erne-
ticoSj multofque id genus medici-
nales in vivorum animalium venas in-
jecerim,- quo id fiat artificio jam laris
notum, nechujus loci eftdicerequos
eventus
Trans fufio. 173
cventus atque exkus fingula experi-
menta habuerint : Cum vero inliiper
plures alimcntares fuccos fimili modo
infuderim, atquc cum variis vini, turn
cerevife inje&ionibus fanguincm di-
verforum animalium fatis apte & a-
mice congruerevidiflem, animummox
/ubiit cxperiri , annon multd magis
fanguis diverforum animalium inter
conveniret Sc fine periculo aut lu&a
commifceretur. Et quoniam in cru-
ore extravafato ( utcunque fatis prx-
caveri polfet , crebra agitatione , ne
coaguletur ) nativa tamen crafis par-
tiumque textura ut immuteturneCefle
eft > idcirco longe mihi commodius
videbatur, anhnalis vivi &adhuc fpi-
rantis faiiguinem illibatum in aliud
tranfmittere > quod etiam facilius per-
agi videbatur , quod motum farigui-
nis per vafa fua tarn citatum & rapidum,
ut in momentis aliquot totam fere
fanguinis maflam qua data porta ef-
fluere obfervaffem ; Quare Ipem hinc
animo concipiens ad experimentum
ejus tentandum animum &* manus
adhibui.
Et
174 Sanguinis Cap. 4.
Ec primum fiftulis hinc inde adap-
tatis a vena jugulari hujus , in jugu-
larem alcerius tranfinittere conatus
iiim 5 fed cum propter languidum fan-
guinis venofi motum , eum in fiftula
concrefcere ftatim & fibi ipfi viam ob-
ftruere viderem, mox aliam viam ten-
tare caspi & pneeunte quafi ipsa naturS
ftatui tandem ex arteria unius in ve-
namalterius fanguinem tranfoehere*
novoque hoc artificio ipfius circulati-
onem quafi ultra praefinitos limites
cxtendcre.
Quocirca cum ex voto omnia ex-
pe&ationi relponderent, tandem Oxo-
nii fub finem Febrttarii, anni 166 f.
praefcntibus Doftiff. viris Dodtore
lobanne WalUs Mathematices Pro*
fellbre S&villiano , Domino 7homk
MiUington^ Mcdicinae Dodtore. Aliif-
que cjuidem Academic Medicis ex*
perimentum hoc novum jucundo fane
ipedaculo atque optimis aufpiciis ex-
hibui.
Nimirum comparatis canibus, ca:-
tcrifque quae ex u(u effe videbantur ,
ex eorum unomediocrismagnitudinis>
aperta
Cap.4. Tramfujio. 175
aperta venajugulari, fanguinem eout
quedetraxi, donee ejulatu & fumma
contentione vires jam fatifcere & fpat
mos imminere lads conftaret : Deinde
ut tanto hujus difpendio alterius fan-
guine fubvenirem, e ccrvicali arteria
mololfi majoris ad laws ipfius aUigati
atque compofiti fanguinem eoufque
immifi , ufque dum ab irruentis ejus
copia fefc impleri nimis atque oppri-
mi inquietudine fua rurfiis fatcrctur :
Quocirca arteria immittente itcrum
ligata , e cane recipiente rurfiis fan-
guinem detraximus , quod alternis
vicibus toties repetitumeft> donee in
duobus majoribus moloflis, (quorum
utriufque fanguinem minor canis exce-
perat) nec Sanguis amplius nec vita
fiipereflet: Interea ut minor ifte, licet
tantum fanguinis per vices ipli detra-
dum fit immifliimque, quantum epi-
nor totius corporis pondus a:quaret ,
jugulari tamen confiita , & vinculis,
quibus detinebatur, folutis, amensa
protinus defiliit, & quafi injuriarum
oblitus mox domino fiio adblandiri,&
qu6 a (anguine mundaret , in gra-
mme
176 Sanguinis C ap. 4.
mine fefe volutare, non aliter omnini,
neque majore incommodi aut offenfe
indicio, quam fi in profluentem Co-
lummodo conjedtus fuiflcr.
Horum fama cum mox Londinum
pcrvolaret , accepta Epiftola a Clarif-
fimo Boy Lb impenfc rogatus fum, ut
totius experimenti methodum Socic-
tati Regia Impertirem , quod non
ita mul to poft a me prxftitum, in
Vhilofophick ejufdem Societatis Tranf-
attionibus Decembre infequente anno
1666. publici juris fadtum eft. Et
turn rumor ejus ad exteras gentes &
Galliam pervagatus eft , ubi mox rei
novitate alle&i diligentius illam pro-
fequi, & aliis fabinde experimentis
augere, illuftrare, quodque ego folum
in brutis perfeceram, adhominisufum
accommodarecxperunt > uti in fcrip-
tis illorum Seq. CMartio , anni i66j.
tunc primum editis apparet : Atque
hxc Ims bene 8c ad gentis iftius lau-
dem quod philofophiam&medicinam
quoquo modo ornare vel adaugere fa-
tagunt. Verum cum per hominum
ora jam ubique volicet hxc nuper in-
venta
Gap.4- Transfuftb. 177
/enta fanguinis transfuflo, &r T>wnyfius
quidam Philofophkx & Mathematiccs
Profeflbr, in Epiftola nuper cdita ce-
lcberrimi hujtis experimenti inven-
tionemmihi prseriperc& fibi arrogare
conerur : Uc quo jure, quavc injuria
id fccerit , le&ori appareat , Iiceae
darifimi BoyUi ad me literas & me-
ura ad eas refponfiim hie loci infis
rere.
Londini, funii 26.
I C 6 6.
ADcram ( <vir ClarifTime) proximS
dieMercurii, infolenni S octet at tt
Rcgti conventu, in Collegio Grc-
(bamenfi habito , ubi cum a D. Drc.
Wallis exaudiveram, difficillimum illud
experimentum defanguineex Canum al-
ter o inalterum tranfmittendo te tandem
(fe prafente ) f elicit er abfolviffe : Rem
plane dignam judicavi qu& ceUberrimo
ijli catui innotefceret. ^Adebquc author
eram ut iUi, aReverendo viro, ret prout
gejla fuerat narrationem exigerent : Cujus
2^ tUe
178 Sanguinis Cap. 4.
ille earn reddidit rationem qm apud nos
exijlimationem fam& tua non p&rum
commendaret. Verum de tarn infolito
, & tnjpcrato conamine varia particu-
htim interrogate, expedire potius cen-
fuit y ut tu de fingulk fcripto rejpon-
dere*) quam ille viva voce. Jjhtaprop-
ter ejr ego coram radical am , te mihi
dudum pollicitum effe > rem Mam ( fi-
qumdo votis rejponderet ) te mihi e-
narraturwn ': J)uod ejr te pr<eftiturum
in me- jufcepi ; id que eo pleniiis cum
cstum himc tarn celebrem de ejuf-
dem fuccejfu accuratim enarrando Jo li-
cit um intelligeres. Hoc itaque ut jam
digmri veils obnixerogo> totamque hujm
negotii peracJi methodum ordine ex-
porter e, qu&tampro(perefucceJ?it. £>uod
eo prcfiius urgeo , quod ingemofi ad~
modum viri aliquot tjr fatis Critict •
nec ere d:di nimium, rem arduam judi-
caverint, ejr audacter dictum, cum ego
ante aliquot menfes obiter indicaveram*
a Societate Regit ad id r Ogatas y quid tu
antchac jam turn Oxonia? tentaveras \
dr quanquam turn temper is, propter in-
firumentorum apparatam mn fatis ida*
Cap.4- Tramfufio. 179
neum, non per omnia res ex* voto fuccejfe-
rat \ Non defter a ffe tarn en me , quin
Mud poHmodum ctbfoluturm ejjes, of-
vocor ego jam hoc moment o> tttnon vacet
mihi veniam deprecari quod hec tibi fa~
ceffer'm negotiL Jguod tamcn eo minus
invito* feciy quoniam tuo non cejjurum
incommodo judicavi Ji hac occafione tarn
aufpicatk celcberrimus hie cat us te cog-
no ver it. Inter quos complures funt qui
te & debite aftimant & amice colunt \
& quidem pra cater is,
Tui amantifiimus
Rob. Boyle.
Amico plurimum honorando
D. ftfehardo Lower* Medi-
ans Dodoii, tiadantur,
oxomh
180 Sanguinis Cap.4
O X O m I I; fulii 6.
1666.
ACcepi litcras tua$> Honoratipme
vir^ & prout a me expctisy tot am
transfufionis methodum eodem,
quo ipfe or dine perfect tibi breviter ex-
ponam \ Itaqutcanis aut cujufcunque ani-
malis fanguinem lubet inaliud Jeuejuf
dem feu diverfi generis transf Under e a
prtmo attollatur Arteria Ceryicalis al-
tera > eademque a nervn oclavi pans fc~
par at a fere ad digit i longitudinem denu-
detur : Dewde pars ejufdem Juperior ce-
rebrum vtrfUs vinculo firingatur firmo
arcioque utpote quod laxare iternm aut
folvere per totum optrationis proceffum
nm opus eft. CMox inferins qua cor re-
fficit, eidcm vafiad diftantiam femidi'giti
a pradiclo vinctda altera colligatio apte-
tur nodo ha folubili, ut pro data occa-
fone, vinculum adduca* cum velis aut
rcmittas. Ligaturis ad bum modum ex
utraque parte dijpoftis & /patio inter-
medio duobm filis fub arteria trajettis
Jhtlpeilo ipft aperktur & calamus inci-
Cap. 4-. Tramfujto. 181
fur a cor verftts infer at ur, cujm ex terms
foramen ligneo bacillo obturandumejl :
^frteria autcm, qua calamo inclufo fu-
perjacet filis ifiis arclius circumducts
fir miter vinciatur.
In alter o animali quod prior is fangui-
nem admittere oportety dcnudanda e/t
Ven«c Jugularis portiuncula femidigiti
longa, cujpu utrique extremo adhibenda
ligatura nodis utrinque ita connexis, ut
ad libitum laxare poftis aut conflringere ;
quorum inflerjlitio bina quoque fila fub-
ter venam ducenda funty exinde facia
incifione> foramini duo Calami Infer endi,
quorum alter truncum vena defcendcn-
tern Ipcclans cruorem ex alio cane in-
fluum excipiat at que ad cor defer at \ al-
ter furfum verfus cerebrum intrufus pro-
prium hujufce Animalis fanguinem in
fcutellas effundat : Vtrmnque autem, non
nifi ex occafione aperiendum, ligneo inte-
rim epiftomto obturare oportet , ejr filps
denique, ut fupra, venam circumUgare.
Quo faclo tandem ipfi canes in lattis
inclinati juxta fe mvicem quam com-
mode fieri potejl ita deligentury ut calaT
morum unum alter excipiat : Verumquig,
obtortis
1 82 Sanguinis Cap. 4.
obtortis collis torn prope admoveri mn
pofint, idea prater extremos duos cala-
mos^ aliquot intermediis opm eft, quibus
(frcopulentur tlli ejr fanguis tranfvehatur*
jamque rebus ad ham rationem in-
struct is at que apparatis, jam pr mum ape-
riant ur duo calami^ nempe in hoc Ani-
mali is qui in venam ipfins Jugularem
defcendit\ inaltero qui pro dip exAvtc*
ria ejm Cervicali ; inter quos pojlquam
alii* quQt ufaerit, inter jecii funt at que
tnvicem c#aptati>Ji in utroque laxentur
Nodi quos pro arbitrio Solubiles ejje
jufitmW) fanguis illico per calamosy non
aliter quam per contimatam arteriam
faBk <veluti ^Anaflomofi* impetuofius
tranfilit : guamprimum igitur Anima-
lis recipientis collum laqueo ftrinxeris*
ut fieri filet inPhebotomia^ nut fait em in
oppofitt cervicis latere venam digito
compreffiris, exempt 0 protinus obtur acuta
tipertatur Calamus Jugularis fuperior,
nimirum ut^fanguine aire no per Inferio-
rem irruente , propria* inter tm ex itfo
in patdits effluat (part it is iamen hoc vi-
e/bus atque intcrpolatim habit a femper
iv<po£&y$ ejr vtritm ration* ) dome tan-
Cap. 4-, Transfufio. 1 8 3
dem alter canis inter ejulatus, languores^
ejr fpafmos poflremo aniraam cum vitali
fucco ejfuderit.
PeracJa hac Tragadia, e Iugularifuper-
ftitis Animates eximatur utcrque calamus \
nodtfque* qui firms erant folubiles^ jam
frmiusobnexjs difcindatur vena*, id quod
fieri pot ejl nullo fere Cams incommodo,
eo quod, Iugularium circa laryngem pr&-
Urga exijlente ca/ct^doi^a earum fufr
Jiciat fangmni e capite defer endo. Dif
ciffi vafe confuatur cutis, laxcntur vin-
cula> & permtttatur cani profilire e men-
sa : Enimvero ille tanquam fufcitatus e
fomno> concufjo paululum corporey vivus
valenfque obit alt eri us f anguine alacrior
forte ejr vcgetior quam fuo.
Vnicumhocinfupermonenduses, Pra-
flantifiime vir, fiquidcm calami non it a,
Jlriffe <vafis alligari aut fibi invicem ad-
apt art pojfent , quin ex animalium con-
tent ione lax art at que folvi denuo &f<zpe
contingat •, ideo confultws duxi in pofte-
rum ffiulis argentas in hoc conjlruclis
omnino uti : £>u& ne a vafts, quibus in-
fer untury rurfus avelli pofitnt, ideo in
altero extre?no, circulars aliquo annulo
N 4- emiwnth
184 Sanguinis Cap.4.
eminenti , & quofecurius <vafa dcfuper
Jlringantur, eo duplicifirmentury qualem
Tab. 7. fig, 1. exbibet. JEt quo minor e
Transfuftonts incontmodo , jive vaforum
pericttlo aut impedimenta^ prajertim ubi
ammalia varicfe ]actant & contorquent^
res peragatur, uniendd funt per duos mi-
nor es fifiulas wferendas ArterU Cervi-
cali ex equove I bove exempt^ qua omnes
it a cori)un£t<z fimguinem ab immittenti
ex Ilia, ad recipientem ab hac parte fiftu-
lam convehant : Cujus ArtcrU interme-
din at que fubflituta hochabemus amplins
beneficium, quod animalibus varie licet
renitentibus obediat , turn quod fangui-
nem in ilia con tent um, ft forte jiagnare
contigerit, pro lihitn propellere ulterius
urgere, vel pro re data prorfus fuppri^
mere poteris. Hac fcripfi quo fidem
vejlram Illufirifimx SociefatiprO me da-
tarn liber ar em 3 at que amp lias utinnotefcat
nullo ftudio ant officio tibi unqudm defu-
turum
Jut obfervantipmum
jRonoratiflimo D. D. -ri • t i r
' ^Urto ncyu, tra- Richardtim Low en
Oantur L<mdini.
Hxc
Cap. 4. Transfujto. 185
Wxc igitur non eo in hunc locum
tranftulimus, ut transfufioni ipfi, jam
fatis not*e lucem fenerentur, fed ut
le&ori de Invcntionis tempore atque
Authore melius conftaret, ornnis enim
ad experimentum illud apparatus at-
que in illo praeftando operatio in fe-
quente tabula tarn clareexhibetur, ut
alioqui fupervacuum faerit de ea quic-
quam amplius memorare. lab, 7. jfg.i.
In qua
a F/fiula argcntea.
b Pars ejus > qu& vem *uel arteria in-
fer endaeH^ ejr circular i annulodu-
plici rjr eminent* donatur quo fecu-
rior defuper ligitura fat.
fig. 1. Exhibet fiftulam argenteampro
fanguine in brachium humanum
convehendoformatam. In qua
a a Fiftula argentea.
b Pars e)us minor qua vena bracbii
inferenda.
c Pars ejus major ubi fanghincm ex*.
cifit.
d d Duo e]us folia utrinque perforata,
pro
1 8 6 Sanguinis Cap.4*.
pro tra\uiendo Jilo quo braftea
brachio alligetur.
c Sinm m medio inter utrumquefoli*
um excavatuspro fijlula immittente
commodity excipienda > quivenam
Jub}ectam adeb comprimit^ ut nihil
interim fanguinis ex ilU extillare
aut erumpere poffet, at que fat is apte
comparari potefi fovea m medio
labti fuperioris humani.
Fig. 3. Exhibet fiftulas arteriae emit-
tcnti &c vehx recipient* adaptandas
ante fanguinem traiisfundendum.
In qua,
a Arteria eervicdis enuttens.
b Eadem arteria nodo iter am folubili
arete ligata.
c Fijiula pro fanguine convehendo ar-
ieri& immiffh.
d Locus ubi arteria fuper fijlulam in-
ter anaulosarft'e ligatur.
c Fijiula pro fanguine excipiendo &
in venam )ugularem tranfmittendo.
f. fem jugularis.
g Loom ubi vend ad ffiulam arcle
alligatur.
h Vena ligata. nodo iter am folubili !.
Fig
Cap. 4* Tramfujto. 1 3 7
Fig.^. Exhibet arteriam cervicalem ex
equo vel bove exemptara& fiftulae
argent cx utnnque adaptatam. In
qua
a Arteria cerv kalis,
b b Fiftula utrinque arteria adaptata.
Fig. y. Exhibct totum firnul apparatum
ianguinis ab uno animali in aliud
transfiindcndi. In qua
a Venajugularis ad cor Animalu in quod
fangm tranfmittendm eft.
b JFiftula argentea in venam jugularetn
mmijfa.
c Vena arfti Ogata fuper fiftulam.
d Vena ligata nodo facile folubUi ultra
fiftulam.
CCC FtftuU & cervicalis arterU inter'
media qua fanguinem a fiftula immit-'
tente in recipientem convebunt.
f Fiftula argente/t ab arteria mutant
fanguinem excipiens,
g drteria altex'm animate fanguinem
emittens.
h locu$ ubi arteria ad fiftulam inclufam
aSte alligatur.
i Lorn ubi eadem ultra fiftulam ligatui
nodo pro occafione iterum folubili.
i88 Sanguinis Cap4.
Tig. 6. Exhibet cundem appararotn
pro transfundcndo {anguine a bru-
to in hominem, cujus ufus cxpriorc
fatis intelJigi poteft.
Cum igitur excunte February anm
\66y Tramfufio a me primo perfewta
hzerit *, atque Clartffl BoyUi liters ad
me data? fexto Iunii Sequent U > & prox-
imo Decemhre Refponfiim noftrum
Fhilofofhicis TranfaSfionibm , quas jam
turn typis mandabantur, infertum :
Dionyfii autem nulla iuper ea re men-
tio nifi integro poft anno fa&a fuerit,
& prarterea ipfc fateatur ( utcunque
jam ante decennium, uc ait, de ea a-
Jiquid animo conceperat) efle tamen
transtufionem poffibilem 3c quo ea
modo fieri poHet ex libellis philofo-
phicis primum intellexifle ; Cui de-
mum tribuendafithujufceexperimen-
ti inventio aliis judicandum relinqui-
mus.
Sed cum quorundam hominum ea
indoles atque animus fit ut nihil pla-
ceat, quod ipfi non invenerint, nihil
bene 3c feliciterexcogitatumfit, cujus
fefe
Cap. 4. Tramfujio. 189
iele Authores eflejtionvenditent, non
crit mihiadmodummoleftum, urique
nullatenusconlcioveicogitatide ea re
cujufpiam a quopiam alio, atque in-
fiiper de ea a me perfecta Clariffimo-
rum virorum teftimoliiis abunde or-
nato : Nullus interim dubito quin
magno generis humani commodo in-
ventum illud, cujus cujus lit, celebrabi-
tur fi confiilta & prudenti manupera-
gatur.
Quippe non eft quod cogitemus
fanguini humano ilium cseterorum ani-
malium minus quam inter fe mutuir
congruere , quod turn nupera Gallo-
rum experimenta abunde confirmant,
& nos etiam non ita pridcm experti
fumus inquodam o£ C amabiliqua-
dam infania detento, cujus brachio
diverfis temporibus fanguinis ovmi a-
liquot uncias in conventu RegU So-
cietatis immitti curavimus , atque id
abfque omni ejus incommode : Ve-
rumamplius ut nos hoc in eo cum ali-
quo etiam ipfius fru&u experiremur*
ftatueramus hoc idem ad menrcm
illi faniorem procurandam aliquoties
repetercj
190 Sanguinis Cap.4.
repetere, nifigemo ille magis quamfa-
luti fuse confulens Ipes noftras omnincf
elufifler.
Verurri enim vero cum ex aequo
non omnibus competat alienum fan-
guincm admittere, neque ullum fit
tam utile remedium cui temeraria at-
que impoituna adminiftratio infami-
am non facile intulerit, opera: preti-
um fore exiftimo fi paucis faltem &
breviter innuam, inquibuscorporibus
3c quo potiffimum valetudinis ftatu
transfufio tentandafir.
Qjjorum igitur fanguis valde putri-
dus dniquc corruptus eft, autextraneo
&: venenato fermento peiiitiffime im-
butus, turn quibiis vifcera inquinata &
labefaftara lunt, prout in fcorbuto, lue
venerea, lepra, veneno, aut morbo a-
liquo diuturno & putrido infe&is paC
lim acridly non eft quod benefichim
aliquod aut juvamen cx transfufione
expedient-
Nimirum impurus fangUiS fepetito
per vifcera tran&u vkia atqueinquina-
ftienta fua iis affigir, fermenta eorum
corrtimpir, & tandem propria qualiratc
ae
Cap- 4. Tramfttjso. 191
ac indole ita imbuit, ut novas aliunde
e quocunquc licet fano animali fubfti-
tutus, dum per eafdem partes con-
tinud circuletur, contra&a labe in
eandem diathefin cito degenerabit,
non aliterquam vinum a mucido vafe
odorem & vitiummox contrahit.
Sineerttm mft vas q uodcunqm m~
fundis acufiit.
Verum ecorporibusben£ confticu-
tis fi forte importuna vcnse fc£Hone ,
illato vulnere aut quacunque demurn
Irnnorrhagia, fanguis ea copia de-
rra&us aut deperditus fit ut fubfidium
aliunde prafentaneum requirat ; nul-
lus dubito quin brutorum fanguis in
amiffi locum fecurc poflit & cum fru&u
fubftitui. Quinetiam in arthriticis &:
maniacis quorum corpora robufta, fir-
ma vifcera, & cerebri crafis nondum
vitiata, quin dc fanguis nulla putredinis
labe infe&us eft > fortalfis non minus
beneficium ex recentis fanguinis in-
fufionc quam veteris detra&ione fpc-
randum eft,
Quamobrem ut majore hominum
fiducia & operandi confuetudine cele-
berrimi
192 Sanguinis, &c.Cap.4.
bcrrimi hujus cxperimcnti ufiis con-
firmetur , atque utilitas innotefcac >
mihi profe&ores viiaeft non indigna
qux mcdicorum omnium cure & ubi-
cunquc experiundi occafio fefe obtu-
Jerit, univerfo orbi commendetur.
Interim hoc faltem Gentis noftra
feu foelicitati> feu eciam laudi tribuar
tur, quod uti Harveim fanguinem in-
tra propria vafa Circnlwtem corpori
fuo vitam praftare primo docuerit:
Ita& eum extra corporis fuiambitum
ad altcrius &Iutem/r*^mpofTe ano-
bis primo dcteftumelt
Cap.
Cap. 5. i?3
CAP. V.
T>e Chybj cjufque in Sanguinem tran*
Jito> & trAnfinui&tionc*
QUa ratione, in cafibus quibut
dam cxtraordinariis & magnis
hamorrhagiis, languis imme-
diate fiibminiftrari poffit in capite fit-
periore difreruimus. Jam porro con-
fiderandum reftat, quomodo necefla-
ria ejus dilpendia, atque (ut ita dicam)
quotidianae expenfe inftatrrantur \
quod aliunde fieri non poreft quant
ex Chyli in ilium infiuxu. Chylus
aurem cum ex ingeftis alimentis in
ventriculo, fermenti ipflus ope, con-
ficiatur, unde illud continui* fuppedi-
tetur paucis pradibabimus, prius quam
de Chyli in Sanguinem tranfitu* atque
tranfmutatione hifius difleremus.
A veteribusplerifque, & quibufdarft
etiam Neotcricis, apud quos {acrain
omnibus veterum eft authoritas, pa£
fim ftatuitur per vas breve commer-
cium quoddam dari inter lienem &
O yen-
194 ChhinfanguinemC*^m
ventriculum, atquc ab illo vifcere ven-
trieulum menftruum acidum mutuari
quod facultatem ejus conco&ricem
conftituat. Cui opinioni licet cir-
culatio fanguinisfitis aperte reclamet,
cum tamen ex ipsa fabrica & confer-
macione vaforum quae lieni cumven-
triculo eommuma flint, magis elucef-
eet , & quo nemo ignarus hac in re
amplius moleftus fit , eorum hie de-
fcriptionem plene abfblvam.
Vafa itaque ad lienem & ventricu-
lum prxter nervos & lymph#du£fcus ,
nulla nifi venaj & arterix pertingunt,
be primo quidem quod arteriam calk-
earn {pe&at , ilia ex aorta paulo fiipra
arteriam mefentericam exoritur, unico
trunco, qui mox dividitur in plures
ramos, quorum.
Primus hepati pancreatine inteftino
duodeno totus impenditur >
Secundus ubique per totam ventri-
culi fiiperiorem regionem diflemina^
tur , atque idco artcria epigaftrica
appellatur.
Tertius vero arterias cadiaoe ramus
qui & omnium maximus eft, in duas
propagines
tran/ttus & tranfmutatio. 1 9 5
propagines diviciitur, quarum Prior
verfus finiftram licnis partem procedir,
fed ubi Heni appropinquat , diffifa
quafi in bivium, furculum unum in
ventriculifundumexporrfgit, aliumin
lienem rcfledit : Secunda vero rami
hujus propago paulo ulterius prove&a
propc alteram Jienis partem fimul in
quatuor fircculos dividitur* quorum
duo in lienem reliqui in ventriculum
kucilluc quaquaversum explicantur.
Si autem alterutri horum ramo ma-
jori atramentum vel lac e fyphonc
iniiciatur, clare &perlpicuevklebirur,
poftquam liquor ad commune iftud
bivium vel quadrivium pervenerit, in
lienem & ventriculum fimul & fetnel
deferri ; Adeo ut fi circulatio fangtri-
nis id ipfum iion (uaderet > clare ta-
tnen pateat nihil per has arterias a
liene in ventriculum, aut vice versa
deferri poffe, cum languis aliunde fi-
mul in utrumqueprojiciatur.
Venas autem (plenicas hoc non
poflepraeftarc circulatio ianguinis muL
c6 magis probat, verum ut hoc quo.,
que darius adhuc ex ipforum confor
O x mv.b
i<)6 ChyliinfanguinetnG.*) >
mationeappareat : Venas lienares,ea-
rumque divaricationes, <$ax liquorem
fuum cum venis a ventriculo redeunti-
bus communicant, breviterexplicabi-
mus.
Uti igitur omnes arterix qux fan-
guinem in hepar, pancreas, duode-
num, ventriculum totum, liencm 8c
omentum deferunt unico trunco cx
aorta oriuntur i ita pariter vense om-
nes qux ab omnibus iftis partibus pro-
veniunt 6c fanguinem ab illisreducunt,
m unum truncum coeuntes in venam
portam tcrminantur*
Vcn^ itaque itix qnx inter ventri-
culum & lienem brevibus ftrculis fibi
invicefn cito occurrunt , be ideo v&f
breve appellantur , nihil aliud flint ,
quam rami venarum a ventriculi fun-
do defeendentes , quibus in medio
fere fpatio, alii a Jiene provenientes
obvii fiunt & melioris condu£tus gra-
tia fimul juftcTi in unum truncum coe-
unt, qui fenguinem ab utroque rede-
iintem & jam commixtum verfus por-
ram convehif ; aded utlanguis a ven-
triculo icduclus, alteria liene obviam
tranjitus &• tranfmutatio. 1 97
fa&us Sc in uniim rruncum exceptus s
fit quafi duo rivuli minores in unum
fluviurn confluentes & verfus commu-
nem utrinque Oceani gremiumfimuJ
properantes. Eodem modo fit in aliis
venis qua? inter dextram five anticam
lienis partem , &; ventriculi fundum
dextrum commercium quoddam fa-
cere videntur : Nimirum dux venas u-
trinque prodeuntes in medio inter u-
trumque fpatio quafi platen plures in
communem aream excurreiites, &
poftea in unicum truncum coalefcen-
tes in venamportamterminantur.
Quod autem nihil per vas breve five
venas iftas a liene in ventriculum de-
ponitur, prater circulationemfanguir
nis, valvularum etiam flxu&ura fatis
probat; Quippe in ifto venarum a lie-
ne & ventriculo provenientium con-
greflu valvule adfunt, quas refluxum
languinis in ventriculum aut lienem
utrinque impediunt , nam fi truncus
Rami fplenici infra congreflum iftum
Hgetur , & fanguinem a venis Ipleni-
cis in venas hypogaftricasurgere ten-
taveris, ftatim venx citra valvulas in-
O 3 tumefcent,
1 98 Chyli in [anguinem C.4.
tuniefeent, & difrumpentur potius,
quam aliquid (anguinis tranfinittent ,
prout cuilibet promptum 3c facile erit
inanimali majorc experiri, in quo vafa
hxc ampliora cxiftunt.
Quin obfervarc eft canes,quibus lien
exfe&us eft, nihilo minus voraces effe
atque ciborum avidos , fed afliimpta
quadibet aeque cito conficere ac fi vi£
cere ilk) mutilati non effent.
Conftac itaque lienem nihil ad
yentriculum immediate transferre fed
aliunde atque ex ipfo (anguine peten-
dum eft fermcntum hoc quod ingefta
omnia in cremorem lacteum diffolvit.
Cujus quoque id nan leve eft argu-
mentum quod melancholia hypo-
chondriaca aftefti , humore falino in
ventriculum depofito, magna bouli-
mia fsepiflime tentantur , & quamdiu
appetitus iftedurat,ab omni dolore cor-
poris immunes flint > humore vera
lfto acri &: ferino, mataftaf i quafi fadta,
in alias corporis partes depofito cru-
ciatus Srfpafini cientur, interea etiam
ut ventriculi appetitus omnis & di-
geftio propter defectum ejus penitus
flaccefcat; quod hypochondriacis fere
omnibus folenne eft, atque mate fan-
guinis diathefi, quam lienis vitio proxi-
me imputari debet.
Cum autem ventriculus omni fibra-
rum genere inftrudus fit, uti cibum
dernillum primo uiidique complicate
blande ampleditur, ita poftquam pars
ejusaliqua diflbluta & inmollemma-
teriam disjundis ab invicem particulis
redada fuerit, continuata fibrarum
conrradione in inteftina propellit,
ubi a venis ladeis paflim per inteftina
dilpofitis abforbetur.
Et quoniam va(a ladea angufta ad-
modum & perexiguis orificiis pradita
font, ut puriorem tantum &: defascati-
orem maflx fermentatx partem ex in-
teftinis excipiant, ide6 tantus intefti-
norum ambitus fadus eft, ut eo plura
hujulmodi vafa admittant 5 quo fit
ut vaforum parvitas ab ipforum nu-
mcro compenfetur * quare cum vafa
Iadea in fuperioribus inteftinis fiiffi-
cienti Chyli copiae aflumendxtumnu-
mero turn meatu omnino imparcs finr,
ideo inteftina co ingenio conftituta
O 4 font,
2 oo Chyli in fanguinem C . 5 .
fiint, ut continue* fibrarum motu a py-
loro ufque ad inteftinum re&um' fuc-
ceflive propagato , kfc perpetua yice
contrahant, &c ita chylum deorsum
detrudant, quo vaforum omnium ori-
iiciis fiftatur. Dum vero eorum ora
prseterlabitur iftc fuecus, utiles & ali-
mentofe partes ab excrementis fepa-
rantur, atque tinfturafolum defaeca-
tior & purior in venas la&eas tranfit,
crafliore & feculentiore parte > velut
capite mortuo in inteftinum return,
demifsa. Quo autem modo (ecretio
haec perficitur non aliunde daturintel-
igerc, quam quod diverfi pori in inte-
riore inteftinorum tunica ita difpofiti
& configurati funt utcremorem folum
Jadleum admittant ; crafliores vero
partes, cum nullam habcant fimilitudi-
nem aut proportionem cum intefti-
norum poris, per quos in laefceas tran-
litusfit, ideo illibata? pratereunt& a
motu inteftinorum deorfum ufque de-
pclluntur > fi autem vena: Id&cx injea-
•vitatem inteftinorum apertis ofculis &
immediate hiarcnt , non folum fxcu-
Jentiorfc impuriorparsmalfeininte-
ftinis
ftinis contents , fed & flatus & halitus
fstidi & ftercoracei perinde infangui-
nem tranfirenc, eumque peflime in-
quinarent.
Verum uthujufcerei experimentum
facerem, in animali cibis prius optime
fatiato inteftinum jejunum, vulgo ita
didum, ubi in ilia tranfit , arde ligavi
atque folle per pylorum immiffo ae-
rem valide immifi , cumque intefti-
num illud fetis diftentum fuerit, pylo-
rum pariter forticer ftrinxi , &: dein
poftea inteftinum aere ufquc adeo re-
pletum & tumefadum manibus com-
prefli, & expedaviilicochylum in ve-
nis ladeis ftatim ab infequente aere
verfus commune receptaculum urged,
quodneutiquamtamen fuccellit, adeo
ut certum fit venas ladeas in inteftina
rede non hiare, nequefpiritumullum
autflatum in illas admitti.
Etcumprsepeditus aeriaditus in ve-
nas ladeas conftaret, experiri fubiit in
alio animali flmiliter pafto,annon faci-
lior liquori cuilibet tenui ingrefliis pa-
teret, ligata itaque eadem inteftini
parte per pylorum fpiritum vini atra-
mento
2o2 Chyli in [anguinem C.5 .
mcnto tindum infudi,eoque conftrido
mteftinum atrahac tindura tumidum
Icnitcr primo, dcni ardius comprefli
{ufpicione quadam dudus , tcnui fal-
tem & (ubtili huic liquori ajque ac
chylo aditum prxbcri, fed alitcr om-
nino evenit > neque cnim chylus in ve-
nis ladeis inteftino proximis colore
ifto infici, aut ulteriiis quicquam verfus
commune recepcaculum impelli vide-
batur *, quare opinari licet venas ladeas
non direde &c immediate in inteftina
luare, fed oblique inter eorum tunicas
ferri antequam in cavitatcs intcftino-
rum penetrent , non aliter forfan ac
dudus communis in duodenum, aut
ureteres in veficam terminantur *,
quo fit, ut quo fortius latera intc-
ftini aut veficse ab intus contends di-
ftenduntur,eo ardiiis eorum oftia clau-
di contingat. Quare verifimile etiam
vidctur chylum non omnin& in venas
ladeas exprimi, cum hujulmodi in-
teftinorum contradio & corrugatio
ipfi pptius aditum prascludat, in quan-
tum ic. ladearum meatus & canales
inter tunicas inceftinorum perreptan-
tes
tranfitus&- tranfmutatio.ioi
tcs conftringit. Adeo ut motus iftc
inteftinorum continuus & periftal-
ticus y ut vocant , cum folummodo
in finem fieri videatur, turn ut chy-
lum in la&eas receptum verfus com-
mune receptaculum urgcat, turn c-
tiam ut maflam chyli e ventriculo
demiffam deorsum ufque propcllat
6c la&eis omnibus abforbendam fiftat >
cum autcm motus iftc vermicularis
6c per vices interpolate fuerit, pro-
babilc eft tunc temporis tantum chy-
lum in venas iftas aftumi quando
pars aliqua intcftini a motu 6c cor-
rugatione conquiefcit, 6c proinde ori-
ficia la&earum laxiora 6c patentiora
fiunt.
Cum autem chylus per hujufinodi
i>oros 6c anguftias ex inteftinis in
a&eastranfeat, a ratione alienum non
videtur ab humore e pancrcate in duo-
denum fccreto pro faciliorc tranfitu
magis dilui & attenuarij quippe cftm
glandula ilia reliquis omnibus adeo
affinis fuerit uc ejufdem fubftantix at-
que texture videatur, atque humor
omnis e glandulis quibufcunque fepa-
ratus
a o 4 Chyh in fanguinem C* 5 .
ratus fimilis omnino, & vclut lympha
tenuis & pellucidus fit, quidni eiC
dem ufibus infervke credendum fit.
Quocirca uti glandule circa os &
fauces confirm lympham fuam inter
mafticandum extillant, quacibosper-
fundant & emolliant, turn ut facilius
in ore volutandos , turn ut prompte
magisdegluciendos reddant, ita maxi-
me verifimilc mihi videtur magnam
illam glandulam eo loci confitamefte,
atquedu&umiftum ininteftina aperU
ri, ut lympha inibi fecreta defcendenti
chylo mifceatur, quo anguftos laftea-
rum canales promptius ineat & magis
liberc & expedite pertranfeat $ $c fi-
quidem chylus in vafis la&eis aut ob
crafTitiem ftiam aut liquoris potulenti
inopiam (qui pro vehiculo eflet) ali-
quando ftagnare & concrefcere, &
proinde vafa illapenitus opplere& in-
fercire aptus fit , prout in cane cujus
pancreas obduratum eft femel obfer-
vavi, ideo glandule inmefenterio paf-
fim quoque conftitutx videntur ut fi-
milem praeterlabenti chylo lympham
affundant, quo tenuior & dilutior (qua-
tranfitus & tranfmutatio.ip$
lis femper ultra glandulas mefentcrii
apparet) conrinuo evadat. Et licet in
alios prater eaufos Jympha hxc infer-
vire poffit , cum tamen tantum peri-
culum fit ne chylus intra minutos &
capillares iftos dudtus fubliftere &
craflitie fua fibi ipfi viam obftruere, auc
longioremora concrefcerepoflit> ideo
prascipue a fummo conclitore cautum
effe videtur, tumut lympha e Pancre-
ate in inteftina tranfimifsa perfunderc-
tur, quo facilius in Ia&eas tranfeat,
turn ut in media inter inteftina &: re-
ceptaculum via, eadem tenuiflima
lympha kerum in glandulis mefen-
tcrii (eparata dilueretur, quo reliquum
cursus fui ftadium verfiis commune re-
ceptaculum abfblveret.
In quod receptaculum venx la&e-
x omnes velut totidem fiftulas in
commune la&is caftellum fefe exone*
rant > & ne inibi ftagnare & concref-
cerccontingat* vafalymphatica omnia
qtKE ex to to inferiore corpore,-tum
ic vifceribus & glandulis omnibus in
abdomine contentis proveniunt, lym-
pham fuam in receptaculum deponunt,
turn
2o6 Chyliinfanguinem C.5.
turn ut tenui/fimo liquorc fuo illudni-
tidum femper & dime confervent, turn
ut chylum pro faciliore per duftus tho~
racicos tranfitu magis diluant : Et ne
in medio inter receptaculum & venam
fiibclaviam itinere quacunquc de cau-
sa concrefceret , glandule plurimae
minores ubique circa vifcera pe&oris
difpofitx lympham fuam in duftus chy-
liferos diverfis in locis extillant, Deo
quafi providente ne vitx noftra: fub-
iidiumunicum commeatu libero ullibi
careret.
Et quandoquidem chylus per vafa
thoracica,pra?fcrtim inere&o corporis
fitu fkut in homine, difficilius afcerrdk,
&: proinde ob motus tarditatem ad
coagulandum proclivior fuerit, ideo
inter tendines diaphragmatis,ubi fmnx
alligantur, magnum hoc receptacu-
lum conftituitur, quo fit ut quoties di-
aphragma in omni infpiratione con-
trahitur, tendines ifti valde attra&i
{acculum hunc la£teum, modo chylo
turgidus fuerit, pJurimum compri-
rnant, 8c exagitent, adcoque chylum
in illo contentum per dn&xt$ chyli-
tranjitus &- tranfmutatio. 207
feros in vcnam fabclaviam propellanr,
& conftante ve&igali maffam fangui-
nis continuo pereuntcm #que certo
inftaurent.
Quoniam autcm (anguis , vitaquc
ipfa a continuo recentis chyli influxu
dependet, neceffe fuit ut via liberi $c
expedita femper in cum tranfeat >
quare du&us chyliferi per totum fere
tra&um a reeeptaculo ad venam fiib-
claviam ulque, nifi prope cordis regi-
onem, duo flint & velut IcaLx latera
mucuo inter fe communicant ; non ali-
om certe ob finem , quam ut fi alter
obftru&us fiierit , chylus per alterum
aftendat.
Nedenique ad ipfiim limen impin-
gat aut quoquo modo pnepediatur ,
ide6 oftio plerunque duplici, nonnun-
quam etiam pluribus ( aut ficubi uni-
cumtantum reperiatur, eolaxiore hia-
tu) in venam fiibclaviam fiiffunditur 5
& ne languis prseterlabens aperture
ejus incurrat, ipfamque oppleat, ideo
valvulaiili quau operculum obducitur,
quse fanguinem a vena jugulari& axil-
kri redeuntem rejiciat & obtento
quail
2 o 8 Chyli in fanguinem C. 5 .
quafi vclo foramen illud ab irruentis
fanguinis affluxu pramuniat, proutin
Tab. 6. Fig. z. intra explicata appa-
rebit.
Atque hxc via fola atquc unica
eft qua chylus e ventriculo & inte-
ftinis in ipfum fanguinem & cor in-
funditur : Verum quia nonnulli in
eodem cum veteribus errore etiam-
num verfantur, venafque mefaraicas
chylum ex inteftinis excipere confi-
denterftatuunt, ipfe uc de hac recer-
tior fierem, jferiam aliquando impendi
operam, atque non uno experimento
tandem mihi conftitit, totum chyli pe-
num nulla alia via quam per du&us
chyliferos , in fanguinem infundi ; fi
cnimcuriusejus pervafa thoracica im-
pediatur, animal qualicunque cibo
iatiatum intra paucos dies fame peni-
tus interibit ; quod in duobus cani-
bus diverfo licet modo expertus fum.
Alterius enim thoracc dextri lateris
intra duas coftas inferiores aperto,
digitumimmifi& unguevelut inferram
refedo commune recepiaculumtribus
horis a paftti valde turgidum perftegi
tratijitm &• trarifmtitatfo. 209
& laceravi, ut eliylo in cavitatem
thoracis exitu dato, tranfitus ejus in
dudtus chylifcros penitus intercipere-
tun quofa<3x> & confute vulnere ani-
mal hoc cibo quantum caperc voluit,
poftea fatiavi, cum autcm intra pau-
cos dies expiraret > & a me ftatim dil-
fecaretur, ventnculum atque inteflina
valde repleta, quin & venas ladieas
chylo plena* mveni , nihil autem ejus
in toto dudlu thoracico apparuit, ve-
rum in eo pectoris latere , in quod
commune receptaculum diffuptumelfc
dux libra: chyli repertas funt ; unde
cert 6 conftare arbitror obprepeditum
chyli per dudtus thoracicos tranfitum
animal ho c ventriculo licet cibis referto
utcunquefame periiffe.
Quod tamen ut certius redderem,
alium canem fimili modo , fed in ad-
verlb feu finiftro latere intra tertiam §c
quartam coftam fuperiores perfodi,
qua in regione ambodu&us chyliferi,
in unum plerunqtie truiicum cocunt ,
quideinceps ex latere #fbphagi infen-
ore ubi rauiculo lubftrato incumbit,
verlus veaam iobclaviam tub eommunt
P pe&ori*
2 1 o Chyli in [angumem C. 5 .
pedoris tunica incedk > imniiflb ita-
quc per vulneris orificium digito
dudum iftum pariter diffiregi , quo
difrupto > chylus in cavitatem la?vi
pectoris exire, ulterius vero penctrare
ncutiquam potuit ; quare vulncrc ut
prius curato canem per paucos dies
bene paflum detinui, ex quo tempore
clanguefcerc c^pir, &: paulo poft obiit >
Cum autem thoracem ejus diU'eca-
rem , clauftrum illud pedoris , ubi
dudusifte difruptus fair, chylo penitus
repletum, & pulmonem latcri ifti ag-
giutinatuminveni , quo autem certior
forem, canalem iftum ufque adeoper-
ruptumefle, ut nihil chyli ulterius dc~
ferre potucnt, aquam e lyphone in du -
dum chyliferum inferius injeci, veruro
ultra quam canalis ifte perrupcus fue-
rao penctrare noq potuit, led in ca-
vitatem pedoris tota exiliin claro fa-
tis argumento , cliylum per venas me-
faraicas non intrarc , nequc ullam all-
am dart viam qua fangumi mifceatur,
cum- animal ex tranfituper vafa thora-
cica, impedko tarn cert6 iraeteaL
Quia & koc denique ante omnia con-
firmat,
tranfitus &4ranfnmtatio. i i \
firmat chylum in vcnas me&raicas non
influere, quia fi languis ab animah ica
tradaco poft diem unum aut akcrurn
adimatur, nihil chyli in illo apparebic,
licet paucis ancea horis optime paftus
fuerit, quod alitcr omnino fieri debuit,
nifi influxus ejus hoc modo prorsus in
terciperetur.
Et profe&o mirandum erir> quen-
quam re ita clarc pctradata Hcpacis
pacrocinmm ampliiis fufcipere, atque
ut ipfi fanguificationis munus poftlimi-
nio alferatur, LHdav.Bt//zi experimen-
rum Pecquet fa objicere. Nam & Bilfi-
nnum illud fruftra Temper tentavi,
cxperimenco infuper hoc noftro con-
ficiam5 uc Chylus nulla alia via nifi per
duff: Pecquettianos fanguini inflillari 8c
commifceri in poftcrum credatur.
Quemadmodumenim ductibus iftis
difruptis chylus omnis in cavitacem tho-
racis effluit , ita fi du&us ifte in lxvo
pe&oris latere (orificio ubi prius fa£lo)
tmmiflb digito per horam comprima-
tur, chylo, quia alius in fanguinem
cranficus non datur, commune rccep-
taculum, quin & vafa la<3rea omnia in
P % me-
212 Cbyli in fanguinem G. 5 .
mefenterio, atque infima parte ventris
abhac obftru&ione ade6 turge(cunt&
diftenduntur, ut nunquam clarius aut
perfpicue magis oftendi poflint > fiqui-
dcm jueundiflimo fpedraculo conftat,
qualis eorum fabrica, valvule anafto-
mofes > quam varii prxterea M«eandri
eorum fuerint, quam densi ferie totum
inteftinorum ambitum & fuperficiem
perreptant, quam infra receptaculum
multipliciordinc difpofitae non fecus ac
uniones in puellarum monilibus tur-
gefcunt, ut certe quicquidde iisha&e-
nus a quopiam fcriptum aut delineatum
fuerit prorfiis nihil fit.
Quin & obfervatione praterea val-
de dignum eft ex obftru&o hoc du&u
thoracico , chylum in vafa lymphatica
turn in pedoreubiquc & abdomine dit
pofita > renkentibus licet valvulis ,
adeo mlinuari be retro urgeri, utpri-
tno fbrfan intuitu incautis imponere
& duffus Bilfii roriferos adefle fua*
dean licet re vera non aliunde hoc
evenit, quam quod fiiccus ifte albus
propria via prapeditus, in vafa ilia re-
gurgitate non aliter forfan quam ab in-
undante
tranfttus &■ transmutation 1 3
undante mare flumina in alvcos fuos re-
prefla irruenti asftui locum cedunt:
Atque ided uti reflucnte mari flumina
iterum intra ripas fuas fubfidunt > ita
remota ifta compreffione & chyli in fan-
guincm introitu refticuto totus iterum
in dudlus thoracicos refbrbetur & in
vafis illis lymphaticis nullum fui veftigi-
um poft fe relinquit.
Cujus experimenti adminiftrati ma*
dum cxhibet Tab-6.fig-i. In qua
a a Duttus chy Ufer i duo in unum tr un-
burn in ftmjlro pectoris latere coc-
untes.
b Locus ubi immiffo digito truncus
ifie comprimitur .
c c c c ValvuU ejus qua a regur git 'ante
chylo exobflruclodu6lu utrinque in-
fra comprefiionem intumefcunt.
d tr uncut fupra compreffionem propter
impeditum chyli tranfitum flaccef-
tens.
t Vena jugularis.
f Vena axillaris.
g Eademvena ubi vena cava defcen-
dentiaccedit.
P 3 h Ofiium
214 Chyli in fanguinem C. 5 .
h Oftium ductus chy lifer i ubi chylus a
communi reccptaculo allatus inve-
mmfubzU'uiam infunditur.
\ VdvuLt apertura ifli appofita qux
fanguimtn a vena jugular i <& axil-
Ixtri redeuntem ita tranfvehitut in-
fluent i chy lo impediment* non fit.
Cum autem experimentum hoc
adco jucur.dum fuerit, atque facile ab
exercitata maim perfici poiTk, ejus ex-
pedient modum atque racionem pau-
16 accuratius enarrabo.
Retra&o kaque canis., ur kadicam,
brachio fmiitro, pcrforecur thorax
paulofliprarsgionem cordis intra ter-
tiam & quartam coftam fuperiores,
quainregione du&usifte latere a?fo-
phagi infcriore fiipra mufcidum gula?
fiibftratum firtgulart fere trunco ince-
dit, dein imtniflb digiro totus afopha-
gus ad mufculum iftum coinpellendns
eft, quo fict, ut dudus quoque ebtu-
retur *> ita tamen inflauari digitus de-
bet > ut ab arteria axiJlari proxime in-
cumbents abftineat , atque ita per
horam detineatur (& 11 aims caHis poft
i mmiilhm
tran/itus &- tranfmutatio. 2 1 5
inamillum digitum paululum laxentur,
magis tranquille fern) quibus pera&is
nocatu digniffimam eft > qiiamdiu
comprefilone ifta motus chyli inter-
cipitur, nihil ejus in detrado fanguine
apparere, modo hujulmodi operatic
ftatim a paftu adminiftretur > inter-
nufta autem compreffione intra dimi*
dium horse Linguini rurliis detraclo
Jadis crudi magna copia innatabit.
Poftquam autem totum chyli
tra&um ab uueftinis ad venam fubcla-
viam ufque ad huiic modum exhibui5
unioum reftat utoftendam, quomodo
ilK cum fanguine conveniat , & quot
mucationum vices {ubeat antequam in
nutrimcntumpartium faccftere, autin
jpfamfanguinem aiCmilari aptusfuerir.
Quare advcrtere oportebit chylum
perenni influxu fanguini inftillatum,
cique fenfim commiilum limul cum
illo deferri, & pro longiorc aut brevi-
ore ejus in malsa fanguinis fermentati-
one & circuitu plus aut minus excoqui
& elaborari.
Si enim dum adhuc recens eft ^
nondum per plures horas in fanguine
P 4 ex-
2 1 6 Chyli hi fanguinem Q 4-.
exco&us in mammas & ubcra Jeponi-
tur, adeo naturam & priftinamfaciem
fuarn rctinet, uc necjuc guflu aut co-
lore ab ipfb chylo diftingui poflit, prout
in gravidis animalibus fepe expertus
fum; cum enim chylum e communi
reccptaculo exceprum5& ipfum fangui-
ni detra&o innatantem , & lac ipfiim
ab uberibus expreflum inter fe confer-
rem , nullum omnino difcrimen per-
cipere unquam potui (nifi quod chylus
in receptaculo aliquantum falfior) at-
queideo dubitandumnoneft lacomne
in ubcra & mammas ab ipfo fanguine
per arterias mammarias deponi ; ne-
quc fruftra quxrendi font alii du£his
qui immediate magis e ventriculo &:
inteftinislafteumhuncfaccum in illas
transferrent ; nam cumjfanguis hu;u£
toodi chylo turgefcat, cumque is con-
tinue) fimulcumfeiguinein omnes par-
tes corporis propellatur> quidni con-
jicere hceat ad fingulos ejus appulfus
album hunc fuccum in uberum colato
rio feparari & in vafa excretoria & tu-
feulos kfteos rranfire.
Nequc
Neque enim chylus fanguinis malfe
confufus naturam & Indolem fuam
mox adco exuit utalbedinemfuamili-
co deponat, quindiuturno aliquo (patio
crudus omnino, & lafti fimilis cum illo
circulatur , quod quifpiam quotidie
experiri poterit, fi enim animali quatu-
or ve! quinquehoris, aut longiore tem-
poris intcrvallo poft largiorem paftum
Unguis e quacunque vena vcl arterii
detrahatur, magna ipfiffimi chyiriadte-
fcentis copia cruori coagulato inna-
tarc confpicictur, prout alibi obfervavi.
Quin &c hoc ipfum in diverfis homini-
bus expertus film , quibus cum port
largum jentaculum autprandium vena
incideretur, vafcula omnia lafte magis
quam fanguine repleta videbantur
quod Phcenomenon licet ab antiquis
medicis obfervatum fueritratio tamen
ejus eosprorfus latebat.
Uti autem chylus fanguini licet com-
miffus colorem fuum pluribus adhuc
horis retinet , ita fi diutius cum illo
illo circuletur , a diuturna illius cum
fanguine co£lione , albedine prorfus
depofita in ferum artenuatur ; fi enim
2i8 Chb'nfJtngu*nemC.5.
*ongo poftpaftum intcrvallo venas
fe&io fiat, nulla h&i& fpecies fupereft,
fed ferum fblummodo cruori coagu-
*ato innatabit. Ac vcr6 licet craflkk
& colore multum inter fedifferre vide-
antur, hoc tamcn chylus illc fenguini
fuffufus, turn ferum cruori dctra&o in-
natans &lac ipfiim ubcribus expreflum
commune habent , quod ii lento igni
admoveantur, quoufque partes aquo-
iiores exhalavcrint , in gelatinam pa-
riter omnia concrefcant.
Quibus verd modis & quali mutati-
onisgradu chylus in fanguinem affimi •
latur & in nurrimentum partium facet
fit, ut melius intclligatur, fciendum eft
Ipiritum vitalem aliaquein liquore ian-
guineoprincipia a£fcivain chylum jugi-
tcr inftillatum agere, eumque minutit
flmefiibigere > quin & cum chylus fale
fulphure & fpiritu copiose turgefcat,
quamprimum compages ejusafermen-
tatioric laxatur, particular \iix a&ivx
motus libertatem adepts , cum parti-
bus (anguinis qux fimilis & congeneris
natura: fuerint fefe prompte aflociant j
quin &" in fanguinc, (uti in vino aliifque
ejufmodi liquoribus) accidie, uruhi fpi-
ritus dominio pociri lint, particulas
omnes craffiores &: fceculcntiores qui-
bus impinguntur . a mafsa (ua detur-
bent& expedianc, quo reliquam liquo
ris partem defeeatiorem &: puriorcm
reddant.
Poftquam verb chylus ita perficitun,
idoneus omnino fit, turn qui liquori
(anguinco reftaurando , turn corpori
toti enutriendo (uificiat, cum enim ex
diverfis principiis 6c partibus conftct,
atquc yarix & diverfimoda: indoJis &
naturxfuerit, ideo pro vatio partis cu-
jufque ufu & indigentia , & juxta ac
poris diverfis & meatibus refpondet &
configuratur , ita varie partibus appo-
nitur i unde pars ejus maxime vola-
tilis 6c fubtilis in cerebro fecernitur&
(piritibus reficiendisaddicitur,pars vero
glntinofior corpori nutriendo apponi-
tur, pars ejus fulphurea calori redinte-
grando deftinatur ; Dum verb per to-
turn corpus una cum reliquo (anguine
trajicitur, pars ejus lerofa & falina per
rencs feparatur & tran(pirationc infen-
fibili aut (iidore evacuatur, adufta in
hepate
22o Chyliiny&tc. C*>.
heparc deponitur, reliquaque ejusrc-
cremcncain divcrsa corporis emun&o-
ria quafi totidem feccrnicula abke
dune, undc relicjua ejus mafla depura-
tior ufquc 6c clanor evadit^
Atque in hoc (oio vine noftra? ratio
omnis confilKt, cum ut fanguis conti-
nuo fiio per corpus univerfum ambitu
calorem & nucrimentum undiquc cir-
cumferat, turn ut recens ufque chylus
debitacopu & menfura fanguini inftil-
letur, qui liquorem ejus indies decret
cenrem pari pabulo recreet, 8c pcrenni
irrigationc exhilaret>
FINIS.
^^^^^^^^^^^^^ ^ ^ ^
Elenchus Capicum.
Cap. i.
De Situ Sc Stru&ura
Cordis.
AT) fanguinis naturam
&• affeclus dignof-
cendos cordis motus
cognitu Jumme necejjarius
efi Pag. t.
Differentia fitus cordis in di-
yerjis animaltbus ejufque
ratio $
Pericardii defcriptio & ufus
4
Vnde
Vndejerum pericardia conten-
tion proyenk &■ cui ujui in-
ferYit 6
Qualis fit humor ibid.
Caufajinalis quare pericardium
in homine fepto tranfuerfo
accrefcit jecus ac in bruits 7
Caufa adhtefionis ijlus effici-
ent 9
Quare corns cordis humam
muko magis in Uvum de-
fleSiturquam ille brutomm
ibid.
Cordis bafis pnecipue a vajts
fuis fuftinetur, & dependet
io
Qutfjrafa a corde ongmem ca-
ptain, eiquce in ipfumter-
minantur
minantur i x
Corajucco nutritio ab arteriis
infubftantiam fuam depofi-
toy non intra ventriculos
fuos recepto alitor 1 1
'De yafis cordis \ $
Ijenervisejus 14
'Deyario fyirituum animalium
perneryosincorinftuxu pro
variaanimalufigura, ejuf~
que causa 15
Cordis fub (lamia omnino mus-
cular is eft 17
<t5\dufculm nullus m corpore
/implicit yentris eft, uti
Menus traditum efl ah
zAnatomkis, fedomnes hi-
ventres fimt 1 8> 1 9,20
Mufculus
Mufculus Dehoeides excollus
Daldecompofitusvidetur 21
zSAduJculi bhentres in collo,
ex utroque tenamm jugula*
rium latere jinguli etiam
biventres funt ; et quare
junBis tendinihus tn medio
conveniunt 2z
Cordis mufculus b'mnter eft
Fibra cordis in tmdinem in
bafi circa oftia ejusconjitum
injemntur.
Cor excoquendum ejl ut fibra
appareant 17
Quare /inifler cordis wntricu-
lus crapioribus et robujlio-
ribas fibris dotuttur.
<JLuri~
<zJ[uricularum fibrte in tendi^
nem cordis inferuntur 3 3
Quails proportio intercedit in-
tementriculos cordis ; quare
non eadcm inter auriculas ?
Quare externa cordis fuperficies
Itevis efl, quare inter iomon
ita 3^,39
Quare [crobiculi at que fiffurx
majores in pniflro yentricu-
lo cordis ibid.
Quale officium prajlant papil-
la &" membrane tricufj)ides
in dextro ventriculo &■ qua-
limodoidperficiunt, 41?
(4*> 43
Quidpra>Jlant earner columns
in finiflro ventrkulo Cp*
quomodo „ &■ quare ita ex-
tra rchquam ejus juperficiem
protuberant.
Quare earner columns &• (?-
bra in finijlro "ventrkulo
majores papillis camels &
fibris htdextro 46
Cut ufui tuberculum intra ye.
nam cay am refleante dex~
tram aurkulam cordis infer-
yit 48
Quare yena cay a &■ pulmona-
ris re&e ante ojlia cordis
came a &• mufculares funt
5o
Quare aorta paulo fupra cor tn-
curvatur 5 1
For-
Poraminis ovrdis defcriptio &>
ufm 54,55
Cor omnibus animalibus miij-
cularis fubjlantm ejl 5 7
CAP. i I.
De Motu & Cordis,
\jD///w; in corde fermen-
turn j aut ebutihio fan-
guitth 62 ^ 63
Ebullhionem janguinu in cor-
de, ejus fyftoli obeffey addi-
aflolennonrequiri 64.
tfwtfww dependere a
fafiouints ebullkiom probd*
Jo t
f«r experiments 6 6 , 67
Objeftiones refelluntur 68,69
2 C^/er
Calorpmguinis non a corde 7 1
Troxima motus inflrwnenta in
corde Junt ipfius fibrx car~
ne<z}nervi,& (fc'mtus pereos
influentes 7 3
Cordis eadem eft ac reliquorum
musculorum aBio 7 4
(iPvlotm mufculi cujufvis non
jit ab in flatiom ejus , aut
explofione fjjtirituum influ-
entium 76,77
z^fodus quo cordis mufcuks
conflriilior fit & conus ad
bafin afjurgit inomnijyfto-
le 79, 80
(ordis motus totus in fyjiole po-
fitus, diajlole f alius reditu*
tionis motus eft 80
Quare
Qmrefimjler yentriculus dex*
tro rohuftior &- a afsior 8 1
Sanguis non omnino tranfit per
fey turn cordis 83
Quali Yt ac rubor e cordis {yjlole
perficitur 8 4.
Cordi vis omnis ac Vigor a fpiri-
tibus per nervos influentibus
communicaiur 8 6
oyfb eorum influxu impedito
cordis motus deficit ibid.
Quotmodis et quibus decaufis
motus cordis alteratur 8 8
Quomodo rifus perficitur, et fi
?iimius [it cjuomodo circular
tionem fanguinis impedit
90
Quomodo fingultus cordis mo^
Q 3 mi
mi official 92
^Adutua necefiitudo inter cor
& cerebrum oflenditur 9 3
Vtrumque a yentriculo depen-
det 94.
Quomodo mot us cordis afeipfi
male ajfetto Icedatur 9 7
Quidhy drops cordis admotum
ejus peryertendum confert
3\(jmia feri copia intra peri-
cardium accumulatanon eft
caufa palpitationis ibid.
Seri ijlius defectus quale nocu-
mentum cordi ajfert 9 9
Qualia Jymptomata vermes in-
tra pericardium <?enhi pro-
ducuni 1 o 1
Quare
Quare arteria crafiore tunica^
venteautem tenui donantwr
103
Quid arteriarum obflmBio ,
comprejsio aut marcefcentia
in partibus pr admit 1 o 4?
Quid compref/to aorta infra cor
pr aflat 107
Quare gonorrhea fimplici aut
fluore uterino diu laborantium
fpina adeo debilitatur 108
Quaratione arteriotomiadolo-
res aufert 1 1 o
Quomodo varices producuntur
&* fi magni fuerint quale
nocumentum cordi afferunt
1 13
4 Quid
Quid ligatio vena cay* Jupm
diapbragma in cane pra fit-
tit 1 1 7
aSModus wnam i/Jam ligandi
oflenditur ibid.
Quid venis jugularibus in
cane Ifaatis fuccedit 11 8
r 1
^Ajcites non fit a ruptis lym-
phaticis vafrs ibid.
Quantum fanguinis coagulatio
cordis motui officht expe-
mento demonjlratum 1 1 9,
120
Qjtid nhnia plethora prajlat
121
Quid motum cordis accelerat
122
Qjsid diminuit 123
Quid
OjiiddcpraVat 124
Quid fupprimit 125
QjfidpenitM toilit iz6
Ojiida diminuto cordis motu
fuccedit 128
Qjtomo&o polypus cordis ita
diBus generatur 1 2 9
Sxercitii utilitas ojlenditur
130
Quales ejfeclus in caphepro~
ducit dehilis cordis motus
Qj*id rapidus Jangumis motus
producit in capite 132
Qjmmodofiuxus Sanguinis pro
dfoerfo corporis Jttu&'figu,
raakeratur 133
Qrcuitus [anguims in fuperio-
oribus
oribus partibm celerior, in
inferior ibkt tardior 134
Sffeclm (fuos celerior aut tardior
circulatio in partibus adfert
135
Quis capitis fitus inter dormi-
endum maxime fa/uti con-
fer! 137
J\(ociurfht&' [ertepotationes
faluti maxime incommode
140
Supinus decubitus qua ratione
incommodus 1 4.3 , 1 4.7, 1 4 8
£atarrhi non fiunt a cerebro
150
Qjio du'clu ferum a cerebro in
fangumem derivator ibid.
Cap,
CAP. III.
De Motu 6c Colore
Sanguinis.
QVotief janouis omnis per
corcirculemr 15 4-
<S\<fenfura circulation^ ab «-
ring decurfu ceflimatur 1 5 8
Experimentis praiterea con-
firmatur 1 5 9
'Purpureas color Sanguinis arte-
rioft nonprocedk ah ulla e-
)us in corde accenfione 164-
Ojiod probatur experiments
165
<±Ater Janguinis venofi color
non procedit ab ulla ejus cx-
tinBione 166
Tur.
Turpureus arteriofi fanguinis
color totus debetur pulmoni-
bus 1 66
Idem probatur experiments
167
(folor tile purpureus non pro-
yeritt a comminutione fan-
gninis in pulmonibus fed
mixtione ejus cum admiffo
acre 168
Sanguis non comminuitur in
pulmonibus magis quam in
reliquo corpore ibid.
Colorem ijlum floridum aeris
mixture deberi probatur
experiment is 169
Vnde ater fanguinis yenofi co-
lor procedit 173
Cap,
De Transfufione San-
guinis.
QVaratiocinandi ferie ex-
coghata , &• quibus
mediis perfeBa fit fanguinis
transfujio 172
%)bi & a quo primum tentata
fuit 174
Occafio earn dhulgandi ij6
Totus apparatus [anguinis
trans fundendi defcrtbitur.
In quibus corporibus O* quo
T/aletudmis Jlatu tentanda
eft.
C A P. V.
DeChylo, ejufque in
Sanguincra tranfitu
&c tranfmutatione.
ryOotidiana fanguinis dif-
^^-pendia a recenti chylo
femper injlaurantur 193
ZhQhii per vas bre^e a liene in
yentriculumdeponitur 194
Defcriptio yafornm omnium
qute lieni cum Tventriculo
communia junt ibid.
Fermentum yentricuh ab ipfo
[anguine immediate proce-
dit 198
Trobatur <*Argumento ibid.
Quare interna tanto ambitu
con-
conftituta funt 199
Cut ufui potifsimum inferuit
motus illorum perijlalticus
200
Qjiomodo fecretio chyli ininte-
Jlinis perficitur i bid .
<iA'([m a Tancreate fecreta di-
luendochylo maxime injer-
vit 203
Qjtare. glandulte omnes in ab-
domine & in toto inferiore
corpore in receptaculum lym-
pham fuam deponunt 205
Qjjare receptaculum biter ten*
dines diaphragmatis confli-
tuitur 206
T>uBus chyli feri quare duplices
funt 205
Officium
Offidum Valvule in vena fub-
claVth appojttie ubi cbylus in
fanguimm fujfunditur 207
Cbylus omnls per duUm folum
Thoracicos in fanguimm in-
funditur 208
Qjtodvariis experiment/ s pro*
batur 209, 211
Qjtali mutationis gradu &•
modo chylus in fanguinem
facefiit 2X8
Qjiomodo nutrimento partium
infervit 2 1 9
FINIS,
Date Due
.
. —
Form 335— 40M— 6-39— S
509 G891 v. 9 371959
Gunther
Early Science In
Oxford
DATE ISSUED TO
50 9- G891 v.9 371959
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11